GMU STUDENT HANDBOOK - mygmu.ac.aemygmu.ac.ae/download/handbook2014/dmd-2013-14.pdf · DMD-DOCTOR OF DENTAL MEDICINE STUDENT HANDBOOK ... About the Student Handbook 13 1.0 Academic

www.gmu.ac.ae

COLLEGE OF DENTISTRYDMD-DOCTOR OF DENTAL MEDICINE

STUDENT HANDBOOKA Y 2013 - 2014

GMU

DMD Student Handbook (AY 2013 – 2014) 3 | P a g e

C O N T E N TS

Introduction 8 GMU Vision & Mission Statement 9 From the President’s Desk 10 Message from the Provost 11 Message from the Dean, College of Medicine 12 About the Student Handbook 13

1.0 Academic Calendar 15

2.0 University Divisions & Academic Programs 18

3.0 License & Recognition 20

4.0 The Campus 22

5.0 Location Map 24

6.0 Undergraduate Admission Policies & Procedures 26

6.1 Policy Statement 6.2 Undergraduate Admission Requirements 6.3 Admission Process 6.4 Documents Required for Admission 6.5 Transfer Admission Policy and Procedures 6.6 Transfer within GMU 6.7 Re-admission


7.0 Student Services 32

7.1 Office of Student Affairs

7.2 Counseling Services 7.2.1 Student Counseling Policy 7.2.2 Academic Counseling Policy 7.2.3 Personal Counseling 7.2.4 Student Activities Policy

7.3 GMU Undergraduate Student Council 7.3.1 Student Council Executive Board 7.3.2 Student Publications 7.3.3 Student Behavior

7.4 Student Academic Services 7.4.1 The Dean’s Office 7.4.2 Office of Student Affairs 7.4.3 Career Service Office 7.4.3.1 Career Service Policy 7.4.4 Financial Aid Office

7.5 Health Services 7.5.1 Health Services Policy

7.6 Third Party Liability (TPL) Insurance 7.7 Student Records Policy 7.8 Information Release Policy 7.9 Plagiarism and Copyright Policy 7.10 Dress Code 7.11 Dining Services 7.12 Recreational Facilities 7.13 Student Support Services 7.14 GMU Physical Facilities 7.14.1 Lecture Halls 7.14.2 GMU Testing Center 7.14.3 Common Rooms & Lockers 7.14.4 Masjid 7.14.5 Mail Box 7.14.6 GMU Hostel

7.15 Transportation 7.16 Telephone 7.17 Classroom & Laboratory Protocol 7.18 Student Identification 7.19 University Entrance 7.20 Car Parking in the Campus 7.21 Information on Safety Issues


8.0 Students’ Rights & Responsibilities 58

8.1 Student Rights 8.1.1 Rights in the Pursuit of Education 8.1.2 Right to access Records and Facilities 8.1.3 Right to Freedom of Association, Expression, Advocacy & Publication 8.1.4 Right to contribute to University Governance and Curriculum

8.2 Students’ Responsibilities 8.3 GMU Honor Code 8.4 Salient Features of the Honor Code 8.5 Breach of Honor Code 8.6 Effects of Committing an ‘Honor Offence’

9.0 University Resources and Services 62

9.1 Introduction 9.2 Vision 9.3 Mission 9.4 Library

9.4.1 Timings 9.4.2 Library Resources 9.4.3 Library Orientation 9.4.4 Audio Visuals 9.4.5 Scanning and Printing 9.4.6 Photocopy 9.4.7 Journal Article Request Service 9.4.8 Cataloguing 9.4.9 Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) 9.4.10 Security Gates

9.5 Library Policy and Procedures 9.6 Library Rules & Regulations 9.7 Circulation Policy and Procedures 9.8 Multimedia Labs 9.9 Network Infrastructure 9.10 Wi-Fi Network 9.11 Online Resources 9.12 Servers & Supports 9.13 IT Training 9.14 Internet Services 9.15 Technology Support for Learning 9.16 IT Support Team 9.17 User accesses and Security 9.18 E-Learning at GMU


10.0 GMC Hospital & Research Center (GMCH & RC) 71

10.1 Vision 10.2 Mission 10.3 Clinical Departments & Services

10.3.1 Do’s 10.3.2 Don’ts 10.3.3 Violation Warning

11.0 Student Finance 75

11.1 Student Finance Policy 11.2 Tuition Fees 11.3 Hostel Fees 11.4 Utilities Service Fees 11.5 Registration Fees 11.6 Examination Fees 11.7 Visa Charges 11.8 Caution Deposit 11.9 Fees for Other Services 11.10 Transportation Fees 11.11 Payment of Fees 11.12 Late Fees and Fines 11.13 Financial Aid and Scholarships 11.14 Refund of Fees 11.15 Revision of Tuition and Other Fees

12.0 Academic Policies 80

12.1 Program Completion Policy 12.2 Academic Progress Policy 12.3 Grading, Assessment and Progression Policy 12.4 Online Examination (Exam Soft)

13.0 Misconduct & Disciplinary Procedures 85

13.1 Student Misconduct & Disciplinary Procedures 13.1.1 Academic Misconduct 13.1.2 Personal Misconduct

13.1.2.1 Personal Misconduct on University Premises 13.1.2.2 Personal Misconduct Outside University Premises

13.2 Student’s Rights and Responsibilities 13.2.1 Student Rights and Responsibilities Policy 13.2.2 Rights in the Pursuit of Education 13.2.3 Right to Access Records and Facilities 13.2.4 Right to Freedom of Association, Expression, Advocacy & Publication 13.2.5 Right to Contribute to University Governance and Curriculum 13.2.6 Student’s Responsibilities


14.0 College of Dentistry 95

14.1 Program Vision 14.2 Program Mission 14.3 Goals and Objectives 14.4 Program Structure 14.5 Plan of Study

14.5.1 Plan of Study for the Batches from (2009 to 2012) 14.5.2 Plan of Study for the Batches from (2013 onwards)

14.6 Course Descriptions 14.7 Course Outline

15.0 Grading, Assessment & Progression Policies 283

15.1 Grading Policy 15.1.1 Grading Policy for 2008 to 2010 Batches 15.1.2 Grading Policy from 2011 Batch onwards

15.2 Assessment Policy 15.2.1 Formative Assessment 15.2.2 Summative Assessment

15.3 Progression Policy 15.4 Appeal Policy 15.5 Attendance Policy 15.6 Continuous Assessment

16.0 Weekly Teaching Schedule 286

17.0 List of Text Books, Reference Books & Recommended Readings 296

18.0 Dean’s List of Toppers 326 19.0 Administrators & Faculty 327


Introduction DMD Student handbook is meant to provide information and guidelines on the various services

and DMD program offered by College of Dentistry (CoD) at GMU. It contains sections covering

admission procedure, general rules and regulations, student support services, curriculum

details, departments and examination policies. Each section has been listed in the contents so

that you can refer quickly to areas of particular interest to you. Please note that attendance in

various courses arranged by the college is mandatory and this has been repeatedly stressed in

the handbook. Every effort has been made to provide accurate and up to date information.

Additional information useful to students will be regularly displayed on the college notice

board. Students are also advised to get in touch with course coordinators for any academic

difficulties.

We hope that the handbook will help and guide you during the new academic year at CoD.


GMU Vision Statement

The Vision of Gulf Medical University is to be a leading contributor to the continuous

improvement of the nation’s health care delivery system through the pursuit of excellence

in medical education, biomedical research and health care services.

The University aspires to provide a unique learning experience of high quality to our

students and produce graduates whose competence will help them to make a significant

contribution to the health of the community through pursuit of academia, research and

health care.

The University aspires to attract the best of students by offering a variety of excellent

programs supported by quality administration and student support services.

The University aspires to be known for excellence and impact of its research on the

educational milieu of the nation and the outcomes of clinical care.

The University aspires to be an integral part of the community through transfer of

knowledge, continuous dialogue with the country’s health care planners and enhanced

community service

GMU Mission Statement

It is the Mission of the Gulf Medical University to strengthen and promote excellence in

medical education, biomedical research and patient care.

GMU is committed to prepare a highly skilled health workforce made up of health care

professionals, health management and support workers and health science investigators in

order to meet the health care needs of the nation and the region.

GMU will strive to produce health care professionals who will integrate the advances in

research with the best clinical practices.

GMU will promote health services, which incorporate the latest advances in scientific

knowledge in a manner that supports education and research for the benefit of the

community.


From the President’s Desk

Dear Students,

It gives me great pleasure to welcome you to the portals of Gulf Medical University where we are entering into an exciting new era! You are beginning a new chapter in your life here at Gulf Medical University. It will be a challenging yet exciting and illuminating journey for you.

I am grateful to the Almighty Allah for the remarkable development the Gulf Medical University has undergone in the last 15 years, where the University has been able to make its mark in Medical Education, Healthcare and Research. We aspire to be among the best in the region, and we're making it happen right now. We have embarked on a journey of making GMU as a Research Based University in the coming years.

Our students coming in from 67 nations around the world thrive in our culture of dynamism and innovation. We are proud of our traditions, our current standing and our vision for the future. GMU students come from every corner of the world to invest in education that inspires challenges and prepares them to be globally competitive. Eventually they discover a world of opportunities to explore new possibilities, new ideas and new perspectives to prepare them for life in their chosen career paths. Our students find in GMU a rich, vibrant, innovative, and enriching academic experience.

The newly launched Center for Advanced Biomedical Research and Innovation (CABRI) has been established to evolve, integrate, and develop multi-disciplinary research and enhance the teaching activities of the university. It will also provide advanced diagnostic research and testing services in the areas of Allergies, Diabetes, Cardiovascular Disease and Hereditary diseases. Newer fields like Proteomics, Metabolomics and Genomics will be explored.

The Center for Quality Enhancement (CQE) has been established as a central facility to enhance Quality within the University, the hospitals and laboratories of the group.

The GMC Hospitals one among the Clinical Training sites for the students of the Gulf Medical University is now expanding rapidly with new hospitals in Dubai, Ajman, Sharjah and Ras Al Khaimah being added to enhance the clinical training facilities to students of Gulf Medical University. The latest expansions include the 25,000 sqft. modern simulation center to be made available for clinical training in the forthcoming academic year.

I invite you to join us in this exciting journey into a bright future with a University that is talented, dedicated, and caring. We wish you a happy and fruitful time during your study in the Gulf Medical University.

Thumbay Moideen Founder President - GMU Board of Governors


Welcome Note from the Provost

Dear Students,

On behalf of the President, the faculty, administration and the student body, I am delighted to welcome you to the Gulf Medical University also known as GMU!

The university learning community will now be made up of students working to become practicing physicians, pharmacists, dentists and physical therapists, a multi professional group very much like the multi professional healthcare delivery teams of the 21stCentury.

We hope at GMU as you “Study together today to work together tomorrow” you will share the large pool of knowledge and experience that is available in the different health related disciplines with each other and grow to respect the contribution made by each health profession to provide comprehensive health care to the community you will together serve in the future.

Members of the faculty, as well as students and staff have help build this institution that is attracting regional, national and international attention. With a faculty committed to maintaining strong academic standards for our students and ourselves and the commitment of the administration and staff in every aspect of our mission and your contribution as a member of the university community we will together realize the potential to deliver the vision of GMU.

The leadership of the faculty and staff at GMU is engaged in efforts to strengthen teaching, learning, research and creativity both at the undergraduate and graduate levels. GMU’s mission is focused on assuring the quality of its programs to the university student population. With the establishment of the Center for Advanced Biomedical Research and Innovation (CABRI), active research combined with public service shall further strengthen opportunities for learning.

As you become familiar with the campus, your mentors and your peers you will surely be impressed with the multifaceted and rich academic environment. We are confident that your contributions to the lives of fellow students, your chosen career field and the university will be marked by excellence. Welcome.

Prof. Gita Ashok Raj MD; MNAMS Provost Gulf Medical University


Message from the Dean, College Of Dentistry

Greetings and welcome to the College of Dentistry, Gulf Medical University!

First of all I am highly delighted that College of Dentistry will be having its first graduate batch by the end of this Spring. Yes of course this is the beginning of a very promising future for all the students who will be graduating this year and also for those who are joining us in the coming years as well. As you know the scope of Modern Dentistry is changing day by day and now more focus is required on the Oral health of our patients than ever before. I believe that the modern technology, recent research and professionalism in the doctorial aspects have changed the spectrum of the Dentistry. This is what our college aims for achieving the goals of quality dental learning so that we may have pace with all prestigious institutes all over the world.

We are recently joined by our new faculty members and now also our college provides the new state-of-the-art facilities not only in the campus but also at the hospital sites. The Dubai new dental facilities will soon be ready for our new batches of DMD.

As we are moving forward I expect from all our faculty members and also the students to make them more available for research and be more focused for the requirements that have been rising up in the field of dentistry.

I wish you all the best in future.

Prof. Mohamed Said Hamed BDS, MSC, PhD Dean and Professor of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery


About The Student Handbook This handbook is a source of important information regarding Gulf Medical University

(GMU) policies, regulations, rules, procedures and facilities which will be very useful to

students during their studies. The material contained herein is a supplement to the Catalog

and other information distributed to the students by GMU.

Every effort has been made to provide students with complete and accurate information.

The University reserves the right to change program and requirements and to modify,

amend or revoke any rule/s, regulation/s or financial schedules. However, the information

published in this handbook shall be valid for the academic year for which it is published.


ACADEMIC CALENDAR


1.0 Academic Calendar

2013 Day Events

Jul 31 Wed Last day for application for admission

Aug 1 - 31 All days Registration period

Aug 15 Thu Last day for payment of tuition and other fees for all returning students**

FALL SEMESTER

Sep 4 Wed

Fall Semester begin I Year DMD 1stSemester students and Parents welcome session

Sep 8 Sun

Reopening for returning II year 3rd Semester students

Reopening for returning III year 5th Semester students

Reopening for returning IV year 7th Semester students

Reopening for returning V year 9th Semester students

Sep 26 Thu White Coat Ceremony End of add and drop period

Oct 13 – 17 Sun - Thu

*Eid Al Adha Holiday

Nov 3 Sun Mid Semester Examination for I, II, III, IV & V Year DMD begin

Nov 4 Mon *Islamic New Year Holiday

Nov 5 - 6 Tue - Wed

GMU Annual Scientific Meeting

Dec 2 Mon National Day Holiday

Dec 22 – Jan 2

Sun – Thu

Fall Semester Break for the I, II, III, IV & V Year DMD students

2014

Jan 1 Wed New Year Holiday

Jan 5 Sun Classes resume after Fall Semester Break

Jan 13 Mon *Al Moulid Al Nabawi Holiday

Feb 2 Sun End Semester Examination for I, II, III, IV & V Year DMD begin

Feb 16 – 20 Sun – Thu

GMU Mid Semester Break for the DMD Students


Spring Semester

Feb 23 Sun Spring Semester begin for the 2nd, 4th, 6th, 8th& 10th Semester students

Mar 13 Thu End of add and drop period

Mar 20 Thu Annual Sports Day

Mar 21 Fri GMU Global Day

Mar 22 Sat GMU Literary Day

Mar 30 – Apr 10

Sun - Thu Spring Semester Break for the I, II, III, IV & V Year DMD students

Apr 27 Sun Mid Semester Examination for I, II, III, IV & V Year DMD begin

May 26 Mon *Israa Al Mihraj Holiday

Jun 28 Sat *Holy month of Ramadan Starts

Jul 13 Sun End Semester Examination for the I, II, III, IV & V Year DMD begin

July 27 – Aug 31

Eid Al Fitr Holidays and Summer Vacation

* Islamic holidays are determined after sighting the moon. Thus actual dates of holidays may not coincide with the dates in this calendar.

**All tuition and other fees are subject to revision by Gulf Medical University’s Board of Governors in accordance with University requirements. Every year, fees are reviewed and subject to revision. As and when fees are revised, the new fees will be applicable to all enrolled and new students. The amount shown in this document represent fees as currently approved.


UNIVERSITY DIVISIONS & ACADEMIC PROGRAMS


2.0 University Divisions and Academic Programs The University has six academic divisions offering following degree and non-degree programs.

College of Medicine (CoM)

Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) Program College of Pharmacy (CoP)

Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) Program

College of Dentistry (CoD)

Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD) Program

College of Allied Health Sciences (CoAHS)

Bachelor of Physiotherapy (BPT) Program

College of Graduate Studies (CoGS)

Master of Science in Clinical Pathology (MS CP)

Master in Public Health (MPH)

Master in Toxicology (MTox)

Diploma in Toxicology (DipTox)

Masters in Human Reproductive Biology (MHRB)

Master of Physical Therapy (MPT)

Center for Continuing Education and Community Outreach (CCE&CO)

Non degree programs


LICENSE & RECOGNITION


3.0 License & Recognition The following programs have received Initial Accreditation from Commission for Academic

Accreditation, Ministry of Higher Education & Scientific Research (CAA MOHE&SR), Abu

Dhabi – UAE.

Program Month & Year of Initial Accreditation

Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) September 2004

Bachelor of Physiotherapy (BPT) June 2005

Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD) September 2008

Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD) August 2008

Master of Science in Clinical Pathology (MS CP) January 2009

Master in Public Health (MPH) July 2010

Master in Toxicology (MTox) July 2010

Diploma in Toxicology (DipTox) July 2010

Masters in Human Reproductive Biology (MHRB) December 2012

Master of Physical Therapy (MPT) May 2013

Gulf Medical University is listed in the WHO World Directory of Medical Schools and in

the Eastern Mediterranean Regional Office (EMRO), WHO website.

http://www.emro.who.int/hped/

Gulf Medical College is listed as an accredited/recognized medical school in the

International Medical Education Directory (IMED) published by Foundation of

Advancement of International Medical Education and Research (FAIMER) at the website

http://imed.ecfmg.org/

http://www.emro.who.int/hped/

http://imed.ecfmg.org/


THE CAMPUS


4.0 The Campus The Gulf Medical University is located in the Al Jarf area in the northern emirate of Ajman

on a vast stretch of land extending up to a 100,000 sq.m and a built area of 190,000sq.ft

that currently houses the Gulf Medical University (GMU). It has laboratories, classrooms

and administration buildings, a standalone building that houses the library and the modern

multimedia centers, a cafeteria and a sports complex with courts for lawn tennis,

basketball, volley ball and grounds for cricket and football and the vacant grounds have

been earmarked for the future multispecialty hospital, the residence halls for students and

living quarters for the staff and faculty.

The Gulf Medical College Hospital and Research Center is located a few miles away on the

side of a main arterial road entering Ajman from the neighboring emirate of Sharjah and

currently serves as the teaching hospital for GMU. The affiliated hospitals are located in the

different emirates: Mafraq Hospital in Abu Dhabi (HAAD), Sheikh Khalifa Hospital in Ajman,

Umm Al Quwain Hospital in UAQ and Ajman Municipality Public Health Clinics.

The GMU Campus includes modern facilities with classrooms, laboratories and learning

center that are appropriately equipped with up-to-date instructional and educational aids.

GMU encourages social, cultural and other extra-curricular activities and sports to enhance

a comprehensive personality development. The spacious campus spotted with greenery

contains student rest rooms, prayer halls, indoor and outdoor sports facilities, first aid

clinic, and student car park. The facilities are well connected with each other making it easy

for students to move from one area to another.


LOCATION MAP


5.0 Location Map


UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION

POLICIES & PROCEDURES


6.0 Undergraduate Admission Policies & Procedures

6.1 Policy Statement

Gulf Medical University admits students irrespective of their national origin, color, gender or

religion to all the rights, privileges, activities and programs offered by the university.

The University stands for the highest moral and academic standards consistent with the

heritage and cultural background of the United Arab Emirates and shall aspire for national

and international recognition of its programs and degrees.

The University sets high standards for previous academic performance to attract student of

high caliber and to meet and exceed the standards of high retention, low attrition and

outstanding academic performance required to fulfill the accreditation standards for every

program offered by the University.

6.2 Undergraduate Admission Requirements

Applicants shall meet all criteria for admission into each programs offered by the University as laid down in the Standards published by the Commission for Academic Accreditation, Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research, UAE.

The applicant must have completed a minimum of 12 years of education in school and passed subjects in Physics, Chemistry and Biology in higher secondary school.

The applicant must have secured a minimum of 80% marks as per U.A.E. Secondary School education standards or its equivalent in each of the three science subjects (Physics, Chemistry, Biology)

Students who complete their secondary school education as per UK curriculum must have completed at least two of the three science subjects (Physics, Chemistry, Biology) in ‘AS’ levels or ‘A’ levels provided they have passed in all the three subjects in their ‘O’ levels. The minimum grade required is B/C in AS/A level in Chemistry, Biology or Physics.

A score of at least 28 of IB (International Baccalaureate) and for holders of American Diploma a minimum score of 80% is required in addition to a SAT II score of at least 550 in Biology.

An aggregate score of 75% for Pakistan Board, 80% for Indian State Board and 75% for Indian Central Board while the minimum score of 70% in each subject of Biology, Physics and Chemistry is required.

The applicant must have completed 17 years of age on or before the 31st of December of the year of admission.


The applicant must have proficiency in spoken and written English and Science terminology.

The applicant must have passed the English language proficiency test such as TOEFL or IELTS. A minimum score of 500 TOEFL (173 CBT, 61 iBT) or its equivalent in a standardized English language test, such as 5.0 for IELTS or any other equivalent internationally recognized test.

The applicant shall appear for a written MCQ test and a personal interview before the GMU Admissions Committee.

The Admissions Committee shall evaluate all applicants for both cognitive and non-cognitive traits demonstrating their aptitude for the chosen area of study.

Applicants shall submit all academic documents and official transcripts / credits / grades / marks duly attested by the Ministry of Education, U.A.E. and Ministry of Foreign Affairs, U.A.E. or U.A.E. Embassy in their country on admission into the program.

Applicant shall submit a copy of the Equivalency Certificate issued by the Ministry of Education – U.A.E.

Applicant shall submit a copy of the Emirates ID.

Students of Indian nationality are required to obtain an “Eligibility Certificate” from the Medical Council of India / Dental Council of India, New Delhi before they seek admission into the MBBS / DMD program.

On admission, the student shall submit a copy of the individual’s birth certificate or proof of age, the applicant’s passport, and a copy of UAE nationality ID (Khulasat Al-Kayd), a Certificate of Good Conduct. A medical fitness certificate including blood test results, fifteen recent colour photographs, a written pledge by the applicant agreeing to comply with University rules and regulations, the application form duly filled up with complete details, a receipt for payment of a non-refundable fee towards admission.

All information regarding admissions shall appear in the Catalog, Institutional website and in any other forms of advertisement circulated by the University.

6.3 Admission Process

This is carried out in several stages:

1) Advertisement in the media: Information in the media will include details of the

programs, colleges of the university, admissions criteria and online registration form.

2) Scrutiny of information: The Admissions Committee scrutinizes the credentials of the

applicant with reference to the high school education: courses, grades in the qualifying

examinations and the overall suitability of the applicant for admission into the program.

The committee would also inform the applicant regarding the need for any additional

documents that may be required.


3) Short listing: Applicants whose credentials have been accepted as adequate by the

Admissions Committee are informed about the date and time for a personal interview

that would be conducted in Gulf Medical University, Ajman. GMU will provide necessary

help concerning visa arrangements for students from outside UAE.

4) Personal Interview: The Admissions Committee of GMU will conduct the personal

interview. The committee follows a protocol for the interview that will last

approximately 45 minutes. The conversation during the interview will be in English. This

will be in an informal atmosphere and the applicant will be given ample opportunity to

respond to the questions in a relaxed manner. After the personal interview, the

Admissions Committee will submit its recommendations to the Provost concerning the

suitability of the candidate for admission.

5) Provost Approval: The Provost of GMU will finalize admissions after studying the

recommendations of the Admissions Committee. The decision of the Provost on matters

concerning admissions shall be final.

6) Academic Advising: GMU is committed to provide academic advising in order to advise

students in the development and pursuit of academic objectives consistent with their life

goals and the available opportunities at the university.

7) Medical Fitness: Students admitted to GMU are required to submit a Medical Fitness

certificate soon after they have registered on the University rolls. The Medical

Examination in this connection will be carried out in GMC Hospital & Research Center,

Ajman.

8) Enrollment: Candidates who are finally selected for admission are required (within the

time announced on the notification of selection) to submit a letter of acceptance to the

Provost, along with the fee in cash or by demand draft in favor of Gulf Medical

University, Ajman payable at Ajman, U.A.E. Failure to comply with this requirement will

result in cancellation of the admission.

6.4Documents Required for Admission:

Application form with all entries completed

Attested copy of High School Mark Sheet

Certificate of English language proficiency test

True copy of applicant's passport

Fifteen recent passport-size photographs

Emirates ID copy

Equivalency certificate issued by the Ministry of Education, UAE


6.5 Transfer Admissions Policy and Procedures:

Students shall be considered for transfer only as per the following Transfer Admissions

Policy of the University:

Only students from a federal or licensed institution in the U.A.E. or a recognized

Foreign Institution of higher learning shall be eligible for admission by transfer.

All transfer students shall meet the English Language proficiency requirements of the

program to which they are transferred.

All transfer students shall submit official transcripts before admission to the Program in

which they are transferred.

All transfer students shall submit official transcripts of credit earned from all institutions

of higher education previously attended before admission to undergraduate programs.

Only students who are in good academic standing (a minimum cumulative grade point

average of 2.0 on a 4.0. scale, or equivalent) for transfer to an undergraduate program

of study similar to that from which the student is transferring shall be accepted for

admission.

Students who are not in good standing shall be transferred only to a program in a field

different from the one from which the student is transferring.

The University shall transfer undergraduate program credits only for courses relevant to

the degree that provide equivalent learning outcomes and in which the student earned a

grade of B (2.0 on a 4.0 scale) or better;

The University shall inform applicants for transfer admissions or re-admission of the

transfer credits earned for previous courses.

The University shall limit transferred credit hours to less than 50% of the total credit

hours required for the program.

The University shall not grant credit twice for substantially the same course taken at two

different institutions.

The University shall allow the transfer of credits for clinical training only when done in

the U.A.E.; in exceptional circumstances, in which case waiver of this condition shall be

sought from the CAA, MoHESR before admission.

On admission, the student shall submit a copy of the individual’s birth certificate or proof

of age, the applicant’s passport and a copy of UAE nationality ID (Khulasat Al-Kayd), a

Certificate of Good Conduct, a medical fitness certificate including blood test results, six

recent color photographs, a written pledge by the applicant to comply with University

rules and regulations, the application form duly filled up with complete details and a

receipt for payment of a non-refundable fee towards admission.


6.6 Transfer within GMU

The students' wishes are taken into consideration when applying to the programs of Gulf Medical University. However, they will be allowed to transfer to other programs available in the university according to established rules based on the recommendations of the Admissions Committee. 6.7 Re-admission

Students who are on leave for a period of one year must apply for re-admission to the

program through the Admissions Office.

Students in Good Standing: Students who are absent on approved leaves must apply

for re-admission before they will be permitted to register for the semester.

Students Suspended for misconduct: Students who have been rusticated from the

university and under probation must apply for readmission and may be readmitted

after serving the suspension period.

Students on academic probation: Students who fail to meet the minimum GPA

requirement but have satisfied other requirements may be allowed to register as a

non-matriculate student for a probationary period. Non matriculated students who

achieve a minimum GPA of 2.0 can be readmitted, provided they meet all the other

requirements.


STUDENT SERVICES


7.0. Student Services

7.1 Office of Student Affairs The Office of Student Affairs supports and complements the mission of the University and

its academic programs by creating a comfortable, safe and secure environment that

contributes to the success of the students’ educational mission and personal growth. It

helps to involve students in the university community by providing appropriate student

organizations, activities, publications and opportunities for interaction with faculty, staff and

peers outside the classroom.

7.2 Counseling Services 7.2.1 Student Counseling Policy All counseling sessions are conducted with the utmost regard to confidentiality and all

records kept by Counselor are treated as confidential.

Information shared with a counselor is not released to anyone outside the Counseling

Services office. Information may be released under the following exceptions, if,

the student gives written permission to disclose information (In that instance, the

student determines what information is to be released and to whom.) or

A student presents a danger to himself / herself or to another person.

Students meeting with a counselor shall be encouraged to discuss any concerns that they

have about confidentiality.

7.2.2 Academic Counseling Policy Student advising is part of the academic duties of every faculty member. The Dean or Chair

of the Academic Unit assigns advisors so that the number of advisees per faculty member is

as small as possible.

Each student shall have an appointed full-time faculty advisor. This does not preclude

informal advising with a student regarding progress in the courses being taught.

Student advising is not limited to registering students, but encompasses all aspects of

academic advising, including selection of electives, counseling on any academic difficulty/ ies

or problem encountered, and monitoring the academic progress of advisees.

An academic advising guide has been prepared by the Provost’s office and is distributed to

all academic advisors.


Students receive notification of their faculty advisor and a listing of all students and advisors

is available in the Academic Advising Center (AAC). Prior to actual course registration,

faculty are available to advisees during their scheduled office hours to discuss academic

programs and issues related to vocational, career and educational goals. A record is kept of

the advisory meetings. Faculty advisors assigned to the Office of Advising, Assessment and

Counseling Center shall coordinate further referrals.

Adjunct faculty is not to be responsible for the academic advisement of their students.

7.2.3 Personal Counseling

Professional counseling is available for personal problems (i.e., financial, career, home,

health) especially if you have;

Physical complaints when no medical causes can be found.

Excessive anxiety for examinations / accommodation / or home sickness.

Lack of interest in daily activities.

An unusual amount of irritability or fear to mingle with friends.

Not been able to cope with studies.

Inability to concentrate.

Personality changes that can’t be explained such as sudden shifts in mood / behavior.

Referrals are made to the office of Admission & Registers regarding regulations concerning

questions of transfer; to the Accounts Office regarding financial aid issues; to the Career

Counselor’s Office regarding career or job placement issues; by the Dean Student Affairs

who attends to all student activities, discipline issues, university policy etc.

7.2.4 Student Activities Policy

The Office of Student Affairs offer comprehensive programs and services that foster an

educational environment conducive to the overall development of students.

The Office of the Dean of Student Affairs oversees all departments catering to various

student services and serves as an advocate for students in the development of University

policy. The Office is also responsible for administering the University code of conduct

(judicial policies).

Information on specific programs and services particularly athletic, cultural and literary like

GMU Global day celebrations, intercollegiate Sports meet, debates, presentations at

scientific meetings, health exhibitions shall be published in the Student handbook,

University Catalog and displayed prominently on Student Notice Boards, the University

Website and MYGMU e-platform to encourage participation by all students in these events.


7.3 GMU Undergraduate Student Council

The GMU student council comprises of representatives elected from the various academic

programs.

GMU Student Council shall have representation in faculty committees such as Academic

Council, College Council, Student Affairs Committee, Curriculum Development Committee,

Library Council, Sports, Culture & Literary Committee, Campus Health, Campus Safety and

Security Committee.

The student council comprises of class representatives. Each class will elect student

representatives who would coordinate the curricular and extracurricular activities of the

class.

Each class will elect two representatives comprising one male and one female.

The class representatives will be elected following an approved election procedure and the

procedure consists of the following stages:

Nominations of the candidates are submitted to the Dean / Associate Dean of Student

Affairs.

The Dean / Associate Dean of Student Affairs will supervise the voting and declare the

results of the election.

The names of the elected class representatives will be announced to the University.

Elected student representatives will be invited to the Office of the Dean / Associate

Dean of Student Affairs where they will sign a formal document accepting their duties

and responsibilities as elected members of the student council.

The elected representatives from the student council will represent in different

committees.

The University reserves the right to remove student representatives from their office

on disciplinary grounds and/or inadequate performance.

Duties and Responsibilities of Student Representatives

1. To interact with other students in the class and collect data on matters pertaining

to the teaching program, examinations and student welfare measures.

2. To bring to the notice of the faculty, Associate Dean or the Dean any matter/s

relating to student activities, which require modification/s or corrective measures.

3. To attend meetings of Student Council with the Associate Deans and the Dean at

regular intervals. The members of the Student Council are expected to come

prepared with the agenda for such meetings so that all relevant points can be

discussed in an orderly manner.


4. To identify any personal problem of the students which require immediate or

urgent intervention and brings it to the notice of the faculty, Associate Deans or the

Dean.

5. To recommend effective measures relating to student activities (academics,

discipline and welfare).

6. To act as a healthy and reliable link between the students on one hand and the

members of faculty and administration on the other.

7.3.1 Student Council Executive Board

Elected representatives from the Student Council form the Student Council Executive

Board comprising one student from each program who will attend the respective college

council meetings called for by the Deans of the respective colleges.

The university reserves the right to remove any student representative from their elected

office on disciplinary grounds and / or inadequate performance.

Students indulging in Academic or Personal misconduct will not be allowed to be elected

for Class Representative or Member of Student Council Executive Board; and those holding

these posts already stand to be disqualified.

7.3.2 Student Publications

Students write, edit and publish a newsletter (Previously ‘GMU Pulse’, under name change

at present), which is an essential feature that chronicles student life at GMU. The students’

newsletter expresses their sense of commitment and degree of cooperation as well as their

awareness of the educational and social issues that affect life in the GMU. The newsletter

reflects the make-up of the GMU and it appears in two languages - Arabic and English.

7.3.3 Student Behavior

All students are expected to maintain decorum and decency in conducting themselves

in the Campus.

Men and women students should not be seen together anywhere in the campus

including the central hall, corridors, learning center or cafeteria. Members of faculty

have been requested to be on the vigil about this and have been authorized to censure

any student violating this regulation.

7.4 Student Academic Services 7.4.1 The Dean’s Office

The Office of the Dean oversees all departments catering to various student academic

services.


7.4.2 Office of Student Affairs Office of Student Affairs coordinates all matters concerning student council, student

welfare, career guidance, alumni affairs, student health, placement, student discipline,

residential halls, transportation, student publication, student activities and sports. Student

may approach the Associate Dean Student Affairs to resolve issues regarding student

affairs and student support services.

7.4.3 Career Service Office

The University has a full time Career Counselor. 7.4.3.1 Career Service Policy

The Career Counselor shall be available at all hours on all working days throughout the year;

Students are encouraged to meet the Career Counselor and discuss their career plans.

All students are encouraged to avail of clinical training at sites available in the country and

abroad during the summer break.

The students are encouraged to seek help in preparing their curriculum vitae.

Students shall also be helped in filling application forms for taking various licensing

examinations being held in the country and abroad.

The career counselor collects and disseminates information about the various hospitals,

institutions and universities offering internship and residency programs in the country and

abroad.

The career counselor shall encourage graduates to keep in touch with the alma mater

through the University’s website, correspondence and telephone.

The Career Counselor maintains a register of GMU Alumni. The Career Office also keeps a

record of employment of all Alumni and seeks evaluation of the GMU graduate as an

employee.

The Career Counselor shall submit reports periodically to update the Alumni records in the

Center for Quality Enhancement (CQE).

7.4.4 Financial Aid Office

Information on financial aid may be obtained from the Chief Accounts Officer of the Gulf

Medical University.

Refer to Section 11.13 under Financial Aid and Scholarships in this document for further

details.


7.5 Health Services

A First Aid Room is available in the GMU campus. All GMU students shall be eligible for

medical treatment in the GMCHRC.

7.5.1 Health Services Policy

In order to streamline the health care needs of GMU students, a Campus Medical Center

has been established. This will provide care in the following areas:

o First Aid Service at GMU

o Referral to GMC Hospital

o Coordination between GMU & GMC Hospital

The student Management System has been linked with that of the hospital for easy

identification of student for treatment.

As part of the registration procedures, every student must be covered for health services

under one of the two following plans. Plan – I is compulsory for all GMU sponsored

students. This provides medical benefits under the GMCHRC Health Card. Plan II is

compulsory for others who are officially enrolled in health insurance plans with their

families.

Students shall be required to present the Student ID as identification document on

registering for medical treatment.

The Office of the Academic Affairs at GMCHRC shall make arrangements for access to

health care facilities at the hospital and to encourage students to undergo vaccination.

It is compulsory for all GMU students to have a valid Third Party Liability (TPL) Insurance.

Students shall be informed regarding the benefits of immunization and testing for

communicable diseases and encouraged to undertake appropriate immunizations and

tests.

7.6 Third Party Liability (TPL) Insurance

As per the Ministry of Health (MoH) guidelines, all students undergoing clinical training at

various hospitals are required to have a valid Clinical Training – Third Party Liability

Insurance. This insurance cover is restricted to training hours only and / or whilst

participating in indoor and/or outdoor university activities under university’s expressed

authorization including transportation from and to training centre by university vehicles.


7.7 Student Records Policy

The University shall maintain confidentiality of student records. The student records shall be stored in safe custody and only authorized personnel shall have access to them.

Transcripts shall be issued only upon the signed request of the parent or the student. Under no circumstances shall the student records be released to any third party without the knowledge of the student or the student’s parent.

All official records shall be signed by the Provost of the University whose signatures only shall be recognized outside the bounds of GMU.

A progress report shall be sent regularly to the contact address to inform the guardians about the ward’s progress.

The records policy shall be published in the student handbook for information. The Office of the Dean Admissions & Registers shall maintain the student’s permanent academic record and requests to view the individual’s record must be made to the Office of the Dean Admissions & Registers.

The program office of academic program in which a student is enrolled also maintains student files that are considered non-permanent. Students have the right to access their program file except documents where access has been waived (e.g. recommendation forms).

A student must submit an application to the Dean Admissions & Registers office to obtain access to his/her program academic record.

The Dean Admissions & Registers Office shall ensure:

The continuous maintenance and back up of student records with one set stored in a secure location, preferably off-site in a vault or fireproof cabinet.

Special security measures to protect and back up computer-generated and stored records.

Confidentiality of records.

A definition of what constitutes the permanent record of each student; the right of access to student records, including students’ access to their own records.

The authority to manage and update student records.

Appropriate retention and disposal of records.

7.8 Information Release Policy

The University shall neither deny nor effectively prevent current or former students

of the University the right to inspect and review their education records.

Students shall be granted access to their records within a reasonable period of time

after filing a request. Students have the right to request the amendment of their

education records to ensure that the records are not inaccurate, misleading or

otherwise in violation of their privacy or other rights.


The University shall not release or provide access to education records, except

“directory” information, without the written consent of the student to any individual,

agency or organization.

The University is, however, authorized to provide access to student records to

Campus officials and employees who have legitimate educational interests in such

access. These persons are those who have responsibilities in connection with the

academic, administrative, or service functions of the university and who have reason

for using student records connected with their academic or other university

responsibilities. Disclosure may also be made to other persons, Ministry and

Government officials or organizations under certain conditions (e.g. as part of an

accreditation or program evaluation; in response to a court order, audit in connection

with financial aid; or to institutions to which the student is transferring).

The University shall designate the following items as “directory” information:

student name, addresses, telephone numbers, major field of study, participation in

officially recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees and awards

received, most recent previous school attended and photograph. The University may

disclose any of those items without prior written consent, unless notified in writing

on the form available from the Dean Admissions & Registers.

Confidentiality of information shall be highly respected at GMU. If students wish that

any of their education record shall be available to anyone, a consent form shall be

available in the Office Admissions and Registers. If there is no consent form,

information will not be disclosed except to the appropriate person(s) in connection

with an emergency, if the knowledge of such information is necessary to protect the

health or safety of the student or other persons.

Under no circumstances shall the student records be released to any third party

without the prior knowledge of the student or the student’s parent.

7.9 Plagiarism and Copyright Policy:

Plagiarism is defined as “a piece of writing that has been copied from someone else and is

presented as being your own work”. The student should cite the sources if they use

someone else’s ideas. If the student include copyrighted material in their thesis, they are

responsible for obtaining written permission from the copyright holder. The Gulf Medical

University takes no responsibility in this regard. To avoid plagiarism, student must mention

the sources properly using footnotes, endnotes or references, inclusion of illustrative

graphs, charts etc. which are copyrighted sources, permission letter should be included.

Copyright is legal protection of intellectual property. As thesis is legally classified as

publication and an intellectual property of the student, during the preparation of thesis, the

student should consider the copyright laws regarding the protection of original work.


Copyright ownership means that the student has the exclusive right to print, reprint, copy,

sell, and prepare derivative works based on their work.

7.10 Dress Code

Professional Dress

Students should at all times maintain a neat and clean appearance, and dress in attire that is

appropriate. When students are functioning as medical / health professionals, either with

clinical patients or simulated patients, dress must be appropriate and professional. A

professional image increases credibility, patient’s trust, respect, and confidence. In addition,

because medical and health sciences students utilize facilities on campus where patients and

the public are present, professional dress and appearance are also expected even when

students are not engaged in patient care. In addition, most of the clinical facilities have

specific dress code policies that must also be followed. Furthermore, Photo I.D. badges are

to be worn at all times.

Violation of the dress code can have detrimental consequences for patient care and could

damage the reputation of the institution. Flagrant and repeated violations of the dress code

may be deemed to signify a lack of insight or maturity on the part of the individual student

and call for counseling and discipline. The immediate supervisor may choose to discuss initial

violations of the dress code directly with the student. Serious or repeated violations may be

subject to disciplinary action.

Students of GMU are expected to maintain decorum in their dress code in accordance with the dignity of the medical profession and of the institution.

Traditional dresses are allowed for only U.A.E nationals.

Students must wear white coats with identity cards / badges on entering the campus / clinical sites and must wear the coats as long as they are inside the campus / clinical sites. The white coat must be clean and well maintained and of acceptable quality. The white coat must be worn fully buttoned.

The security and duty staff have the right to reject admission to any student into the campus when not properly dressed or when not wearing the white coats.

White coats are to be worn only inside the college and hospital premises. Students should not wear white coats in public places such as supermarkets.

Women students must take special care in avoiding skin tight and revealing dress. They must have their hair properly tied up and must not keep the hair loose. All women students must wear dress, which reaches down to the ankle level.

Students must wear dress that does not hinder practical or clinical work.


7.11 Dining Services

GMU provides modern dining services in the campus where meals are served at a

reasonable price. The dining facilities are provided at 3 locations in the campus and 2 in the

GMC hospital. The ‘Terrace’ a multi cuisine restaurant located in the campus serves all the

Arab, Continental & Asian cuisines.

7.12 Recreational Facilities

State of the art recreational facilities are provided in the Body & Soul Health Club, a

gymnastic unit of GMU. Membership is provided to the students at a concessional rate and

they can enjoy all facilities including swimming.

World class Basketball, Volleyball courts, Tennis courts, Cricket & Football fields have been

located in the campus. Separate indoor Table Tennis facility for male and female students

has been provided. The sports committee announces inter-collegiate sports events every

year wherein interested students can participate.

7.13 Student Support Services

Faculty in-charge/ Name Tel.No: 06 7431333 Coordinators Hostel : Dr. Joshua Ashok Ext. 317 Mrs. Sherly Ajay Ext. 384 Sports & First Aid: Prof. Ishtiyaq Ahmed Shaafie Ext. 211 Cultural Activities: Mr. Vignesh Unadkat Ext. 240 Library: Dr. Syed Shehnaz Ilyas Ext. 316 Administrative Assistance: Accounts: Mr. Aslam Hameed Ext. 300 Library: Mr. Diaz Idiculla Ext. 221

Mr. Anzel Ext. 221 Common Rooms, Common utilities and Transport: Mr. Subeesh Ext. 219 Audio Visual Aids: Mr. Supreeth / Mr. Bilal Ext. 222 Visa and Health Card: Mr. Fayaz Mohammed Ext. 238 Photocopy Section, Mail Boxes and Sub store Mr. Sakthi Ext. 283


7.14 GMU Physical Facilities

7.14.1 Lecture Halls

The lectures are usually held in the four main lecture halls - Lecture Hall I, Lecture Hall II,

Lecture Hall III and Lecture Hall IV. In addition the demonstration rooms located close to

laboratories are used in teaching smaller classes for lectures, group discussions, seminars

and tutorials. The graduate students have their classrooms in the teaching / learning center.

7.14.2 GMU Testing Center

The state-of-the-art GMU testing center is the latest addition to the ever-growing facilities of

Gulf Medical University. This new unit is capable of accommodating placement tests,

examinations or any other form of testing through a sophisticated technical set-up.

With a capacity of holding up to 88 participants, the centre has all modern facilities. To meet

the standards required for international testing regulations, invigilators are supported with

adequate number of CCTV cameras in each testing halls. The testing center has a data

processing room where post-test analysis of scores could be done or the central valuation

room for the examiners to value paper based tests. Access to the center and examination

halls is user-friendly to people with special needs (wide elevator and doors).

7.14.3 Common Rooms & Lockers

Separate common rooms with locker facility are available for male and female students.

Locker keys may be obtained from the Administrative office. In the event of any damages to

the lockers or loss of keys, a fine of AED 100 is levied. Only materials pertaining to academic

and learning needs are to be kept in the lockers; strict disciplinary action is taken if any

objectionable material is found in the lockers.

7.14.4 Masjid

Separate entrance for men and women with ablution facilities are provided in the Masjid.

7.14.5 Mail Box

All incoming postal mail would be kept in the designated area close to the photocopying

section.

7.14.6 GMU Hostel

Separate hostel facilities for male and female students are provided on request. Resident

wardens in the hostels take care of student needs. Indoor games and Internet facilities are

available for recreation and study.


A. Aim: The Office of Student Affairs support and complement the mission of the college

and its academic program by creating a comfortable and safe environment that contributes

to the success of resident students’ educational progress and personal growth.

The hostel offers a learning environment that fosters self-dependence, respect for social and

communal norms, and tolerance of cultural diversity. The residence halls provide

opportunities for residents to improve their leadership, communication and social skills,

which support their academic development.

B. Hostels

GMC Girls Hostel Ajman Single / Sharing rooms GMC Boys Hostel Ajman Single / Sharing rooms

C. Hostel Fees details Students who are sent out of the hostel on disciplinary action will not be eligible to get

refund of the rent.

Hostel Single Sharing

Ajman 19000/- + 1000 security deposit 13000/- + 1000 security deposit

D. Hostel Regulations

These rules have been formulated to help the students to study comfortably in the hostel, to

ensure their safety and maintain discipline. All the inmates of the hostels are to strictly

adhere to these rules.

1. Right of Occupancy

a. GMU students who have paid or arranged for the payment of their hostel fees, tuition and other college fees have the right to reside.

b. Rent is charged for one academic year extending from the beginning of the academic year to the end.

c. Request of renewal to be submitted and paid before the next academic year. The room is confirmed only on payment.

d. Students leaving the hostel in the middle of an academic year are not eligible for refund of the rent.

e. Student has the right to report to the Warden, Hostel In charge or Office of Student Affairs in case of any difficulty faced during her / his stay in the hostel.

2. Security

a. To ensure the security of all students, all GMU hostels are protected by

security staff / warden for 24 hrs. throughout the year.


3. Facility

a. Air conditioned room with kitchen and bathroom, cot with mattress and

quilt, fridge, study table and chair, wooden cupboard, micro-oven.

b. Water cooler provided in each floor, common washing area, computer lab

and exercise room.

c. Cleaning, transportation and fulltime warden.

4. Curfew

a. During week days (Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, & Thursday) all

resident female students are expected to be in their respective dorms by

9:00 p.m. and male students by 9:30 pm

b. During weekends (Friday & Saturday) female students must report back

before 10:00 p.m. and male students report back before 11:00 p.m.

c. Daily attendance of hostel students will be conducted and submitted to the

Hostel In-charge and Office of Student Affairs.

d. The hostel Warden monitors the attendance records regularly for tardiness

and absences. Repeated violation of attendance regulations will be

reported to the Office of Student Affairs.

e. Students require prior permission from the warden before leaving the

hostel for shopping. Details about their movement in such cases should be

entered in a movement register maintained for this purpose.

f. Hostel doors will be closed by 11:00 pm.

Violation of the curfew timings and hostel regulations may result in the

cancellation of the hostel facility.

5. Weekend / Vacation out-pass policy

a. Female students who wish to go out to visit their parents or relatives must

obtain prior permission from their parents or nominated guardians on each

occasion.

b. A letter must be faxed /email to the Office of Hostel In-charge

(fax no: 06-7468989 or email: [email protected] or

Warden Daisy Thomas, email: [email protected]

Warden Subaida, email: [email protected]) well in advance for prior

approval.

c. Student should fill out the out-pass form before leaving.

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:daisythomas@

mailto:[email protected]


6. Inter-visitation

a. GMU students who are not residents of the hostel and parents are not

permitted to stay in the hostel.

b. On emergency purpose, one–day stay of non-residents (current GMU

student/ GMU student’s sister), concerned student requires to take prior

approval (at least 3 days before) from the Office of Student Affairs.

A visitor fee of AED 100/- per day will be charged. Student is requested to submit the

receipt of payment on entry to the hostel.

c. Hostel students may be permitted to have visitors / friends in the visiting

area and will not be permitted to take them to their rooms.

d. GMU students visiting hostel inmates are required to fill the form and take

the approval from the Warden.

e. Outsiders other than parents or nominated guardians are not allowed

inside the hostels. Parents are allowed to visit their ward’s room only on

the first day of the University or on emergency situation upon approval.

7. Smoking / Alcohol / Drugs

a. Smoking, seesha and using drugs / alcohol are strictly prohibited in GMU

hostels.

b. If a student is found using drug / alcohol / seesha etc., he / she will face

severe disciplinary consequences.

8. Littering

a. Since the hostels are the residents’ second home, all students are expected

to maintain cleanliness inside the halls.

b. Rooms are inspected periodically for cleanliness.

c. Students are also expected to regularly empty the garbage in their rooms.

d. In the event a student room is found to be in a dirty state, the Student

Affairs office has the right to charge the student for getting it cleaned.

9. Cable / TV / Internet / Computer Room

a. Students are allowed to have Television of their own.

b. Hostel has the Wi-Fi connections on all floors and an additional computer

room with internet connection is provided for learning purpose.

c. Computer /Internet usage will be viewed seriously and any misuse will entail

discontinuing the facility.


10. Exercise area (Girls’ Hostel Safeer area)

a. Students are provided with tread mills for exercise.

b. Students utilizing need to sign in the usage of time in the register.

11. Meals and Cafeteria

a. Micro-oven and Fridge has been provided for warming and storing of food.

b. Procuring ordered food from outside restaurants should be delivered before

10:00 pm. Any late deliveries will not be permitted.

c. The facility of hostel delivery of food is arranged from the University Terrace

Restaurant (Contact no: 06-7430002)

12. Transportation

Hostel students are provided transport facility to the University.

On regular class days, University bus has been arranged as per following

schedule:-

Time

Main Girls Hostel

(Safeer area)

Girls Hostel

(Jurf)

Boys Hostel

Pick up to the University First trip : 8:00 am

Second trip : 8:10 am

8:15 am 8:15 am

Pick up from University 3:45 pm 3:45 pm 3:45 pm

Transport facility is also provided for hostel students during summer and

semester break holidays. Request for transport signed by the Warden has to

be filled and submitted to the Transport department for approval.

Transport is NOT provided for weekend travels.

13. Concerning Fire Codes

a. A fire alarm sound indicates that an emergency situation exists.

b. Students are required to switch OFF the electrical equipments after use. In

case any room is found to have the oven, A/c or any other electrical

equipment ON unnecessarily, the office reserves the right to ask the student

to pay the electricity charges.

c. Cooking indoors with charcoal or any open flame device, burning candles is

prohibited.

d. In case of complaint regarding malfunctioning switches or any other electrical

equipment needs to be reported to the Warden immediately or written in the

complaint book.


14. Entering / Transfer of rooms

a. GMU officials including Hostel Supervisor and Warden may enter student

room in an emergency.

b. Students will be informed in case of maintenance work to be done or college

officials entering their rooms.

c. Male members are not allowed inside the girls’ hostel except male

maintenance staff on approval will be accompanied by the Warden.

d. Requests for a transfer to another room are to be forwarded through the

Warden’s office.

15. Laundry

a. Washers and dryers are located in the hostel. The Laundry room will be closed

by 11:00 p.m.

16. Furniture

a. Students are strictly forbidden from removing any of their room furniture.

b. Hostel students are required to obtain special approval from the hostel in-

charge to bring own furniture.

17. Storage

a. Storage rooms are NOT available in hostels.

b. Students need to clear their belongings on leaving the hostel. The belongings

will be moved outside once the student leaves the hostel.

c. Institution will not be responsible for student’s belongings once the student

leaves the hostel.

18. Medical Facilities

a. Students should report any injury or illness immediately to the Warden

without delay so that necessary medical attention could be arranged.

b. All GMU students are eligible for medical treatment in GMC hospital. Students

are required to present the Student ID as identification document to register

for medical treatment.


19. Student responsibilities

a. Students must take care of their personal belongings and the management

will not be responsible for any loss or damage. On leaving the hostel, student

is required to clear all her / his belongings.

b. Students must maintain cleanliness and discipline in the hostel. All property

and fittings should be handled with care. If a student is found to be

responsible for any damages, the cost of repair / replacement will be

recovered from the student.

c. Students are required to abide by the advice and decisions of the Warden on

all matters pertaining to life in the hostels.

d. Students are required to abide by any other rules or regulations, which the

Dean, the Supervisor or the Warden may feel necessary to introduce from

time to time.

e. Students are required to submit the No Objection letter from parent and fill

up the out-pass /clearance form when staying outside or when vacating the

hostel.

f. Students are required to submit the clearance form to the office of the

Warden before vacating the room and submit a copy to the accounts

department for refund of deposit.

20. Actions Prohibited

a. Student should NOT break the curfew timings.

b. Student should NOT write on walls, lifts, doors of the hostel.

c. Student should NOT bring in any pets (cat, puppy, bird etc.) into the hostel.

d. Student should NOT remove furniture, or install personal locks for rooms.

e. Student should NOT insert / fix holes or hooks in walls, floors or ceiling.

f. Student should NOT refuse to follow the instructions from the Warden or

security personnel who is only performing his/her duties.

g. Students are NOT allowed to decorate the exterior of rooms, corridors or

other common areas.

h. Student should NOT shout or create disturbances for any residential room.

i. Student should NOT drop or throw any solid object or liquid from windows.

j. Student should NOT harass or verbally abuse any resident or staff member

living in the hostel.

k. Student should NOT host overnight guest / parent without obtaining prior

approval from the Office of student affairs / Hostel In-charge.


Following actions are taken for those who break the rules of the hostel

i. First warning with letter issued to student.

ii. Second and final warning with letter issued and copy to parents and the respective

College Dean

iii. Third – student penalized / expelled from the accommodation.

Any breach of the above rules by the inmates may result in their, being deprived of the

privilege of occupying the room besides rendering themselves liable to pay such damages,

as may be claimed by the authorities. Also there will be NO refund of fees in the event of

denial of hostel accommodation on grounds of misconduct (academic or personal).

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I have read and understood the above rules and regulations of the hostel and will follow

the same.

_________________ ______________________ _________

Student’s Signature Parent’s Signature: Date:

21. Whom to Contact in an Emergency

Dr. Joshua Ashok Associate Dean, Student Affairs

Tel : 06- 743 1333 Ext: 317

Mobile: 050-7447921

Mrs. Sherly Ajay Ladies Hostel In-charge Tel : 06-7431333

Ext:384 Mobile: 050-7276958

Mr. Subish Manager, General

Services Tel : 06-743

1333 Ext: 219 Mobile: 050-7467155

Mrs. Daisy Thomas

Warden, GMU Ajman Girls Hostel

Tel: 06-7464881 Mobile: 050-5103981

Mrs. Zubaida Warden, GMU Ajman

New Girls Hostel Tel: 06-7496255 Mobile: 050 - 3649007

7.15 Transportation

Bus facilities, to commute from residences to GMU and other clinical locations, are available

to the hostel students free of cost. Day scholars are provided transport on request and on

payment of stipulated fees. Students requiring transport facilities should contact the

Transport Department for all transport needs.


7.16 Telephone

Prepaid telephone booths are located in the central hall. 7.17 Class Room & Laboratory Protocol

Separate entrances are designated for men and women students in the Lecture Halls and

Laboratories. Students are strictly advised to follow these.

Attendance will not be granted to late comers to lectures and practical.

Students are not allowed to bring food and drinks into the lecture rooms and

laboratories.

Lab coats must be worn only during laboratory work, ambulatory and bedside teaching

activities.

Students should use equipment and property of the institution with care and should not

indulge in destruction or damage to any of the equipment & property. If a student is

found to be responsible for any such damage, the repair / replacement cost for the same

shall be recovered from the student.

Students who require audio visual equipment for presentations should organize this with

the help of the Administrative Assistant for Student Affairs. Students should fill in the

request form for this and hand over the same at least 3 days before their presentation.

Visitors are not permitted to attend lectures and laboratories except with the prior

written approval of the Dean.

Students should leave the lecture halls as soon as the lectures are over. Lingering on in

the hall alone or in groups is not permitted. Lecture halls will be locked soon after the

lectures are over and will be opened only 15 minutes before the commencement of

lectures.

7.18 Student Identification

All students are required to submit passport size photos to be fixed on their ID cards.

The Student ID must be worn at all times and must be presented on demand in the

campus, clinical sites and examinations.

Loss of ID cards must be reported to the Dean’s office and replacement card can be

obtained after payment of AED 25.

7.19 University Entrance

Separate entrances are designated for men and women students. These should be strictly

adhered to. Parents, relatives and friends who drop the students in the college and drive

them back are requested to respect this and drop or collect the students only from the

designated areas. Students are not allowed to walk through the main foyer doors or sit in

the entrance area. This area is meant for guests and visitors to the college.


7.20 Car Parking in the Campus

Cars should be parked in the allocated positions for men and women students separately

in an orderly manner. Only cars belonging to the President, Trustees and other visiting

dignitaries are allowed to be parked in the main portico area. The College administration

reserves the right to tow away any vehicle, which has been parked in an unauthorized

manner or place.

Dangerous driving practices, creating inconvenience or risk to others and damage to

property within the college campus are punishable offences.

7.21 Information on Safety Issues

GMU adheres to and adopts the guidelines on safety issues, which covers safety aspects

under the categories- Laboratory and Chemical safety. Excerpt from the University

Laboratory Safety Manual is provided.

Laboratory Safety

1. General

1.1 Take care not to run around in the laboratories unless a situation [e.g. Emergency]

warrants the same.

1.2 Laboratory dress code:

Laboratory coat must be worn while pursuing laboratory work but be removed while

visiting a non-laboratory environment, e.g. office, canteen, toilet, and computer

room.

No smoking is permitted at any time in or near the laboratory.

Long-sleeved laboratory coats must be worn to protect against chemical spills and

prevent exposure to radiation and UV light.

Latex gloves must be worn when handling toxic chemicals and, bacteria. However,

do not use such gloves in the course of simple chores like opening doors, answering

telephones, at the keyboard, to cite some examples.

Safety goggles or spectacles must be worn while working with hazardous chemicals

or radioactive materials.

Use the face-mask when using the UV trans-illuminator.

Mandatory use of close footwear [E.g. No open-toed shoes, sandals and slippers]

when working in the laboratory and while handling also working hazardous chemicals

or radioactive materials.

Long hair or loose clothing must be secured before commencing work to avoid the

possibility of their entanglement in equipment, or contact with chemicals or

possibility of a fire accident.

Wearing a Walkman/radio head phone while working is prohibited.


1.3 Waste disposal:

Appropriate bag must be used to dispose hazardous and non-hazardous waste. The

specially designed safety bag must only be used for disposal of hazardous waste and

not for non-hazardous waste disposal. Non-hazardous waste can be disposed in the

general household garbage bag.

Broken glass and needles must be disposed in a sharps bin or plastic container.

Acid, organic solvent, and radioactive waste must be disposed in the designated

bottles or containers (see Chemistry and Radiation Safety for detail).

2. Electrical outlet usage:

To avoid power overloading, ideally, one electrical outlet must be connected only

to one equipment

If the outlet is used for more than one connection, the adaptor with the Singapore

Productivity and Standard Board (PSB) logo (i.e. PSB approved adaptors) must be

used.

Chemical Safety

1. General

Working alone with hazardous chemicals (particularly after office hours) must be

discouraged in all laboratories involved in such experimental work.

2. Chemical Storage

The general properties and storage characteristics of each chemical must be

indicated by a colored sticker on the chemical containers. The suggested color

codes are:

a. RED: Flammable

b. WHITE: Corrosive

c. YELLOW: Reactive

d. BLUE: Health risk (carcinogen, mutagen, etc.)

e. GRAY: General chemical storage

f. RED 'S': To be stored separately from chemicals of similar code

Chemicals must not be stored on the floor or on top of shelves. The storage shelf

must have the rails to prevent the fall off.

Organic and inorganic chemicals must be stored in different cabinets.

Organic solvents must be stored in resistant containers, e.g. glass or teflon. The

cap must be resistant to the solvent and screwed on tight. Solvents are stored

primarily in a metal cupboard or sometimes in a fume hood.

There must be no open flame near organic solvents, nor must they be kept near

heat.

Concentrated nitric acid must be stored in designated cabinet.


Poisons must be stored in designated and locked cabinet.

Corrosive chemicals must be placed in a location below eye level, e.g. in bottom

shelves of a cabinet or under the sink.

Cabinet shelves must not be overloaded.

Upper shelves must not be heavier than lower shelves.

All shelves must be protected with chemical-resistant, non-absorbent, easy-

cleaning trays with anti-roll lips.

All chemicals must be placed on these trays and not directly onto the metal surface

of the shelves.

All cabinets must be kept closed at all times other than during depositing or

withdrawal of chemicals.

All cabinets must be placed on floor and must be stable.

Labels indicating the contents of each cabinet must be displayed on the outside of

the cabinet.

A fire extinguisher must be located near the exit and not near the chemical

cabinets. In the event of an explosion, a fire extinguisher near the explosion area

might be rendered inaccessible or damaged.

The appropriate type of fire extinguisher, i.e. Class B extinguisher such as carbon

dioxide or foam, to deal with chemical fire must be used. Everyone in the lab must

know to use the fire extinguisher.

Spill control kits to handle spillage of flammable chemicals, must be available.

First aid kits must be available and they must be equipped to deal with accidental

ingestion, spillage, etc.

Periodic checks must be made of the chemical stores in order to ensure that the

conditions of the containers are satisfactory. These include but are not restricted

to:

The physical state of the primary and secondary containers

The state of the seals of these containers

The cleanliness of the containers (salt deposits indicating leakage, etc.).

The presence of moisture in the bottle or any other form of precipitation and / or caking.

Adequate ventilation must be available.

Bottles of toxic chemicals, once opened, must be tightly recapped, sealed and

placed in a fume hood.

Chemical bottles / containers in constant use must be placed in chemical-resistant,

non-absorbent, easy-cleaning trays.

Gas cylinders, hoses and regulators must occasionally be checked for wear and

tear, leaks and functionality. A simple soap-bubble test can be done to check for

leaks.

All gas cylinders must be secured with chains.


Empty gas cylinders must not be stored with full cylinders. In the event of a

mistake, empty gas cylinders can cause serious-suck back effect when connected

to pressurized equipment.

3. Chemical Handling

All lab workers must be familiar with recommended procedures associated with

the chemicals they are dealing and the relevant hazards. When in doubt the MSDS

must be referred to, for information.

All work involving aqueous hazardous chemicals must be done in fume hoods.

All Appropriate protective apparel must be worn when working with hazardous

chemicals. These include but are not limited to gloves, masks, aprons, lab coats,

face shields and goggles.

Hand towel dispensers must be made available in all labs.

Appropriate gloves for handling corrosives, hot/cold objects, organic solvents and

other specific chemicals must be available.

When a process is known to result in chemical fumes, wearing appropriate masks

must be mandatory. Please note that normal surgical masks and dusk masks are

not suitable protection against chemical fumes.

Spilled mercury (e.g. from broken thermometers) must be picked up using a

pipette and stored in a small, tightly sealed and labeled plastic container in the

fume hood.

Standard Operational Procedures (SOPs) to deal with emergency situations arising

from radioactive, chemical and bio-hazardous accidents must be clearly

displayed in every lab.

Handling of Gases:

Make sure that you know how to operate the regulator on a gas cylinder before

using it.

Gas cylinders must be replaced before they are completely empty. Some positive

pressure must be allowed in the used cylinders.

Check the gas tubing from time to time.

Poisonous gases and chemicals that give rise to vapors must be experimented

with only in the fume hood.

Do not light any flame when you smell a gas leak. Beware of flammable gases,

e.g. oxygen and acetylene.

If you smell something dangerous, raise the alarm and evacuate the lab

immediately. The source must later be traced and action taken by the

appropriate safety personnel.


While handling Liquid Nitrogen:

Your hands must be protected by thick pair of heavy duty gloves.

Lab coat must be worn and legs and feet protected.

Liquid nitrogen must be kept and transported in Dewar flasks.

Liquid nitrogen splatters easily when pouring, especially if the glassware or

plastic ware is not pre-chilled before use. Hence special caution ought to be

exercised.

Handling of Phenol:

Phenol must be handled with appropriate protection and in the fume hood.

Phenol must be stored in resistant containers made of glass or teflon.

If ones' skin comes in contact with phenol, it must be rinsed immediately with

lots of water, followed by wash with soap and water.

Spills must be attended to immediately and not left to dry unattended.

Stains left by chemical spills must be cleaned up immediately.

Hand towel dispensers must be made available in all labs.

Appropriate gloves for handling corrosives, hot / cold objects, organic solvents

and other specific chemicals must be available.

When a process is known to result in chemical fumes, wearing appropriate masks

must be mandatory. Please note that normal surgical masks and dusk masks are

not suitable protection against chemical fumes.

Spilled mercury (e.g. from broken thermometers) must be picked up using a

pipette and stored in a small, tightly sealed and labeled plastic container in the

fume hood.

4. General Chemical Disposal

Not all chemicals can be thrown into the drain. Ensure that the chemical is safe for

discharge into the sewer. If not, store in empty reagent bottles or carboys for

processing and disposal by a waste disposal company. As a general guideline, strong

flammable and acute toxic chemicals must not be discharged into the sewer.

Dilute all chemicals that will be thrown into the sewer.

Acids and bases must be neutralized properly before discharging into the

sewerage system.

All gels (excluding those stained with EthidiumBromide) must be disposed into

special plastic bags. These bags, when full, must be double wrapped, secured

properly and thrown with normal rubbish for disposal.

Commingling of chemical waste in waste storage containers must be kept to

confinement separately.


Where the above is not possible, aqueous waste must be segregated into the

following groups:

Halogenated

Flammable

Phenol-chloroform

Flammable chemical waste must be stored in well-ventilated areas to reduce

accumulation of flammable vapors.

Solid chemical waste must be securely packaged before disposal into normal

trash where they will eventually be incinerated. An exception to this is solids that

sublime at room temperature and produce toxic gases. In such cases, try to

convert the solids to a stable form and chemically inactivate it.

Organic Solvents:

Solvents are disposed of in specifically-labeled (name of solvent, your name and

your supervisor’s name) waste bottles in a fume hood. Do not pour them down

the sink. Only very small quantities (< 1 ml) may be flushed down the sink with

lots of water.

Chloroform and acetone must not be poured into the same bottle as they react

to form an explosive chemical.

Chemical containers must be tagged with information including chemical name,

description, generator’s name and date of disposal.

All chemical disposal exercises must be documented.


STUDENT RIGHTS & RESPONSIBILITIES


8.0 Student’s Rights and Responsibilities 8.1 Student’s Rights

All students must become familiar with the academic policies, curriculum requirements, and

associated deadlines as outlined in the University Catalog. The academic advisor shall advise

the student on all matters related to their program of study and will aid the student in the

interpretation of policies whenever necessary.

However, it shall ultimately be the student’s responsibility to meet all stated requirements

for the degree and the policies related thereof. It is also the student’s responsibility to

actively utilize their campus email and the university web site, observe netiquette, observe

the policies on internet use as published and made available in the Student handbook as it

tends to be a major communication resource and is often the primary form of

communication between students.

Gulf Medical University shall maintain an academic environment in which the freedom to

teach, conduct research, learn, and administer the university is protected. Students will

enjoy maximum benefit from this environment by accepting responsibilities commensurate

with their role in the academic community. The principles found herein are designed to

facilitate communication, foster academic integrity, and defend freedoms of inquiry,

discussion, and expression among members of the university community.

8.1.1 Rights in the Pursuit of Education

Students will have the right:

To pursue an education free from illegal discrimination and to be judged on the basis

of relevant abilities, qualifications, and performance;

To fair and impartial academic evaluation and a means of recourse through orderly

procedures to challenge action contrary to such standard;

To an academic environment conducive to intellectual freedom; and

To a fair and orderly disciplinary process.

8.1.2 Right to Access Records and Facilities


To access their own personal and education records and to have the university

maintain and protect the confidential status of such records, as required by

appropriate legal authority;

To have access to accurate information regarding tuition, fees and charges, course

availability, general requirements for establishing and maintaining acceptable

academic standing, and graduation requirements;


8.1.3 Right to Freedom of Association, Expression, Advocacy & Publication


To free inquiry and expression;

To organize and join associations to promote their common and lawful interests; and

To be able to protest on university premises in a manner which does not obstruct or

disrupt teaching, research, administration, or other activities authorized by the

university.

8.1.4 Right to Contribute to University Governance and Curriculum


Through student representatives, to participate in formulating and evaluating

institutional policies.

8.2 Student Responsibilities

Students shall be expected to balance these rights with the responsibility to respect the

learning environment for others and for themselves and to make their best effort to meet

academic challenges undertaken. Students will be responsible for compliance with the

University Code of Conduct.

The standards of professional behavior in the educational setting are related to three

domains:

1. Individual Performance;

2. Relationships with students, faculty, staff, patients and community, others and

3. Support of the ethical principles of the medical profession

Individual performance:

Demonstrates educational experiences (i.e., exams, clinics, rounds, small group

sessions, appointments at the clinical skills center.

Adheres to dress code consistent with institutional standards.

Relationships with students, faculty, staff, patients and community.

Establishes effective rapport.

Establishes and maintains appropriate boundaries in all learning situations.

Respectful at all times to all parties involved.

Demonstrates humanism in all interactions.

Respects the diversity of race, gender, religion, sexual orientation, age, disability and

socioeconomic status.

Resolves conflict in a manner that respects the dignity of every person involved.

Uses professional language being mindful of the environment.


Maintains awareness and adapts to differences in individual patients including those

related to culture and medical literacy.

Supports ethical principles of the medical profession.

Maintains honesty.

Contributes to an atmosphere conducive to learning and is committed to advance

scientific knowledge.

Protects patients’ confidentiality.

8.3 GMU Honor Code

The students of Gulf Medical University Ajman, must recognize that they form an essential

part of the medical profession and society. The ‘Honor Code’ lays emphasis on students’

behavior to meet the expectation of their profession, family and general public. The Honor

Code is administered at the White Coat Ceremony. Students are required to read the pledge

and sign an undertaking to observe all the rules as specified in the code.

8.4 Salient Features of the Honor Code

The code strives to emphasize the importance of ethical behavior and compassion in patient

care. It helps a professional to understand the importance of the power of healing when all

health care professionals work together as a team. It guides students to interact among

their fellow colleagues and mentors. The honor code formally acknowledges a sense of

trust, responsibility and professional behavior among students, staff and faculty.

8.5 Breach of Honor Code

The following acts are considered as violation of the honor code:

1. Illegal, unethical and inappropriate academic conduct or professional behavior with

colleagues and mentors either in college, hospital campus or in any professional

gathering.

2. Failure to maintain confidentiality of a patient.

3. Failure to provide the highest level of patient care.

4. Failure to report any situation where the ‘honor code’ has not been followed or

failure to take appropriate action when the ‘honor code’ has been violated.

8.6 Effects of Committing an ‘Honor Offence’

When a student, member of the administrative staff or faculty commits an offense against

the rules of the honor code, it becomes violation of the ‘code’ and is termed as an Honor

Offense. The matter must be reported to the Dean of GMU. The report would be taken to a

committee formed by student and faculty representatives. Once the person is proved guilty,

the Committee will initiate appropriate action depending on the degree of the offense.


UNIVERSITY RESOURCES AND SERVICES


9.0 University Resources & Services

9.1 Introduction

The GMU Information and Learning Centre provide year-round reference and information

services and assists students in the development of effective search strategies. Staff

members at the learning center assist students in identifying new and additional resources,

confirming citations and providing instructions on how to use online databases and search

engines.

9.2 Vision

In carrying out this vision, the library will acquire, manage and link information resources

both physical and virtual and will provide quality instruction to empower users to benefit

from the full potential of the universe of knowledge. The library’s information professionals

and staff will ensure that GMU library aims to meet complex information challenges of the

21st century for life-long learning and excellence in undergraduate, graduate and

professional studies.

9.3 Mission

The mission of the GMU Information & Learning Centre is to provide resources and

instructional material in support of the evolving curriculum. It also provides leadership in

accessing and using information consistent with the GMU. The GMU Learning Centre is

focusing on maintaining and providing access to the state-of-the-art information technology

to meet the current and changing information needs of the GMU community.

9.4 Library

The library at the GMU campus is located on the first floor of the Information and Learning

Center. Library materials are circulated to faculty members, staff and the students for

periods according to the circulation policy.

9.4.1 Timings:

The library remains open from Sunday through Thursday between 8.00 a.m. to 10.00

p.m. and on Saturday between 8.30 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. (Except on official holidays).

9.4.2 Library Resources

Books

E-Books (Access Medicine)

Journals (Online)

Journals (Hard copy)

CDs

Video Tapes

Online Databases: Proquest, Access Medicine, Cochrane, UpToDate, USMLEasy, Micromedex


9.4.3 Library orientation

During the Library Orientation Program, the library staff will give orientation and bibliographic instructions to the library users on the following topics:

Use of various electronic resources

Resources available in particular subjects of interest

Library rules and services.

9.4.4 Audio Visuals

The library has the facility for viewing medical video tapes and CD ROMs. A collection

of VHS tapes and CDs on latest medical topics are available.

9.4.5 Scanning and printing

Scanning and printing of learning materials without infringing on the copyright law

are provided in the library.

9.4.6 Photocopy

Photocopy services are provided at a nominal charge of one dirham for 10 pages. The

information and learning center abides by national and international copyright laws

in force.

9.4.7 Journal Article Request Service

The GMU users can get copies of Journal articles from the library on request. For

getting a copy of the article, users have to submit Journal Article request to the

library in the prescribed form. Request form is available in the GMU library website.

The applicant will get a copy of the article within three working days, if it is available

in GMU library.

9.4.8 Cataloguing

The GMU library is following Anglo-American Rules (AACR 2) for Cataloguing and the

National Library of Medicine USA coding for the classification system. The GMU

library using “AutoLib System Software”.

9.4.9 Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC)

The GMU Library provides Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) through the library

website (www.gmu.ac.ae/library). The user can search the catalogue by author, title,

subject, ISBN or key word.

http://www.gmu.ac.ae/lib


9.4.10 Security Gates

GMU central library has two security gates (3M library security system) for the

protection of library resources. The machine details are shown below:

3M Library Security System: The 3M Library Security System consists of several

components including 3Mt Tattle-Tape, circulation accessories, and detection system.

The key to the effectiveness of the system is protecting the library resources with 3M

Tattle-Tape security strips. Only when all library resources have the 3M detection

system (3M Tattle-Tape security strips) , the illegal exit of the resources can be

monitored

Name & Model of the Security Gate: 3 M Library Security Systems - 2301BP Model.

9.5 Library Policy and Procedures

Adequate library and learning resources are essential to teaching and learning. The

purpose of the library is to support the academic, research, health service and

continuing education programs of the university by providing students, faculty, and

staff with the information resources and services they need to achieve their

educational objectives.

The library staff work closely with department chairs, faculty, student and community

patrons in determining needs and which resources to obtain and which services to

offer.

Gulf Medical University maintains an adequate level of professional librarians and

support staff at the Gulf Medical University Campus and Gulf Medical College Hospital

and Research Center.

The Gulf Medical University selects and purchases appropriate and sufficient print and

non-print materials, including the lease of information databases suitable for the

instructional needs of the university with the goal of providing access to the maximum

amount of relevant information available within the constraints of the libraries’

budget.

Gulf Medical University provides automated systems in the following areas: online

public access catalog, circulation, cataloging and acquisitions.

Gulf Medical University provides bibliographic instruction to the university community

and interested groups, including orientations, personal assistance, computer-assisted

instruction and printed information.

Gulf Medical University provides hours of service to suit the needs of its learning

community.

Gulf Medical University maintains and continues to improve the facilities and

equipment for housing and using materials.


Gulf Medical University evaluates resources and services annually via student surveys,

reviews of holdings by library staff and faculty, comparison with similar institutions,

and direct feedback from all users.

9.6 Library Rules and Regulations:

Students are required to abide by the following code of conduct while using library resources.

It is mandatory for the graduate students to possess their own laptop for use in the

university.

Separate areas have been designated in the library for men and women students. The

reading rooms and computer facilities have been arranged accordingly.

Students are expected to use the designated reading rooms and computer areas

separately marked for men and women in the library.

Students who are seen in areas other than those specifically designated for their use

are liable to face disciplinary action. Video library facilities shall be arranged on

separate days for men and women students.

Students are not allowed to sit on the steps or passages near the library or in other

parts of the University.

Students are reminded that defacing or stealing library material is classified as

misconduct and is liable to invite censure.

Personal laptops are allowed into the library; however, other personal items and

handbags may be deposited in the area provided before entering the library. No foods

and drinks are allowed inside the library.

The students are requested to carry Identity Cards at all times. These are coded and are

required to issue books.

Books may be issued from the GMU campus only. Books may be reserved using online

services. Books may be issued for limited periods up to 2 weeks at a time. The library in

GMCHRC and other affiliated hospitals do not issue books. Instructions on how to

access subscribed online text books and databases are prominently displayed.

The library staff is available at all times for locating books, CDs, Videos, Journals and

any other library services (such as inter-library loan, accessing electronic resources,

other cooperative arrangements, orientation, training).

Photocopying class handouts is permitted. However, international laws regarding image reproduction and copyright law shall be strictly followed.


9.7 Circulation Policy and Procedures

GMU circulation policies are designed to permit prompt and equitable access to library materials. The staff at circulation service desk is focused on meeting the needs of the library users.

1) Circulation privileges are accorded to those holding valid GMU identification cards.

The ID must be presented on request in order to use the Library facilities and

services. Cards are not transferable.

2) Two books will be issued for a maximum period of two weeks. This can be renewed

once as long as there is no holding request for the same book.

3) Short loan for reference books will be allowed ranging from one hour to a maximum

of three days.

4) A fine of AED 1.00 per day will be levied for over-due books. If the fine is more than

the cost of latest edition of the book, the user has to pay the cost of the latest

edition of the book including procuring expenses equivalent to 10% of cost of book.

Users cannot borrow further books until due items are returned and penalties paid.

5) The users are not allowed to make any marking / underlining / highlighting in the

library books and journals. They should not indulge in any act that may damage the

books / journals. If any page is torn away or damage caused to any book or journal

the borrower will be asked to pay the penalty one and half times the cost of the book

/ journal and also be referred to the disciplinary committee for further action.

6) In case of loss, users have to replace the latest edition of the new book or pay the

cost of the latest edition of the book including procuring expenses equivalent to 10%

of cost of the book.

7) Reservation may be placed for loaned item.

8) The Library will not issue a “No Due Certificate” until all books are returned and fines

are paid.

9.8 Multimedia Labs

The Computer Center located on the ground floor of the Information and Learning Center of

Gulf Medical University shall provide a basic technological infrastructure for all academic

activities.

The Multimedia Lab includes the provision for networks, intra-GMU links and appropriate

hardware and software for administration and academic needs. The Multimedia Lab shall

ensure that the technological infrastructure is used effectively. For this purpose, among

others, the Center assumes a significant role in user support and training.


9.9 Network Infrastructure

The Local Area Network (LAN) Infrastructure encompasses all academic offices, lecture

halls, laboratories, administrative & faculty offices. The network provides high bandwidth

servicing data, voice & video, and is connected to the Internet through two DSL lines, which

is protected behind a secured firewall & monitored 24 X 7.

The Multimedia Lab is a state-of-the-art data center, which houses the GMU servers, and the

backbone network switches and houses the data and software required for administrative

packages as well as fulfilling other faculty, staff and student uses.

All GMU students shall be provided individual accounts so that they can access the system to

obtain current information on all academic matters, access online learning materials and

tools, use discussion forums and interact with faculty. Users can also use the Web mail to

access their e-mail through the Internet. The video conferencing facilities enable video

meetings and distance learning.

9.10 Wi-Fi Network

All wireless access to university networks shall be authenticated by Information Technology

Security (ITS) approved methods. Staff, students, faculty and visitors at the university can

only access the wireless network using this encrypted network.

9.11 Online Resources

GMU has an online e-learning facility to enhance the learning process and help students

improve their knowledge by offering additional instructional material. It allows students to

access the facility from the campus as well as hostels and residences. The Center focuses on

the creation of an environment where all students will have easy access to information

resources by providing innovative technologies and learning resources.

9.12 Servers & Supports

All the computers within the campus are connected to high end rack servers which itself is

supported by power back up of 3 hours and monitored round the clock. The servers are

installed with antivirus, which is updated regularly, and entry is restricted to authorized

members only.

9.13 IT Training

Appropriate training sessions are being conducted for all students at regular intervals

around the year to update them with latest software and learning tools in the field of

Information Technology.


9.14 Internet Services

The information and learning center provides Internet facilities for all students, faculties’

and staff. Search can be carried out freely by individual users or with the help of librarian.

Users can print their search results or directly e-mail them to any registered accounts.

9.15 Technology support for learning

All the class rooms are equipped with adequate technology support comprising computers,

projectors as learning support needs of our institution with local access port for both faculty

and students. Protected Wi-Fi is available to facilitate usage of portable IT gadgets among

the students and staff within the campus.

9.16 IT Support Team

The Gulf Medical University IT Support Desk (Help Desk) is a technical support team that

provides prompt, knowledgeable, courteous computing support services through the

phone, in person and email. The Help Desk is available to everyone who uses the GMU

Computing Service and is the first point of contact for any technical queries.

One of the tasks of the Help Desk is to help members of the GMU to be more productive

through the use of provided IT facilities.

GMU IT Support Team constantly collects valuable feedback about the services and its

quality in a bid to improve what they offer. The GMU IT Support Team was set up to handle

users' initial calls for technical assistance.

9.17 User accesses and Security

Access to operating systems is controlled by a secure login process which ensures:

Not displaying any previous login information e.g. username.

Limiting the number of unsuccessful attempts and locking the account if exceeded.

The password characters being hidden by symbols.

Displaying a general warning notice that only authorized users are allowed.

All access to operating systems is via a unique login id that will be audited and can be

traced back to each individual user.

All University systems, vulnerable to attack by malware must be protected by

antivirus software wherever possible unless a specific exclusion has been granted

and alternative measures have been taken to provide the same degree of protection.

Centrally Managed Kaspersky Antivirus 8.0 using Kaspersky Security Center protects

client systems running under Microsoft Windows XP, Vista 7, Windows 7, windows 8

and server systems running under Windows Server 2003, 2008 R2 from all types of

malicious programs. The product was designed specifically for high-performance

corporate servers that experience heavy loads.


9.18 E-Learning at GMU

The GMU e-learning shall have an effective system that caters to self-paced personal

learning through resources available over the Internet.

The Gulf Medical University shall use the Moodle as an open source e-learning platform.

Students shall access the e-learning system at any location of their choice, since the system

is completely online. The University has campus-wide Wi-Fi services to facilitate e-learning

practices. Computers with Internet access have been provided in addition at all clinical

training sites in the library and student common rooms and residence halls.

Students are provided instructions on the proper use of the e-learning medium. Accessing

protected computer accounts or other computer functions, knowingly transmitting

computer viruses and unethical use of GMU access is prohibited.

To be granted the use of a computer account, users have to agree to abide by universal

guidelines on use of the computing and Internet services.

Access to the use of computer facilities is through authorized computer accounts. A

computer account consists of a unique log-in ID and a password. Students are requested to

keep their password secret. To activate the GMU account, the user shall be instructed to go

to the GMU website and follow the instructions.


GMC HOSPITAL & RESEARCH

CENTER (GMCH & RC)


10.0 GMC Hospital & Research Center (GMCH & RC) Gulf Medical College Hospital and Research Centre, the first teaching hospital under the private sector in UAE, became operational in October 2002 by the Thumbay Group. With its unique approach to healthcare, bringing together the best professional expertise and infrastructure at affordable prices, the hospital constantly strives to fulfill its motto of "Healing through knowledge and wisdom”. 10.1 Vision

The vision of the hospital is to be recognized as a leading Academic Healthcare Centre providing high quality patient centric specialty healthcare services to the community integrated with medical research and clinical training. 10.2 Mission

The mission of the hospital is to provide ethical patient care focused on patient safety, high quality care and cost effective services. GMC Hospital and Research Centre is committed to integrate latest trends in education to produce competent healthcare professionals who are sensitive to the cultural values of the clients they serve.

GMC Hospital and Research Centre will strive to attain the highest quality and accreditation standards.

GMC Hospital and Research Centre is committed to promote ethical clinical research that will enhance outcomes of clinical care. 10.3 Clinical Departments and Services Being a multi-specialty hospital, it houses the departments of Anesthesiology, Accident & Emergency, Cardiology, Clinical Nutrition, Dermatology & Venereology, Dentistry, ENT, Family Medicine, General Surgery, Internal Medicine, Neurology, Nephrology, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Orthopedics, Ophthalmology, Pediatrics & Neonatology, Physical Therapy, Psychiatry, Gastroenterology, Radiology and Urology and Critical care units (ICU, CCU and NICU).

Specialized services include a medical imaging department with state of the art equipment like spiral CT scan, mammography, ultrasound, color Doppler, ultrasound and radiography. An advanced laboratory caters to the requirements of all the clinical departments and is equipped for routine and advanced investigations in biochemistry, clinical pathology, serology and hormone studies. Student posted in GMC Hospitals for clinical training is required to:


10.3.1 Do’s

Procure the GMCH Student Guide Book.*

Wear student ID badges at all times in the hospital.

Follow the dress code as stated in the handbook. (refer section: 9.1 - dress code)

Maintain punctuality, professionalism and ethical behavior at all times when posted in the hospital.

Complete the Orientation program of the hospital which includes Infection control & Fire safety program.

Submit the vaccination/screening record for Hepatitis B and C Virus.

Submit the BLS certification (preferable).

Submit Arabic certification. (for non-Arab students preferable)

Submit the completed the Patient safety self-assessment form at the end of each organ system module.

Maintain 80% attendance in the clinical and theory subjects.

Attend the CME/CPD programs of the hospital.

Follow the hospital rules and regulations.

Be responsible for their personal belongings, and accountable when posted in the clinics and wards.

Report to the Office of Academic Affairs for any clarifications / problems faced. 10.3.2 Don’ts

NOT to involve in activities that disturbs patient care and safety.

NOT to use mobile phones in the clinics and wards.

NOT to access the patient information without prior approval. No entries are to be made in the patient’s file.

NOT to take history or examine a patient without consent and approval of both the patient and the faculty.

NOT to prescribe medications.

NOT to favor any patients breaking the rules of the hospital.

NOT to discuss the patient information in public.

NOT to do any clinical rotation that was missed without approval of the Academic Affairs office personnel.

NOT to loiter in the hospital during nights and other timings out of the training.

NOT to violate any rules of the hospital. 10.3.3 Violation Warning:

First violation will lead to an oral warning.

Second violation will lead to a written warning.

Third violation will be seen in the Students Welfare Committee for disciplinary actions which may lead to suspension/discontinuation of the training.


*Note: All students posted in GMCHRC are required to procure the GMCHRC Student Guide Book which states the rules and regulations of the hospital in detail. Students are required to submit the signed disclaimer form to the academic affairs’ office after reading the Guide book.

Office of Academic Affairs - Gulf Medical College Hospital and Research Center

Prof. Meenu Cherian Director – Academic Affairs Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 107, Speed Dial : 8056

Dr. Ihsan Ullah Khan Assistant Director – Academic Affairs Contact 06-746 3333 Ext: 107, Speed Dial : 8141

Mrs. Sherly Ajay Academic Coordinator Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 106, Speed Dial : 8074

Mr. Celso Viernes Academic Secretary Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 377, Speed ial:8089

Ms. Salvicion Matir Academic Secretary Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 377

Ms. Manjusha Latheesh Academic Secretary Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 377

Ms. Namitha Academic Secretary Contact: 06-746 3333 Ext: 377

Mr. Abdul Razak Office assistant Academic Affairs


STUDENT FINANCE


11.0. Student Finance

11.1 Student Finance Policy

The University publishes in the catalog, the student handbook and other publications the

university’s financial policy towards tuition fees and other payments for student services

provided.

All tuition fees shall be deposited before completing the registration process either in cash

or by checks payable to GMU due on the date of registration for new admissions. Students

in University rolls must pay all fees before commencement of the academic year.

Students who are unable to pay the full tuition fees upon registration may pay the tuition

fee in two installments after obtaining approval from the management. The first

installment shall be payable on the date of completion of registration (dated current) and

the second installment shall be paid by a postdated check due four months after the first

payment. A penalty shall be levied on all returned checks. The hostel fees along with a

security deposit shall be paid in full before occupying the room in the hostel.

Payment for other student services shall be levied in addition to tuition fee towards

provision of visa, conduct of examinations, issue of ID and Library cards and reissue of a lost

ID or Library card, Lab coat, convocation, issue of certificates verifying bonafides of the

student, issue of duplicate academic transcripts / course certificate / duplicate hall ticket;

replacement of a lost hostel key and annual rent for lockers provided.

Two or more children of the same family shall be entitled each to a 5% reduction in the

tuition fees provided they are registered in the same academic year. The request shall be

supported by the following documents; an application in person, a copy of the schedules of

the course being attended and a copy of their student IDs. Other details shall be provided

by the Office of Accounts.

The University shall arrange scholarship for students who have secured more than 95%

marks in their final higher secondary examinations and if approved by the sponsoring

agencies.

11.2 Tuition Fees* (Academic Year 2013 – 2014)

Program Tuition Fee if Paid Yearly Tuition Fee if Paid in Two

Installments

DMD 1st Year AED 85,000 42,500

DMD 2nd – 5th Year AED 75,000 37,500

* All tuition and other fees are subject to revision by the Gulf Medical University's Board of

Governors in accordance with university requirements. Every year, fees are reviewed and

subject to revision. As and when fees are revised, the new fees will be applicable to all

existing and new students. The amounts shown in this document represent fees as currently

approved.


11.3 Hostel Fees

Single AED 19000 + AED 1000 Security deposit

Sharing AED 13000 + AED 1000 Security deposit

11.4 Utilities Service Fees

A Compulsory fee of AED 75 per month will be charged to student account in addition to the

respective room rent.

11.5 Registration Fees

Program Fees

DMD AED 1,000

11.6 Examination Fees

Program Professional Examination Supplementary Professional

Examination

DMD AED 750 per semester AED 150 per subject

Repeaters: Repeaters in the DMD program will have to pay AED 300 per credit in each course.

11.7 Visa Charges

New AED 1,500

Renewal AED 1, 000

11.8 Caution Deposit Money

Caution Deposit Money AED 1,500 (Refundable)


11.9 Fees for Other Services

Type of Service Fees (in AED)

Graduation Fee 1,000

Third Party Liability (TPL) Insurance 200 per year

Online Examination 200 per year

Compensatory Clinical Posting 100 per day

Application for joining the GMU 150

Bonafide Letter (To whom it may concern) 100

Duplicate Academic Transcript (Course Certificate) 100

Replacing a lost hostel key / locker key 100

Damage to locker 100

Locker annual rent 30

ID Card /Library Card 25

Replacing a lost ID /Library Card 25

Duplicate hall ticket in place of original 25

11.10 Transportation Fees

Destination One Day One Week One Month Six Month One Year

Ajman AED 30 AED 150 AED 400 AED 2,100 AED 3,300

Sharjah AED 50 AED 200 AED 500 AED 2,700 AED 4,400

Dubai AED 70 AED 250 AED 600 AED 3,300 AED 5,500

11.11 Payment of Fees

Fees must be paid in full before completing the registration process either in cash or by

cheque payable to GMU due on the date of registration for new admissions. Students on

GMU rolls must pay all fees before commencement of each semester. However, for those

unable to pay the tuition fees upon registration in full, fees may be paid in two installments

after approval from the management: the first half is paid on the date of completing the

registration (31 August) and the second half by postdated cheque due four months after

the first payment (31 December). Hostel fees must be paid in full prior to joining the hostel.


11.12 Late Fees and Fines

Late payment fee shall invite a penalty of AED 75 per day and any further delay will attract

further charges. Please note that a penalty of AED 500 is imposed on returned checks and

the returned check will not be handed over to the student unless the penalty is paid in cash.

The department heads in the college and the clinical training sites will mark the student

who has failed to pay the fees in time as ‘absent’ until dues are cleared.

11.13 Financial Aid and Scholarships

Two or more children of the same family are entitled each to a 5% reduction in the fees,

when they are registered for the same or different programs in GMU in the same academic

year. Students are requested to apply in person with the necessary documents. GMU will

assist in obtaining financial aid from charitable agencies or commercial banks for needy

students. Further details in this regard may be obtained from the Office of the Accounts

Department.

11.14 Refund of Fees

In the event a student formally withdraws from the university, a grade of W or WF will be

recorded depending on time of withdrawal. The following refund schedule will apply:

Withdrawal from the University

One week before the first day of classes 100% refund

Before the end of the first week of classes 100% refund

During the second week of classes 50% refund

During the third week of classes 25% refund

During / After the fourth week of classes 0% refund

Students withdrawing from the programs after being admitted to GMU on having

completed the registration process by paying the tuition fees will not be refunded the fees

amount paid by them under any circumstances during or after fourth week.

11.15 Revision of Tuition and other Fees

All tuition and other fees are subject to revision by Gulf Medical University’s Board of

Governors in accordance with University requirements.

Every year, fees are reviewed and subject to revision. As and when fees are revised, the

new fees will be applicable to all enrolled and new students. The amounts shown in this

document represent fees as currently approved.

If a student discontinues the academic program for any reason and rejoins/readmits the

program at a later year shall be governed by the tuition and other fees applicable at the

time of his/her rejoining/readmitting the program.


ACADEMIC POLICIES


12.0 Academic Policies

12.1 Program Completion Policy

All students are expected to study the program and course details provided in the student

handbook and undergraduate catalog. For any one degree all requirements under the terms

of any catalog in effect at or after their admission must be met. Candidates must satisfy all

university requirements and all requirements established by the program faculty. The

individual programs may have higher standards and / or more restrictive requirements as

compared to the university minimum requirements.

The university mandates the following general degree completion requirements in order for

students to receive their degrees. Each graduate student must:

• Be continuously enrolled in the program from admission to graduation.

• Have satisfied any conditions of his or her admission, such as provisional admission.

• Successfully complete a comprehensive examination or equivalent as determined by

the individual degree program.

• Complete the program with an overall score of 70% or higher.

• Submit a thesis or research project, if required by the academic program, to the

University that meets the format requirements set forth in the College Thesis

Manual.

The students shall fulfill the requirements of each course as prescribed and published and made available to the students. The student shall be responsible for attending all the classes and completing the requirements of the chosen program of study. The course completion and degree requirements of each program are published in the respective sections of the undergraduate Catalog. 12.2 Academic Progress Policy

Students are expected to attend all classes as per the schedule notified by each college.

Classroom activities are essential to learning and to the application of knowledge. The

student is responsible for knowing and meeting all course requirements, including tests,

assignments, and class participation as indicated by the course instructor. The schedules

shall be published and prominently displayed on the notice boards in the department and

the general notice board of the college and university. It shall also be uploaded and made

available on the e-platform MYGMU and the LAN available in the multimedia labs.

The responsibility for making up work missed during an absence rests with the student.

Students are encouraged to initiate negotiations with the instructor regarding missed work

as early as possible. If a student is unable to attend class on an exam day, the instructor is to

be notified in advance.


Students must complete all clinical requirements. If a student is unable to attend a

scheduled rotation, the student must notify the instructor prior to the rotation time or at

the earliest possible time. Students are responsible for contacting with instructors for

make-up work. All leaves must be approved by the Dean for further consideration.

All leave applications must be approved by Dean for attendance consideration. The dean’s

office reserves the right to accept or reject medical certificates after scrutiny of its

authenticity.

It is the responsibility of the students to interact with the concerned department to verify

and ensure about their attendance particulars from time to time.

In the case of Clinical rotation, a minimum aggregate of 80% attendance is mandatory for

the student to be permitted to appear for the professional examination. Even when the

reason for absence constitutes approved leave, the minimum aggregate of 80% must be

satisfied by compensatory postings.

Attendance shall be entered daily by the department in the Student Management System.

The comprehensive attendance shall be downloaded and displayed prominently each

month and forwarded to the office of the Dean for information and necessary action.

Deficits in attendance shall be noted and brought to the notice of the students / guardians

to enable the student to improve the situation. Academic advising shall be offered by the

faculty and course coordinators to delineate the cause of the learning deficit and help the

students to overcome the contributing problems, if any.

The performance at the departmental and mid semester examinations shall be closely

monitored to identify students with learning difficulties. Academic advising by the faculty

and the course coordinators shall be available at all times to resolve the problem.

The attendance deficits and unsatisfactory performance in the continuous assessments

held by the departments and the college shall be used as parameters to identify students

who are not progressing in the courses.

Students shall be regular and punctual at lectures, demonstrations, seminars, practical,

fieldwork and other academic exercises. They shall be required to attend all the allotted

working periods in each of the prescribed courses.

Leave on medical grounds shall be considered only on the recommendation of the Medical

board constituted by the University for a maximum period of 15 days. The Leave application

must be supported by a Medical Certificate issued by a licensed physician preferably from


any of the GMU affiliated clinical teaching hospitals. A maximum of 15 days leave on medical

grounds may be approved for compensating attendance deficits at the end of a course.

In the credit bearing programs, a maximum of 7 to 8 days medical leave will be considered

in a semester and a maximum of 15 days for an Academic Year.

Students must provide appropriate documents to support leave of absence for purposes

like renewal of residence permit abroad within one week after return to the University. The

period of absence will not be approved if this regulation is not followed.

Students who miss classes in connection with completion of GMU Visa formalities shall be

required to submit supporting documents indicating the date and time of absence, within

three days of completing the procedure. Such leave shall be approved.

Prolonged Absence: Students are required to inform the Dean’s office in writing in

instances of absence from classes or clinical program exceeding 3 months by giving valid

reasons for the absence. The college reserves the right to remove the names of those

students from the rolls for periods exceeding three months and those who fail to inform in

writing giving valid reasons for the absence.

The admissions committee of the university will review absences with prior information in

writing for up to a period of 1 year, before the student is allowed to rejoin the program. The

admissions committee of the university will not consider the case of any student for

rejoining the program if the period of absence exceeds 18 months.

The prescribed courses shall be completed within the specified time periods.

The progress that a student makes in achieving the goals and objectives of the curriculum

are to be regularly evaluated.

Formative Assessment shall be a continuous process carried throughout the academic

period and consists of weekly or end of the topic quizzes, tutorials, computer based tests

and small group discussions.

12.3 Grading, Assessment and Progression Policy

Refer Section: 16.0


12.4 Online Examination (Exam Soft)

GMU has entered into a license agreement with the Exam Soft Worldwide Inc. USA for

usage of their software for item banking, exam delivery, result scoring and item analysis.

From the AY 2012-13 onwards the mid semester, end semester examinations for the

academic programs wherever applicable shall have online examination of MCQs using exam

soft application.

The students are hereby notified that the online examination will be conducted in the

Testing Center halls I, II & III and in the Multi Media labs. The schedule of the examination for

each program with the details of venue, date & time will be notified by the examination

department.


MISCONDUCT & DISCIPLINARY

PROCEDURES


13.0 Misconduct and Disciplinary Procedures

13.1 Student Misconduct & Disciplinary Procedures

13.1.1 Academic Misconduct

The college may discipline a student for academic misconduct, which is defined as any

activity that tends to undermine the academic integrity of the institution and undermine the

educational process. Academic misconduct includes, but is not limited to the following:

a. Cheating

A student must not use or attempt to use unauthorized assistance, materials, information,

or study aids in any academic exercise, including, but not limited to:

External assistance in professional or any “in class” examination. This prohibition

includes use of books, notes, mobiles, student’s cross talk, etc.

Use of another person as a substitute in the examination.

Stealing examination or other source material.

Use of any unauthorized assistance in a laboratory, or on fieldwork.

Altering the marks in any way.

Claiming as his / her own work done by others or the work completed in collaboration

with others.

b. Fabrication

A student must not falsify or invent any information or data in an academic work, including

records or reports, laboratory results, etc.

c. Plagiarism and Copyright Violation

Gulf Medical University takes strong exception to plagiarism and copyright violation by

students, faculty or support staff.

Plagiarism

Plagiarism is using the ideas created and words written by others as one’s own, and without

indicating the source.

Plagiarism encompasses ideas, opinions or theories, facts, statistics, graphs, drawings,

images, photographs, videos, movies, music and other similar intellectual property, with the

exception of information that is categorized under “common knowledge”.

Plagiarism includes:

• Turning in someone else’s work as your own • Copying ideas from someone else without giving credit • Failing to put a quotation in quotation marks • Giving incorrect information about the source of a quotation • Changing words but copying the sentence structure of a source without giving credit • Copying so many words or ideas from a source to make up the majority of your work.


Students are reminded that ideas written by researchers or other authorities or the content

appearing in text books, recommended readings or journals need to be paraphrased before

they could be included in your project work, assignment reports, posters or manuscripts.

Paraphrasing involves reading the original text, understanding the meaning and then

presenting the information in your own words: maintaining the original sentence structure

with a few words changed in places is not acceptable paraphrasing. Copyright Violation

Intellectual property such as, graphs, essays, poems, drawings, images, photographs,

videos, movies, music, statistics and other similar creations automatically become copyright

the day they are made public by the author. Unless the copyright owner has specifically

mentioned that the items are copyright free, using any of these in students’ own

compositions is a copyright violation. The exception to this stipulation is when the user is

covered under “fair use”, which is the limited use of copyright material for research,

scholarship and teaching. In such case the need for obtaining permission from the copyright

owner does not arise.

Preventing Plagiarism

Gulf Medical University requires the students to submit their projects, reports, assignments

and manuscripts prepared as electronic files through the portal that is made available

through the IT Department. While allowing the student to submit the document

instantaneously, the software also checks the document for plagiarism. When detected, the

percentage of similarity and the site where the original document had appeared will be

indicated. As headings of sections and references in the document may be similar to those

that appear in other texts, a 15-20% of similarity is taken as falling within the acceptable limit,

and is not considered as plagiarism.

Deciding on the percentage of plagiarism allowable is empirical, contingent solely upon

evaluator’s discretion. The distinction between what is fair use and what is infringement in a

particular case will not always be clear or easily defined. There is no specific number of

words, lines, or notes that may safely be taken without permission. Acknowledging the

source of the copyrighted material does not substitute for obtaining permission.

The extent of plagiarism is only relevant in determining the form and level of sanction.

Consequences of Plagiarism:

Plagiarism is considered an act of academic misconduct. Plagiarism of any sort or any degree

is not condoned under any circumstances, and students convicted of plagiarism after due

procedures are liable to punitive action by the university authorities.


Academic Misconduct Procedures

(A) Initiation of Proceedings

When a student in a course commits an act of academic misconduct like plagiarism, the

faculty member who has detected the misconduct has the authority to initiate academic

misconduct proceedings against the student. Before this, the faculty is required to hold an

informal meeting with the student concerning the matter. If the faculty member affirms that

the student did commit the act of misconduct as alleged, then at the conclusion of the

informal meeting, the faculty member is required to report the matter to the Student

Welfare Committee in writing.

Upon reviewing the complaint and after enquiry & verification, the committee will forward

the report to the College Council presided over by the Dean. On the consensus reached by

the Council, the Dean has the discretion to decide whether disciplinary proceedings should

be instituted.

A disciplinary proceeding is initiated by the Dean sending a notice to the student who is the

subject of the complaint. The notice sent is to inform the student that charges are pending

and that a hearing has been scheduled. It shall inform the student of the reported

circumstances of the allegedly wrongful conduct.

It also specifies that if the student fails to appear for the meeting, the Dean may re-schedule

the meeting.

The notice shall inform the student that the college council may impose straight -away any

of the below mentioned disciplinary penalties, if it is reasonably believed the failure of non-

appearance is to be without good cause or weigh this as a negative factor in future appeals.

(B) Disposition

When the student appears as required, the Dean shall inform the student as fully as possible

of the facts alleged.

If, after discussion and such further investigation as may be necessary, the Dean determines

that the violation occurred, as alleged, the Dean shall so notify the student and may impose

any one or a combination of the below mentioned sanctions for facts of academic

misconduct. If the student fails to adhere to the sanctions imposed, the student may be

subjected to additional sanctions, including suspension or expulsion. The sanctions include

lowered or failing grade on the particular assignment or the possibility of an additional

administrative sanction, (like the under mentioned) in case the academic misconduct

extends to other deeds

a. A failing grade on the examination, paper, research or creative project;

b. A specified reduction in the course grade;


c. Non-inclusion of scores earned in continuous assessment; and

d. Multiple Sanctions: More than one of the sanctions listed above may be imposed for

any single violation;

Reprimand and warning - An undertaking is signed by the student not to repeat the offence.

The student may face suspension if she / he engages in the same misconduct again or

commits any other violation.

Suspension - A student may be prohibited from participating in all aspects of college life for

a specified period of time.

The student may appeal against the decision of the Provost to the President. The appeal for

the latter decision rests with the discretion of the President.

Appeal to and Action by the Provost

The Provost shall inquire into the facts of the appeal and shall discuss the matter individually

with the student, the faculty member, the Dean and make a decision concerning the merits

of the appeal. The Provost may affirm the original decision concerning the disciplinary

sanction to be imposed, reverse the original decision and direct that the complaint be

dismissed; impose a different sanction, amounting to commutation.

Appeal to and Action by the President

The President shall inquire into the facts of the appeal and shall discuss the matter

individually with the student, the faculty member, the Dean, the Provost and make a

decision concerning the merits of the appeal. He may affirm the original decision concerning

the disciplinary sanction to be imposed, reverse the original decision and direct that the

complaint be dismissed; impose a different sanction, amounting to commutation.

13.1.2 Personal Misconduct

13.1.2.1 Personal Misconduct on University Premises

The college may discipline a student for the following acts of personal misconduct, which

occur on college property and its allied teaching sites:

False accusation of misconduct, forgery, alteration of college document (record,

identification).

Making a false report on emergency / catastrophe.

Lewd, indecent or obscene conduct, gesture/s and /or remark/s.

Disorderly conduct, which interferes with teaching or any other college activity.

Failure to comply with the directions of authorized college officials.

Unauthorized possession of college and others' property.

Physical damage to university related or others' property.


The Committee will place the facts of the case before the College Council, presided over by

the Dean and a decision on the nature of act, and sanction to be imposed is taken. The

nature of the act and the sanction to be imposed is reviewed by the college council,

presided over by the Dean, taking into consideration the following:

(i) Previous act/s of misconduct.

(ii) Record of repeated act/s of misconduct.

13.1.2.2 Personal Misconduct Outside University Premises

The college may discipline a student for acts of personal misconduct that are not committed

on college property, if the acts arise from activities that are being conducted off the campus,

or if the misconduct undermines the security of the GMU community or the integrity of the

educational process.

PERSONAL MISCONDUCT PROCEDURES

(A) Initiation of Proceedings

A report that a student has committed an act of personal misconduct may be filed by any

person; it must be submitted in writing to the Student Welfare Committee.

After reviewing a complaint, after enquiry & verification, the committee will forward the

report to the College Council, presided over by the Dean. On the consensus reached by the

Council, the Dean has the discretion to decide whether disciplinary proceedings should be

instituted.

A disciplinary proceeding is initiated by the Dean sending a notice to the student who is the

subject of the complaint. The notice sent is to inform the student that charges are pending

and that a hearing has been scheduled. It shall inform the student of the reported

circumstances of the allegedly wrongful conduct.

It also specifies that if the student fails to appear for the conference, the Dean may re-

schedule the meeting.

The notice shall inform the student that the college council may impose straight -away any

of the below mentioned disciplinary penalties, if it is reasonably believed the failure of non-

appearance is to be without good cause or weigh this as a negative factor in future appeals.

(B) Disposition

When the student appears as required, the Dean shall inform the student as fully as

possible of the facts alleged.

The student is given a fair opportunity to explain her / his position / views regarding the

allegations leveled against her / him.


If, after discussion and such further investigation as may be necessary, the Dean

determines that the violation occurred, as alleged, the Dean shall so notify the student and

may impose any one or a combination of the below mentioned sanctions for facts of

personal misconduct. If the student fails to adhere to the sanctions imposed, the student

may be subjected to additional sanctions, including suspension or expulsion. The student

may appeal against the decision of the Dean of the college to the Provost of the university.

The sanctions include:

Reprimand and warning - That the student may receive additional sanction/s if the student

engages in the same misconduct again or commits any other violation/s.

Disciplinary probation is for a specified period of time under conditions specified by the

Dean. As a condition of probation, the student may be required to participate in a specific

program, such as a counseling program, a program designed, to stimulate good citizenship

within the college community, or any other activity which would foster civic participation.

Restitution - A student may be required to pay the cost for the replacement or repair of any

property damaged by the student.

Expulsion from University Hostel - A student may be expelled from university hostel and

the student's contract for university hostel may be rescinded.

Suspension - A student may be suspended / debarred from participating in all aspects of

college life for a specified period of time.

Expulsion - A student may be expelled from the university permanently. Furthermore, the

student may not thereafter petition for readmission to the university.

(C) Appeal to and Action by the Provost

The student may appeal against the decision of the Dean of the college to the Provost of

the university, who may take any of the following actions:

Affirm the original decision that the student did commit the alleged act of

misconduct.

Affirm the original decision concerning the disciplinary sanction to be imposed.

Reverse the original decision that the student did commit the alleged act of

misconduct and direct that the complaint be dismissed.

Set aside the original decision concerning the disciplinary sanction to be imposed

and impose a different sanction, amounting to commutation.


(D) Appeal to and action by the President

The student may appeal against the decision of the Provost to the President of the

university, who may take any of the following actions:

Affirm the original decision that the student did commit the alleged act of

misconduct.

Affirm the original decision concerning the disciplinary sanction to be imposed.

Reverse the original decision that the student did commit the alleged act of

misconduct and direct that the complaint be dismissed.

Set aside the original decision concerning the disciplinary sanction to be imposed

and impose a different sanction, amounting to commutation.

Repeated Misconduct Procedure (Personal)

In cases of repeated personal misconduct by a student, the student welfare committee will

study the advice, recommendation/s and instruction/s imparted by the committee against

the student on previous occasions. Serious warnings or disciplinary proceedings against the

student by the student welfare committee on earlier occasions constitute enough grounds

for the committee to recommend dismissal of the student with immediate effect if the

present episode of misconduct warrants such action.

Procedures for Handling Misconduct by Student Organizations

Academic misconduct proceedings and disciplinary proceedings against individual members

of a student organization are governed by the procedures otherwise applicable to students

alleged to have committed acts of academic misconduct.

GMU procedures for imposing academic and disciplinary sanctions are designed to provide

students with the guarantees of due process and procedural fairness, to ensure equal

protection for all students, and to provide for the imposition of similar sanctions for similar

acts of misconduct.

13.2 Student’s Rights and Responsibilities

13.2.1 Student’s Rights and Responsibilities Policy

The student must become familiar with the academic policies, curriculum requirements, and

associated deadlines as outlined in the undergraduate catalog. The academic advisor shall

advise the student on all matters related to their program of study and will aid the student in

the interpretation of policies whenever necessary.

However, it shall ultimately be the student's responsibility to meet all stated requirements

for the degree and the policies related thereof. It is also the student's responsibility to

actively utilize their campus email and the university web site, observe netiquette, observe


the policies on internet use as published and made available in the Student handbook as it

tends to be a major communication resource and is often the primary form of

communication between students.

Gulf Medical University shall maintain an academic environment in which the freedom to

teach, conduct research, learn, and administer the university is protected. Students will

enjoy maximum benefit from this environment by accepting responsibilities commensurate

with their role in the academic community. The principles found herein are designed to

facilitate communication, foster academic integrity, and defend freedoms of inquiry,

discussion, and expression among members of the university community.

13.2.2 Rights in the Pursuit of Education


To pursue an education free from illegal discrimination and to be judged on the basis of

relevant abilities, qualifications, and performance;

To fair and impartial academic evaluation and a means of recourse through orderly

procedures to challenge action contrary to such standard;

To an academic environment conducive to intellectual freedom; and

To a fair and orderly disciplinary process.

13.2.3 Right to Access Records and Facilities


To access their own personnel and education records and to have the university

maintain and protect the confidential status of such records, as required by

appropriate legal authority;

To have access to accurate information regarding tuition, fees and charges, course

availability, general requirements for establishing and maintaining acceptable

academic standing, and graduation requirements.

13.2.4 Right to Freedom of Association, Expression, Advocacy, and Publication


To free inquiry and expression;

To organize and join associations to promote their common and lawful interests;

To be able to protest on university premises in a manner which does not obstruct or

disrupt teaching, research, administration, or other activities authorized by the

university;


13.2.5 Right to Contribute to University Governance and Curriculum

Students will have the right through student representatives, to participate in formulating

and evaluating institutional policies.

13.2.6 Student Responsibilities

Students shall be expected to balance these rights with the responsibility to respect the

learning environment for others and for themselves and to make their best effort to meet

academic challenges undertaken. Students will be responsible for compliance with the

University Code of Conduct.

The standards of professional behavior in the educational setting are related to three

domains:

1) Individual Performance;

2) Relationships with students, faculty, staff, patients and community, others; and

3) Support of the ethical principles of the medical profession, as expanded below:

Individual performance:

Demonstrates educational experiences (i.e., exams, clinics, rounds, small group

sessions, appointments at the clinical skills center).

Adheres to dress code consistent with institutional standards.

Relationships with students, faculty, staff, patients and community.

Establishes effective rapport.

Establishes and maintains appropriate boundaries in all learning situations.

Respectful at all times of all parties involved.

Demonstrates humanism in all interactions.

Respects the diversity of race, gender, religion, sexual orientation, age, disability

and socioeconomic status.

Resolves conflict in a manner that respects the dignity of every person involved.

Uses professional language being mindful of the environment.

Maintains awareness and adapts to differences in individual patients.

Including those related to culture and medical literacy.

Supports ethical principles of the medical profession.

Maintains honesty.

Contributes to an atmosphere conducive to learning and is committed to advance

scientific knowledge.

Protects patient’s confidentiality.


COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY (CoD)


14.0 College of Dentistry

14.1 Vision

The College of Dentistry’s vision is to be nationally prominent in Dental education, research and service and merit international recognition for quality in education, research and service.

14.2 Mission

The mission of the College of Dentistry is to educate and train the people for present as well as for future concern so that they become useful and productive members of healthcare team, thus serving the needs of the society in a best possible way. The College of Dentistry is committed to provide an environment of academic excellence and research and social responsibilities that facilitate the propagation and acquisition of knowledge and skills related to the profession of Dentistry and the discipline in dental education. The DMD program aims to promote dental education and enhance dental practice through a broad spectrum of knowledge, simulations and clinical practice. It aims to prepare a generation of general dental practitioners with clinical competency, possessing the knowledge, skills, and values to begin the practice of general dentistry serving UAE citizens or at any other geographic location of their choice.

14.3 Goals and Objectives

Goals: 1. To meet the oral health needs of the United Arab Emirates community by a blend of

dental science and craft of medicine with emphasis on maxillofacial disease prevention and oro-dental health promotion.

2. To prepare for evidence based dental practice in the changing health care environment of the 21st Century.

3. To acquire the basic medical and dental knowledge and the skills that will allow the professional, ethical and humane practice of dentistry.

4. To assimilate basic sciences with oral health sciences thus enabling the students to apply their knowledge to oral health care.

5. To incorporate clinical knowledge with clinical skills allowing the students to deliver efficient patient care.

6. To develop a professional and considerate approach to the analysis and management of health care.

7. To promote the acquisition of the skills, attitudes and behaviors that facilitates effective and appropriate interaction with patients and colleagues.

8. To display training in dental education with international standards of dental practice.


9. To produce caring, knowledgeable, competent and skillful dentists who are acquainted with and accept the obligation to practice in the best interest of the patient at all times.

Objectives

A student before graduation will have to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the faculty achievement of the objectives in the following three domains of learning:

Cognitive:

Knowledge and understanding of:

1. Describe the molecular basis of diseases and the way they affect the body, oral cavity and maxillofacial region.

2. Describe the scientific basis of general oral diseases, use of medicines including the use of oral medicines in the management of common oral diseases.

3. Display knowledge of the basic oral health, clinical skills and the ability to acquire, manage and use of current information for clinical decision making and problem solving in the care of individual patients, family members, populations and systems of oral health and dental care delivery.

4. Integrate basic sciences knowledge in a clinical context in order to solve common medical and dental problems.

5. Demonstrate basic scientific knowledge of dental biomaterials/ dental biomechanics and its application in dentistry.

6. Describe basic bio-behavioral and clinical science knowledge used to analyze and solve dental problems related to the oral diagnosis, treatment and prevention of oral diseases.

7. Historical contexts for oral patient care.

8. Describe the implications of basic ethical principles, including confidentiality, informed consent and honesty for the oral health.

9. Portray strategies to support life-long learning via both print and electronic sources to assist in making diagnostic and treatment decisions and to remain up to date with advances in medical and dental knowledge and practice.

Skills: Ability to:

1. Demonstrate accurate, comprehensive and focused medical and dental histories, physical examinations of head, neck and oral cavity in particular by employing techniques that facilitate accurate diagnosis of the patients.

2. Perform relevant laboratory and practical procedures in order to accomplish diagnosis and treatment planning.


3. Demonstrate the appropriate use of laboratory tests and different imaging studies in making diagnostic and treatment decisions.

4. Demonstrate the ability to formulate and execute a plan of care for the prevention and treatment of disease and the relief of symptoms and distress.

5. Demonstrate the effective use of pharmacotherapeutic agents and other therapeutic modalities necessary for the relevant treatment.

6. Demonstrate an understanding of the principles and method of practice-based learning that involves investigation and evaluation of patient's care, appraisal and assimilation of scientific evidence and improvements in patient care.

Attitudes: At the completion of the five year DMD course, the dental students should be able to demonstrate:

1. Exhibit the personal attributes of compassion, honesty, and integrity in relationship with patients, families, communities and the dental profession.

2. Demonstrate the ability to communicate thoughtfully and effectively, both verbally and in writing, with patients, their families, colleagues and others with whom dentists must exchange information in carrying out their responsibilities.

3. Exhibit appropriate value for the nature of the dentist / patient relationship and the importance of considerate communication and active listening with attention to the patient’s familial, cultural and spiritual circumstances.

4. Demonstrate professionalism and high ethical standards in all aspects of dental practice.

5. Exhibit a capability for self-evaluation, moral reflection and ethical reasoning to form the basis for a self-directed life-long engagement in the responsible committed practice of dentistry.

6. Display the ability to educate patients about their oral health problems and to motivate them to adopt oral and dental health promoting behaviors.

7. Demonstrate the ability to work effectively as a part of an oral health care team.

8. Exhibit the ability to evaluate the patient’s medical and dental problems accurately serving as the basis for making diagnostic and treatment decisions thus maximizing the patient's benefit.


14.4 Program Structure

The DMD program consists of a five-year (10 semesters).

The first two years of the curriculum are designed to educate students in biomedical and behavioral sciences. During the third and fourth year, students will concentrate on preclinical dental sciences courses followed by clinical dental courses providing a valuable clinical experience. Comprehensive patient care is taught in the fifth year with special consideration to management of the medically compromised patients. Students who fulfill the graduation requirements and have successfully demonstrated the achievement of all competencies will be awarded the degree of Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD).

The program consists of 190 Credit Hours

Courses Credit Hours

General Education 25

Dentistry Sciences 165

TOTAL 190


14.5 Plan of Study

14.5.1 Plan of Study for the batches from (2009 – 2012)

Semester – 1

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr ENG 101 English Language 3 0 Nil 3 ITE 101 Information Technology 2 2 Nil 3 ICU 101 Islamic Culture 3 - Nil 3 ANA 101 Anatomy I 2 2 Nil 3 HIS 101 Histology 2 2 Nil 3

CHM 101 Chemistry 3 2 Nil 4 TOTAL 19

Semester – 2

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr PHY 102 Physics 3 0 Nil 3 BSC 102 Behavioral Sciences 3 - Nil 3 ANA 102 Anatomy II: Head & Neck 3 2 ANA 101 4 DAN 102 Dental Anatomy and Occlusion 2 2 ANA 101 3 HPH 102 Human Physiology 3 2 Nil 4 BIO 102 Biochemistry 3 2 CHM 101 4

TOTAL 21

Semester - 3

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr MIC 201 Microbiology & Immunology 3 2 Nil 4 BIS 201 Biostatistics 2 2 Nil 3 OHI 201 Oral Histology 2 2 HIS 101 3 GPA 201 General Pathology 2 2 HIS 101 3 PHA 201 Pharmacology 3 2 HPH 102 4 POC 201 Principles of Occlusion 2 1 DAN 102 2

TOTAL 19

Semester - 4

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr DMA 202 Dental Materials 2 2 Nil 3 GMD 202 General Medicine 2 2 MIC 201, GPA 201 3 GSR 202 General Surgery & ENT 2 2 ANA 102 3 ORD 202 Oral Radiology I (Pre-clinical) 1 2 ANA 102 2 OPA 202 Oral Pathology I 2 2 GPA 201, OHI 201 3

ETH 202 Ethical & Medico-legal Aspects of Dentistry

2 - Nil 2

TOTAL 16


Semester – 5

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr OPA 301 Oral Pathology II 2 2 OPA 202 3 OPD 301 Operative Dentistry I (Pre-clinical) 2 3 DMA 202,DAN 102 3

RPR 301 Removable Prosthodontics I (Pre-clinical)

2 3 DMA 202, DAN 102 3

ORT 301 Orthodontics I (Pre-clinical) 1 3 DAN 102, POC 201 2

FPR 301 Fixed Prosthodontics I (Pre-clinical)

2 3 DAN 102, DMA 202 3

END 301 Endodontics I (Pre-clinical) 2 3 DAN 102, DMA 202 3 TOTAL 17

Semester – 6

Course Title L h h Prerequisite Cr OSR 302 Oral Surgery I (Pre-clinical) 2 2 MIC 201, PHA 201 3

OPD 302 Operative Dentistry II (Pre-clinical)

2 3 OPD 301 3

END 302 Endodontics II (Pre-clinical) 2 3 END 301 3 FPR 302 Fixed Prosthodontics II (Pre-clinical) 2 3 FPR 301 3

RPR 302 Removable Prosthodontics II (Pre-clinical)

2 3 RPR 301 3

PER 302 Periodontics I (Pre-clinical) 1 2 OHI 201 2 ORT 302 Orthodontics II (Pre-clinical) 1 3 ORT 301 2 LAN 302 Local Anesthesia(Pre-clinical) 1 0 ANA 102, HPH 102 1 CDE 302 Community Dentistry I(Pre-clinical) 1 0 Nil 1

TOTAL 21

Semester – 7

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr

OPD 401 Operative (Esthetic) Dentistry-III (Clinical)

1 3 OPD 302 2

END 401 Endodontics III (Clinical) 1 3 END 302 2 FPR 401 Fixed Prosthodontics III (Clinical) 1 3 FPR 302 2

RPR 401 Removable Prosthodontics III (Pre-clinical)

1 3 RPR 302 2

PER 401 Periodontics II (Clinical) 1 3 PER 302 2 OSR 401 Oral Surgery II (Clinical) 1 3 OSR 302 2

ODG 401 Oral Diagnosis (Clinical) 2 3 All Pre-clinical

Courses 3

PDN 401 Preventive Dentistry (Pre-clinical) 2 1 Nil 2 ORT 401 Orthodontics III (Clinical) 1 3 ORT 302 2 ORD 401 Oral Radiology II (Clinical) 1 3 ORD 202 2

TOTAL 21


Semester – 8

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr END 402 Endodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 END 401 2 PER 402 Periodontics III (Clinical) 1 3 PER 401 2 OSR 402 Oral Surgery III (Clinical) 1 3 OSR 401 2 RPR 402 Removable Prosthodontics IV 1 3 RPR 401 2 OPD 402 Operative Dentistry IV (Clinical) 1 3 OPD 401 2 FPR 402 Fixed Prosthodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 FPR 401 2 ORT 402 Orthodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 ORT 401 2 OME 402 Oral Medicine (Clinical) 2 3 GMD 202 3 RME 402 Research Methodology 2 1 BIS 201 3

TOTAL 20

Semester – 9


PDG 501 Principles of Differential Diagnosis (Clinical)

1 1 All Previous Clinical

Courses 2

COC 501 Clinical Occlusion (Clinical) 1 3 POC 201 2 PER 501 Periodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 PER 402 2

PED 501 Pediatric Dentistry I (Clinical) 2 3 All Previous Clinical

Courses 3

MCP 501 Medically Compromised Patients 1 - All Previous Clinical

Courses 1

DPM 501 Dental Practice Management (Clinical)

3 - Nil 3

HDT 501 Hospital Dentistry (Clinical) 1 3 All Previous Clinical

Courses 3

CDE 501 Community Dentistry II (Clinical) 1 0 Nil 1 TOTAL 17

Semester – 10


CDC 502 Comprehensive Dental Clinic (Clinical)


Courses 3

PER 502 Periodontics V (Clinical) 1 3 PER 501 2 PED 502 Pediatric Dentistry II (Clinical) 2 3 PED 501 3

IMP 502 Implantology (Clinical) 1 1 All Previous Clinical

Courses 2

MEM 502 Medical Emergencies (Clinical) 1 3 All Previous Clinical

Courses 2

GER 502 Geriatrics Dentistry (Clinical) 1 0 All Previous Clinical

Courses 1

ADV 502 Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine, Pathology and Radiology (Clinical)


Courses 2

CDE 502 Community Dentistry III (Clinical) 2 0 Nil 2 SEM 502 Seminars (Clinical) 2 0 Nil 2

TOTAL 19


14.5.2 Plan of Study for the batch from (2013 onwards)

Semester – 1

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr ENG 101 English Language 3 0 Nil 3 ITE 101 Information Technology 2 2 Nil 3 ICU 101 Islamic Culture 3 - Nil 3 ANA 101 Anatomy I 2 2 Nil 3 HIS 101 Histology 2 2 Nil 3

CHM 101 Chemistry 3 2 Nil 4 TOTAL 19

Semester – 2

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr PHY 102 Physics 3 0 Nil 3 BSC 102 Behavioral Sciences 3 - Nil 3 ANA 102 Anatomy II: Head & Neck 3 2 ANA 101 4 DAN 102 Dental Anatomy and Occlusion 2 2 ANA 101 3 HPH 102 Human Physiology 3 2 Nil 4 BIO 102 Biochemistry 3 2 CHM 101 4

TOTAL 21

Semester - 3

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr MIC 201 Microbiology & Immunology 3 2 Nil 4 BIS 201 Biostatistics 2 2 Nil 3 OHI 201 Oral Histology 2 2 HIS 101 3 GPA 201 General Pathology 2 2 HIS 101 3 PHA 201 Pharmacology 3 2 HPH 102 4 POC 201 Principles of Occlusion 2 1 DAN 102 2

TOTAL 19

Semester - 4

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr DMA 202 Dental Materials 2 2 Nil 3 GMD 202 General Medicine 2 2 MIC 201, GPA 201 3 GSR 202 General Surgery & ENT 2 2 ANA 102 3 ORD 202 Oral Radiology I (Pre-clinical) 1 2 ANA 102 2 OPA 202 Oral Pathology I 2 2 GPA 201, OHI 201 3

ETH 202 Ethical & Medico-legal Aspects of Dentistry

2 - Nil 2

TOTAL 16


Semester – 5

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr OPA 301 Oral Pathology II 2 2 OPA 202 3 OPD 301 Operative Dentistry I (Pre-clinical) 2 3 DMA 202, DAN 102 3

RPR 301 Removable Prosthodontics I (Pre-clinical)

2 3 DMA 202, DAN 102 3

ORT 301 Orthodontics I (Pre-clinical) 1 3 DAN 102, POC 201 2

FPR 301 Fixed Prosthodontics I (Pre-clinical)

2 3 DAN 102, DMA 202 3

END 301 Endodontics I (Pre-clinical) 2 3 DAN 102, DMA 202 3 TOTAL 17

Semester – 6

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr OSR 302 Oral Surgery I (Pre-clinical) 2 2 MIC 201, PHA 201 3

OPD 302 Operative Dentistry II (Pre-clinical)

2 3 OPD 301 3

END 302 Endodontics II (Pre-clinical) 2 3 END 301 3 FPR 302 Fixed Prosthodontics II(Pre-clinical) 2 3 FPR 301 3

RPR 302 Removable Prosthodontics II (Pre-clinical)

2 3 RPR 301 3

PER 302 Periodontics I (Pre-clinical) 1 2 OHI 201 2 ORT 302 Orthodontics II (Pre-clinical) 1 3 ORT 301 2 LAN 302 Local Anesthesia(Pre-clinical) 1 0 ANA 102, HPH 102 1 CDE 302 Community Dentistry I(Pre-clinical) 1 0 Nil 1

TOTAL 21

Semester – 7


OPD 401 Operative (Esthetic) Dentistry-III (Clinical)

1 3 All Previous Courses 2

END 401 Endodontics III (Clinical) 1 3 All Previous Courses 2 FPR 401 Fixed Prosthodontics III (Clinical) 1 3 All Previous Courses 2

RPR 401 Removable Prosthodontics III (Pre-clinical)

1 3 All Previous Courses 2

PER 401 Periodontics II (Clinical) 1 3 All Previous Courses 2 OSR 401 Oral Surgery II (Clinical) 1 3 All Previous Courses 2 ODG 401 Oral Diagnosis (Clinical) 2 3 All Previous Courses 3 PDN 401 Preventive Dentistry (Pre-clinical) 2 1 All Previous Courses 2 ORT 401 Orthodontics III (Clinical) 1 3 All Previous Courses 2 ORD 401 Oral Radiology II (Clinical) 1 3 All Previous Courses 2

TOTAL 21


Semester – 8

Course Title L h P h Prerequisite Cr END 402 Endodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 END 401 2 PER 402 Periodontics III (Clinical) 1 3 PER 401 2 OSR 402 Oral Surgery III (Clinical) 1 3 OSR 401 2 RPR 402 Removable Prosthodontics IV 1 3 RPR 401 2 OPD 402 Operative Dentistry IV (Clinical) 1 3 OPD 401 2 FPR 402 Fixed Prosthodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 FPR 401 2 ORT 402 Orthodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 ORT 401 2 OME 402 Oral Medicine (Clinical) 2 3 GMD 202 3 RME 402 Research Methodology 2 1 BIS 201 3

TOTAL 20

Semester – 9


PDG 501 Principles of Differential Diagnosis (Clinical)

1 1 All Previous

Clinical Courses 2

COC 501 Clinical Occlusion (Clinical) 1 3 POC 201 2 PER 501 Periodontics IV (Clinical) 1 3 PER 402 2

PED 501 Pediatric Dentistry I (Clinical) 2 3 All Previous

Clinical Courses 3

MCP 501 Medically Compromised Patients 1 - All Previous

Clinical Courses 1

DPM 501 Dental Practice Management (Clinical)

3 - Nil 3

HDT 501 Hospital Dentistry (Clinical) 1 3 All Previous

Clinical Courses 3

CDE 501 Community Dentistry II (Clinical) 1 0 Nil 1 TOTAL 17

Semester – 10


CDC 502 Comprehensive Dental Clinic (Clinical)

2 4 All Previous

Clinical Courses 3

PER 502 Periodontics V (Clinical) 1 3 PER 501 2 PED 502 Pediatric Dentistry II (Clinical) 2 3 PED 501 3

IMP 502 Implantology (Clinical) 1 1 All Previous

Clinical Courses 2

MEM 502 Medical Emergencies (Clinical) 1 3 All Previous

Clinical Courses 2

GER 502 Geriatrics Dentistry (Clinical) 1 0 All Previous

Clinical Courses 1

ADV 502 Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine, Pathology and Radiology (Clinical)

1 3 All Previous

Clinical Courses 2

CDE 502 Community Dentistry III (Clinical) 2 0 Nil 2 SEM 502 Seminars (Clinical) 2 0 RME 402 2

TOTAL 19


14.6 Course Descriptions

ENG 101: English Language (3 Cr)

Intensive instruction in writing process focuses on organization of ideas in well-developed

expository and argumentative essays with some emphasis on developing vocabulary.

Prerequisite: Nil

ITE 101: Information Technology (3 Cr)

This course is an introduction to the most common software applications of

microcomputers and includes "hands-on" use of microcomputers and some of the major

commercial software. These software packages should include typical features of office

suites, such as word processing, spreadsheets, database systems, and other features found

in current software packages. Upon completion, Students will understand common

applications and be able to utilize selected features of these packages. Prerequisite: Nil

ICU 101: Islamic Culture (3 Cr)

The course aims to introduce the students to be in touch with the Islamic culture by taking

them through the civilization established by prominent scholars. The students are expected

to compare this culture with the existing ones. The course consists of a general review of

Islam as a religion and an approach to life. Prerequisite: Nil

ANA 101: Anatomy – I (3 Cr)

The Human Anatomy course covers the skeleton including the skull, vertebral column, upper

limbs, lower limbs and thorax with accent on the development of nose, lips, oral cavity,

cranium, salivary glands and pharynx. It also includes information about the viscera of the

thorax and abdomen with their blood and nerve supply. The course also gives information

about human embryology: the gametogenesis, fertilization and the embryological

development of the face, nose, lips, oral cavity, jaws, brachial arches and their derivatives,

cranium, vertebrae, temporomandibular joint, teeth, salivary glands, pituitary gland,

pharynx, respiratory tract and blood vessels of the head and neck. The use of computer

software is vital in teaching this course. Prerequisite: Nil

HIS 101: Histology (3 Cr)

This course covers the ultramicroscopic structure of the cell, epithelium, connective tissues,

bone, cartilage, muscles, blood vessels and lymphatic tissues. It also covers the microscopic

structure of the alimentary canal, liver, gall bladder, pancreas, reproductive system, eye

(cornea and retina), skin, respiratory system, urinary system, nervous system, endocrine

glands (pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid and suprarenal gland). The use of computer software

is fundamental in teaching this course. Prerequisite: Nil


CHM 101: Chemistry (4 Cr)

This course includes an introduction to the concepts of matter and energy, composition of

matter, molecules and mixtures, chemical bonds and reactions, organic and inorganic

compounds. It provides the student with the basic knowledge preparing him/her to

comprehend further dentistry courses specially biochemistry. Prerequisite: Nil

PHY 102: Physics (3 Cr)

This is an introductory course which includes the study of mechanics, heat, magnetism and

nuclear physics. It is a fundamental course and a basic one for dental students.

Prerequisite: Nil

BSC 102: Behavioral Sciences (3 Cr)

An overview of the main topics in general psychology includes biological basis of behavior

and mental processes: sensation and perception: learning: motivation: intelligence, human

development: personality and behavioral disorders. Prerequisite: Nil

ANA 102: Anatomy II: Head & Neck (4 Cr)

This course covers the exhaustive anatomy of the head (including the mandible) and neck

regarding bones, and soft parts. The bony parts will comprise the anatomy of skull and

cranium, jaws, parietal, frontal, sphenoid, ethmoid, vomer, nasal, zygomatic, temporal,

lacrymal bones and nasal conchae. The soft parts cover the scalp and temple (muscles,

vessels and nerves), anterior and posterior triangles, sub-occipital triangle, muscles, vessels

and fascia of the neck, face and facial muscles, nose, ear and eye, pharynx and larynx, deep

dissection of neck, thyroid, parathyroid, brain, cranial nerves, spinal cord and meninges,

muscles of mastication, temporal and submandibular region, the parotid, sublingual and

submandibular salivary glands. The use of computer software is fundamental in teaching the

course of head and neck anatomy. Prerequisite: ANA 101

DAN 102: Dental Anatomy and Occlusion (3 Cr)

This course provides an introduction to dental anatomy, terminology, dental formulas,

dental notation systems; a detailed description of the chronology and morphology of each

tooth, anatomical variations and teeth anomalies, dental arches alignment, an introduction

to occlusion as well as forensic dentistry. The use of computer software is fundamental in

teaching human dental anatomy. The laboratory part will comprise anatomical wax carving

of teeth. This course is fundamental for students to give information on comparative

anatomy of teeth with their anatomical abnormalities. It helps in understanding the clinical

and surgical dentistry. Prerequisite: ANA 101


HPH 102: Human Physiology (4 Cr)

This course helps the students in identifying the functions of different organs of the body. It

provides information on cell physiology; extra cellular fluid, homeostasis, transport across

the cell membrane, blood gases, and acid–base physiological aspects. Also it covers blood

and its constituents, hemorrhage and coagulation. It describes haemodynamics, physiologic

properties of the cardiac muscle, ECG, cardiac output, blood pressure, heart rate, vasomotor

center, shock and special circulation. In addition, it covers physiology of respiratory,

excretory systems, endocrine system, reproductive system, GIT as well as CNS. This course

also provides information on the influence of diet on oral structures as well as the effect of

hormones on oral tissues and saliva. Prerequisite: Nil

BIO 102: Biochemistry (4 Cr)

This course provides knowledge on solutions, hydrogen ion concentration, PH, acids and

bases-buffers, colloidal state, osmotic pressure, ion exchange and thermodynamics. It also

covers the classification, structure, biochemical reactions and metabolism of carbohydrates,

lipids and proteins. Also, it covers definition and classification of enzymes, co-enzymes,

optimal PH and temperature, competitive and non-competitive inhibition, mechanism of

enzyme action, iso-enzymes and enzymes in clinical diagnosis. Moreover, it provides

information on function, sources and deficiency symptoms of minerals and vitamins,

nutritional counseling relevant to clinical dentistry, biochemistry of saliva, dental plaque and

sugar metabolism and its by-products as well as their effects on enamel and dentine. It

covers topics relevant to biochemistry of DNA and RNA, DNA replication and repair, and

recombinant DNA technology. Prerequisite: CHM 101

MIC 201: Microbiology & Immunology (4 Cr)

This course provides knowledge on the fundamental characteristics of microorganisms, with

special emphasis on sterilization and disinfection, infection control, oral microbial flora,

staphylococci, bacilli, spirochetes, actinomyces, viruses, common parasites, vaccines and

sera, pyaemia, bacteraemia, septicemia, focal and systemic infections. This course helps in

understanding the etiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, prevention and treatment of various

infectious diseases. It also includes information on the basics of oral virology and mycology

as well as oral microbial pathogens. The practical part will cover gram staining and acid fast

staining. It also covers doctrine of immunology and immunological responses,

immunotherapy, immunosuppressants, autoimmune diseases, organ and tissue

transplantation, and vaccines. Prerequisite: Nil


BIS 201: Biostatistics (3 Cr)

This course introduces the dental student to the principles of basic Statistics and basics of

clinical trial design and analysis. Systematic critical appraisal of the design, analysis and

outcomes from these trials form the basis for conclusions on effectiveness of different

treatment modalities. This provides the evidence base for developing guidelines in clinical

care. Research continues to be essential to develop a clearer understanding of approaches.

The principle of health care economics provides the framework for understanding how

choice between treatments can be made. This course is intended to cover the previously

mentioned principles to enable the student to be acquainted with clinical trials especially

evidence based Dentistry. Prerequisite: Nil

OHI 201: Oral Histology (3 Cr)

This course covers growth and development of face, teeth and jaws, enamel, dentin,

cementum, pulp and periodontal membrane; the microscopic and ultramicroscopic structure

of dental tissues; enamel, dentin, cementum, pulp, periodontal membrane and bone. Also it

covers the microscopic study of the neighboring structures of the oral cavity; lips, tongue,

floor of the mouth, palate, salivary glands of the oral cavity and alveolar bone with accent on

calcification of the hard tissues of the teeth and alveolar bone; shedding and eruption of

teeth, temporomandibular joint and age changes in teeth and surrounding structure. The

use of computer software is fundamental in teaching of oral histology. Prerequisite: HIS 101

GPA 201: General Pathology (3 Cr)

This course is fundamental for completing with anatomy, histology and physiology a joint

series, providing a complete idea on pathophysiology of diseases. It provides an introduction

to pathology, causes of disease, cell response to injury, inflammation reactions, tissue

response to infection, wound healing, immunity to infection, hypersensitivity, pyogenic

infection, tuberculosis, syphilis, actinomyces, leprosy, fungal and viral diseases, hemorrhage

and shock, disorders of nutrition, hormonal disturbances, disorders of calcium metabolism,

thrombosis and embolism, infarction, edema, renal failure, hepatic failure, pigments, healing

of fractures and calculi. This course is useful in understanding the etiology and diagnosis of

diseases. Prerequisite: HIS 101

PHA 201: Pharmacology (4 Cr)

This course covers information on universal principles of pharmacology, with special accent

on dental therapeutics, pharmacokinetics related to general dentistry, ADME of drugs, drug

receptors pharmacodynamics, dosage forms and routes of drug administrations, adverse

drug reactions, drugs acting on CNS and peripheral nervous system, anti-infective drugs,

cardiovascular system, hemopoetic system, endocrine system, gastrointestinal tract,

respiratory system and immune system, hormones, vitamins, miscellaneous agents


(astringents, bleaching, dentifrices and mouth washes, disclosing solutions, styptics),

prescription writing and compliance to medication. Also, it allows the student to compare

and determine the trends of use of complementary and alternative medicine. This

information assist the students in drugs and their dosage form, doses, dose regimens,

duration of use, precautions and contraindications. Also it provides the students information

on proper dealing with prescription and information given to patients to ensure their

compliance to medication. Prerequisite: HPH 102

POC 201: Principles of Occlusion (2 Cr)

This is an essential course built upon Anatomy and Physiology. This course covers dental

terminology, normal anatomy and physiology of masticatory system, occlusal form and

function in relation to neighboring and opposing teeth, the periodontium, the

temporomandibular joints, the masticatory muscles and the neuromuscular system, in

addition to, the functions of mastication, respiration, swallowing and speech. These

information help students in understanding relevant diseases and their proper management.

Its main rationale is to give preliminary information needed to diagnose and manage

malocclusion. Prerequisite: DAN 102

DMA 202: Dental Materials (3 Cr)

This course offers structure, terminology, composition, manipulation, physical properties,

biocompatibility, dental uses of dental materials including gypsum products, impression

materials (hydrocolloids and rubber base), resins, waxes, restorative materials, cements,

cavity liners, varnishes, amalgam, casting metals and alloys, ceramics, and implant materials

with practical applications. It also covers procedures of tooth cuttings, burs and points,

abrasive and polishing agents. This is an essential course to provide information on the aims,

scope of science, types, uses, and limitations characters of dental materials to the students.

This course helps students in differentiation between dental materials and selection of the

most appropriate ones. Also, it helps in providing information on compatibility of these

agents. It offers the vital skills for manipulation and mixing of dental materials to the

students. Thus, they will gain the skills vital for filling, welding, soldering, annealing, picking,

investing, and casting procedures needed in the relevant courses. Prerequisite: Nil

GMD 202: General Medicine (3 Cr)

This course covers definite diseases of the gastro intestinal system, liver, cardiovascular

system, respiratory system, renal system, skin, hematology, CNS, in addition to nutritional,

metabolic, endocrine disorders, infections and oncology. This is a fundamental course for a

dentist as it covers the most important human diseases specially those of intimate relation

to dentistry. Knowledge on etiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment of these

diseases is required for a dentist to help him/her in consultation with other health care

professionals in clinical, laboratory or diagnostic procedures necessary for proper treatment


of such diseases. Also, he/ she must be familiar with the implications of systemic diseases on

dental diseases. This information helps students in proper management of dental diseases.

Prerequisite: MIC 201, GPA 201

GSR 202: General Surgery & ENT (3 Cr)

This course includes an introduction to general surgery covering information about

introduction, road traffic accidents and other injuries, basic and advanced life support, fluid

and electrolyte balance, hemorrhage, shock, wound infections and wound healing.

Knowledge of these subject areas is kernel to the provision of satisfactory dental treatment

and advice to patients undergoing dental treatment. The course is intended to provide

students with sufficient knowledge to recognize problems in the surgical history of patients

about to go under dental treatment and to take the appropriate action to provide a quality

care. An important aspect is to ensure that graduate practitioners understand when referral

of complex treatment is indicated. Prerequisite: ANA 102

ORD 202: Oral Radiology – I (2 Cr)

Oral Radiology is the dentistry concerned with the use of X-ray for the diagnosis of oral

diseases. It encompasses biophysics, anatomy of head and neck, the instrumentation, and

the interpretation of results. Oral radiology is of utmost importance for the diagnosis of

diseases in dental practice. This course is designed to offer the fundamentals of radiology,

hygienic fundamentals, radiation history, physics, biological considerations and techniques

of radiography, radiographic machine operation. It also includes normal anatomical land

marks of the jaws, the use of intra- and extra-oral radiographic techniques. This information

helps students in performing radiological investigations, assessing the risks of radiation and

the benefits of radiographic procedures. Also, it allows the student to select, take and

process the most appropriate radiography. This course covers demonstrations for parallel

technique; intra-oral and panorama radiographs in addition to X-ray machine operations, and

hand developing of X–ray film will be given. Prerequisite: ANA 102.

OPA 202: Oral Pathology – I (3 Cr)

This course is important for completing with Anatomy, Histology and Physiology a combined

series for providing a complete idea on pathophysiology to understand pharmacotherapy

and to carry out treatment planning on scientific backgrounds. This course covers the

developmental disturbances of dental oral and para-oral structures including hereditary

disorders, lesions of oral and para-oral structures, dental caries, pulpal and

periapicalpathosis, defense mechanism of oral tissues and healing following injuries,

infectious diseases of oral mucosa including HIV/AIDS related lesions. Emphasis is placed on

demonstration that helps understanding diseases and therapy in a proper way.

Prerequisite: GPA 201, OHI 201


ETH 202: Ethical & Medico-legal Aspects of Dentistry

This course is intended to provide an overview of the ethical and legal obligations of dental

practitioners. It is intended to provide an overview of the ethical and legal obligations of

dental practitioners. It is primarily concerned with the principles and standards of

professional conduct and ethical behavior that apply to all dental practitioners.

Prerequisite: Nil

OPA 301: Oral Pathology – II (3 Cr)

This course is a continuation to the previous Oral Pathology course. It provides information

about bone disorders affecting jaws, cysts and neoplasms of the oral cavity, diseases of

salivary glands, temporomandibular joints, nerves, skin and blood and their implications on

oral tissues and effects of radiation on oral and para-oral tissues. Emphasis is placed on


Prerequisite: OPA 202

OPD 301: Operative Dentistry – I (3 Cr)

This is a basic course in a series of Restorative Dentistry. It offers information on

biomechanical principles of cavity design and preparation as related to tooth morphology.

This information is so important for the student to manage the different clinical situations

regarding teeth restoration. Also, it offers information and skills required for patient

management, diagnosis for cases which need restorative dentistry and the selection of the

most appropriate materials used in restorative dentistry. Prerequisite: DMA 202, DAN 102

RPR 301: Removable Prosthodontics – I (3 Cr)

This course is the base for a series of courses on Removable Prosthodontics. It provides

students with necessary information on management of patients who lost their natural

teeth. This information is accompanied with practical work to give basis for clinical

application in the preceding relevant courses. This course covers restoration of function,

facial appearance, maintenance of facial appearance, and maintenance of oral health for

patients who lost their natural teeth. It provides the student with basic knowledge and

terminology, theory, understanding and technical proficiency in construction of different

types of complete dentures, with emphasis on indications and contraindications, denture

design and laboratory skills. Practical work includes laboratory procedures associated with

denture construction. The course comprises necessary knowledge of dental materials for

the respective technical purpose. Prerequisite: DMA 202, DAN 102


ORT 301: Orthodontics – I (2 Cr)

This is the first in a series of four courses on Orthodontics. This course is an introduction to

orthodontics to provide students with basic knowledge for identifying existing and

developing problems associated with dental and skeletal malocclusion, manipulation of

orthodontic wires and acrylics, process of soldering and welding, the most appropriate

appliances for malocclusion with practical applications and demonstrations. Practical work

helps in offering experience needed for the preceding clinical courses.

Prerequisite: DAN 102, POC 201

FPR 301: Fixed Prosthodontics – I (3 Cr)

This course is the first in a series of courses on Fixed Prosthodontics. It covers taking records

that are required for use in the laboratory fabrication of dental prostheses and appliances.

This course provides the students with the fundamentals of fixed Prosthodontics including

terminology, basic knowledge, diagnosis, biomechanical principles and construction of fixed

prosthodontics restorations. It includes the design and fabrication techniques encountered

in the construction of a single extra coronal tooth and porcelain fused to metal PFM

restorations as well as a three unit anterior and posterior fixed partial denture. The course

comprises necessary knowledge of dental materials for the respective technical purpose.

Also, design dental prostheses, write a laboratory work authorization, and evaluate

laboratory prostheses and appliances. It provides the principles and techniques required for

the preparation of teeth, and fabrication of casting. This course includes practical work

which helps students in the preceding clinical courses. Prerequisite: DAN 102, DMA 202

END 301: Endodontics – I (3 Cr)

This is the first course in a serious of courses on Endodontics. It offers an introduction to the

fundamentals of endodontics, patients who needs surgical endodontics; extraction, and

preparation of the patient for extraction .This course provides the basic biological and

mechanical concepts of endodontics. It covers the biology of pulp, etiology of pulp

pathology with their signs and symptoms, radiographic interpretation of different pulp and

Periapical conditions as well as the fundamentals of root canal treatment. In the laboratory

the student will perform endodontic treatment on numerous acrylic and natural teeth, both

hand held and mounted in blocks and dentoform. Practical work in this course helps in

preceding clinical courses. Prerequisite: DAN 102, DMA 202


OSR 302: Oral Surgery – I (3 Cr)

The preclinical program in oral surgery is the first course in a series of Oral Surgery courses

and is intended for offering basic knowledge in oral surgery. This course is concerned with

basic techniques for instrumentation, patient management, infection and complications

induced by surgery to prepare the student for the preclinical course. This course introduces

the basic information of oral and maxillofacial surgery, instrumentation, asepsis, principles

and basics of extractions, biopsy techniques, and complications induced by surgical

processes. It includes pre-and postoperative patient management, difficulties of

complicated extractions, the early active management of cardiac arrest, students should be

CPR certified before entering the clinical phase. Prerequisite: MIC 201, PHA 201

OPD 302: Operative Dentistry – II (3 Cr)

This course is deals with rate processes of drug disposition, derivation of mathematical

models to calculate the time course of drug and metabolite concentrations following drug

administration. Thus, the quantization of factors affecting the absorption, distribution, and

metabolism, and excretion of drugs will be possible. In addition, the course will discuss the

pharmacokinetics of drug disposition following one compartment, two compartment and

non-linear pharmacokinetic models for different routes of administration. Thus students will

be able to do analysis of drug concentration data both graphically and by non-linear

regression to estimate pharmacokinetic data relevant to dose adjustment.

Prerequisite: OPD 301

END 302: Endodontics – II (3 Cr)

This is the second course in a series of Endodontics to facilitate the transition from

preclinical to clinical. This course provides an introduction to advanced concepts of clinical

endodontics so that the student can diagnose and suggest courses of treatment for

endodontic diseases, management of pulpal pathology of permanent teeth. The laboratory

part trains the student in procedures locating preparing and filling the root canals of human

teeth. Prerequisite: END 301

FPR 302: Fixed Prosthodontics – II (3 Cr)

This is the second course in the series of fixed partial denture in which the students are

provided with more information on restoration of compromised teeth, crowns, fixed partial

denture, and operative dentistry. The students start preclinical fixed partial denture to be

ready for the preceding clinical courses. It continues with knowledge on proper patient

examination, evaluation and treatment plan with emphasis on diagnostic considerations,

preliminary therapy and treatment sequencing and execution of fundamental procedural

techniques. Prerequisite: FPR 301


RPR 302: Removable Prosthodontics – II (3 Cr)

This course is a continuation of the Removable Prosthodontics I. It continues with

knowledge on proper patient examination, evaluation and treatment plan with emphasis on

partial denture diagnosis and treatment planning, basic principles of partial denture design,

fabrication, function and repair. Practical work includes fabrication of removable partial

dentures. Prerequisite: RPR 301

PRE 302: Periodontics – I (2 Cr)

Periodontology is the branch of dentistry dealing with gingival, periodontal and other

related disease of the periodontium. Periodontology courses are designed to provide

didactic, and experiences in the prevention of oral diseases and management of periodontal

disorders. This course covers epidemiology, classification, etiology and pathology of

gingival, periodontal diseases as well as other related diseases of the periodontium. It also

covers prevention, diagnosis and treatment planning, plaque control, and patient oral health

maintenance. Prerequisite: OHI 201

ORT 302: Orthodontics – II (2 Cr)

This is the second course in the series of Orthodontic courses providing the students with

more experience about orthodontics. It provides knowledge on the evaluation, prevention

and treatment planning for the common cases encountered by the general practitioner. It

also covers the biomechanical principles and the selection of the most proper appliances.

The practical skills gained in this course by fabrication of orthodontic appliances make the

students ready for the first clinical Orthodontics course. Prerequisite: ORT 301

CDE 302: Community Dentistry – I (1 Cr)

This course covers the role of the dentist in public health dental programs, economic, legal,

and professional aspects of dental practice, regulatory policy for dental practice in UAE,

business principles in dentistry and public service mobile dental clinics. This course helps

students in identifying his/her role in public health dental programs and avoiding un-legal

mistakes during dental practice. Moreover, it provides information needed for initiating his/

her business after graduation. The course also prepares the students to function as a

community and first level dentist in accordance with the college and nation’s goals.

Prerequisite: Nil

LAN 302: Local Anesthesia (1 Cr)

This course covers the fundamentals of Anesthesia, nerve conduction and pharmacology,

safe and efficient administration of anesthetic agents. These information help students in

suggestion of the most appropriate anesthetic agent according to each case.

Prerequisite: ANA 102, HPH 102


OPD 401: Esthetic Dentistry – III (2 Cr)

This course is the first course in a series of operative clinical dentistry courses to give

students knowledge and clinical experience in restorative Dentistry. It provides the clinical

experience necessary for helping students in carrying out proper diagnosis and treatment

planning. It also covers topics fulfilling the esthetic demands of the patients and advanced

Restorative Dentistry.

END 401: Endodontics – III (2 Cr)

This is the first clinical course in the series of Endodontics. This course introduces the

student to the clinical application of skills learned in the relevant preclinical courses. It

covers the clinical experience in diagnosis, treatment planning and endodontic patient

management under the supervision of faculty members. It covers the treatment of vital and

non-vital pulp, tests for sterility of the root canal, drugs used in root canal therapy. It

provides students clinical experience in reimplantation, root resection, apexification, and

endodontic surgery to be ready for second and final clinical course.

FPR 401: Fixed Prosthodontics – III (2 Cr)

This is the third course and the first clinical course in the series of fixed partial denture. It

offers more knowledge on Prosthodontics and the first clinical experience in this field. This

course introduces the student to the clinical application of skills learned in the relevant

preclinical courses. In this course the student provides fixed partial denture care under

faculty supervision. Students perform simple clinical cases and accomplish all laboratory

procedures associated with the treatment fixed partial denture cases. This course exposes

the student to the interaction with the professional dental laboratory technician. It provides

the students with knowledge on implications of danger of ignoring tooth which needs

execution.

RPR 401: Removable Prosthodontics – III (2 Cr)

This course provides the student with clinical experience needed for the diagnosis and

treatment planning necessary for the treatment of the partially and completely edentulous

patient. Students are required to directly deal with patients under the supervision of staff as

regards diagnosis, treatment planning, impression taking, recording centric occlusion, try-

ins, delivery and follow up of partial and complete dentures complaints.


PER 401: Periodontics – II (2 Cr)




disorders. This course covers diagnosis of acute periodontal conditions, early onset

periodontitis, and diseases affecting the periodontium, management of periodontal disease,

ultrasonic instrumentation and regeneration of periodontium. Laboratory part provides

student the training necessary for removal of calculus, root planning and polishing of teeth

on manikins. These information and experiences prepare the students for the preceding

clinical course.

OSR 401: Oral Surgery – II (2 Cr)

The clinical program in oral surgery is intended to give the students a standard clinical

experience in office surgical procedures and problems associated therewith. This is the

second course in a series of oral surgery courses for offering clinical skills in oral surgery.

This course is concerned with reviewing patients' charts to determine routine surgical

procedures, surgery of impacted teeth, soft tissue surgical procedures, hard tissue surgical

procedure, and clinical uses of anesthetic agents, antibiotics, nitrous oxide and analgesics.

The clinical part includes teeth extraction and removal of roots under supervision of faculty

members. These skills prepare the students for the more advanced clinical courses,

extramural practicum and internship.

ODG 401: Oral Diagnosis (3 Cr)

This clinical course enables the student to take patient history, conduct complete regional,

extra- and intra- oral examination; obtain appropriate diagnostic tests including radiographs,

obtain medical advice and reach conclusions regarding patients’ health status. Also, it offers

knowledge, on treatment planning, principles associated with diagnostic methods and data

analysis followed by treatment planning of various orofacial diseases. Communication skills

and aids are used for presentations.

ORT 401: Orthodontics – III (2 Cr)

This is the first clinical course in the series of orthodontics, in which the students start their

knowledge, skills and experience in clinical orthodontic and carry out diagnosis and

management of orthodontic problems. The course covers diagnosis, radiological and clinical

examinations of selected cases, orthodontic study models, photographs and cephalometric

evaluation, preparation of treatment plans with limited treatment of orthodontic problems

encountered in the general practice.


ORD 401: Oral Radiology – II (2 Cr)

This is the second course in the series of oral radiology courses. It is designed to offer proper

use of equipments, infection control and quality assurance methods, application of different

intra-oral radiographic techniques with related positioning of the patients and using auxiliary

devices for positioning, and evaluation of radiographs under supervision of staff. These skills

help students in performing radiological investigations, assessing the risks of radiation and

the benefits of radiographic procedures, also select, take and process the most appropriate

radiography. Students will be shown how to obtain intra and extra oral films including

periapicals, occlusal films and also will be introduced to panoramic radiography, TMJ

imaging techniques and other imaging modalities. Clinical experience optimizes patient and

staff communication.

PDN 401: Preventive Dentistry (2 Cr)

This course covers the principles and techniques of infection control, dental hygiene with

emphasis on preventive dental care programs; laboratory and preclinical experience in

techniques of complete oral prophylaxis services, principles and methods for teaching and

motivating patients to practice effective oral health care, role and use of fluorides in

preventive dentistry, role of sealants in preventive dentistry.

END 402: Endodontics – IV (2 Cr)

This course is a continuation of Endodontics III for more experience and skills in

endodontics. The course covers pulpal and periapical emergencies and differential diagnosis

of the pulpal pathology as well as understanding the advanced endodontic concepts

including endodontic-periodontics relationship. The students must carry out independently,

diagnosis and treatment as well as follow up of the patients to assess the effectiveness of

treatment. Prerequisite: END 401

PER 402: Periodontics – III (2 Cr)




disorders. During this clinical course, the student can adequately diagnose the patients with

periodontal condition and provide instructions to patients for plaque control and treatment

of an acceptable number of patients by scaling and root planning for gingivitis and mild to

moderate cases of periodontitis. These procedures are carried out under faculty

supervision. Prerequisite: PER 401


OSR 402: Oral Surgery – III (2 Cr)

This course completes the series of Oral Surgery courses whereby students learn reviewing

of hospital charts, perform and obtain consultations, interact with medical colleges. The

theoretical part covers the preparation of mouth for dentures; provide care to medically

compromised patients, interpretation of radiographs, management of emergency cases and

procedures for surgical root removal. The clinical part includes minor soft, hard tissue

surgical procedures, practicing of root removal and preparation of mouth for denture under

the direct supervision of the oral and maxillofacial surgical residents and attending staff.

The students throughout this course must gain experience, skills and self confidence

sufficient to carry out minor surgical cases. The students are prepared for practicing more

advanced surgery after graduation during internship. Prerequisite: OSR 401

RPR 402: Removable Prosthodontics – IV (2 Cr)

This course is a continuation of the clinical experiences gained in the previous relevant

courses concerning the diagnosis, treatment planning, advanced laboratory procedures and

clinical phases of removable prosthodontic therapy. It covers advanced procedures with

emphasis on jaw relation registration and complex cases involving severely resorbed

alveolar ridges. It optimizes the knowledge of students and the experience of clinical

prosthodontics. They can carry out partial or complete denture independently.

Prerequisite: RPR 401

OPD 402: Operative Dentistry – IV (2 Cr)

This clinical course is a continuation of the Operative Dentistry courses. It equips the

students with the skills to properly diagnose, form a treatment plan and perform a number

of esthetic procedures with appropriate materials in the context of comprehensive care.

New concepts in esthetic dentistry are applied in this course and involve more than merely

providing porcelain veneers to patients. It encompasses a broad approach to the total

esthetic needs of the patient. The intention is to share new information with students as it

becomes available. Prerequisite: OPD 401

FPR 402: Fixed Prosthodontics – IV (2 Cr)

This is the fourth course in a series of courses of fixed partial denture and the second and

final course of clinical series. This course covers clinical application of knowledge and skills

for diagnosis and treatment planning and fabrication of more advanced cast restorations

that will function in a biological environment. The student is expected to manage their

clinical treatment procedure with progressively less supervision and assistance from the

faculty. The student must follow up the patients, and assess the effectiveness of treatment.

Prerequisite: FPR 401


ORT 402: Orthodontics – IV (2 Cr)

This course is a continuation of the previous relevant courses for increasing experience in

diagnosis and treatment of orthodontic problems, with expected optimized improved

clinical judgment and an opportunity to review longitudinal results of treatment. The

student is expected to diagnose complex orthodontic problems requiring treatment by a

specialist. Prerequisite: ORT 401

OME 402: Oral Medicine (3 Cr)

This course is essential for offering student’s knowledge on orofacial diseases it provides

taxonomy, etiology pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of oral lesions due to systemic

diseases or fractures to allow dentist carry out diagnosis and treatment of these diseases.

This course includes the etiology and clinical signs and symptoms and management of

diseases of the oral mucosa in general it also covers the oral manifestations of systemic

diseases and how they affect the oral mucosa with special emphasis or common and serious

diseases such as leukemia, HIV/AIDS related oral lesions, diabetes, etc. Prerequisite: GMD 202

RME 402: Research Methodology (3 Cr)

The course is designed to cover general principles of research methodology. It is a

fundamental course helping students use and evaluate research methodologies. Students

will be able to evaluate the appropriateness of research methodologies designed to answer

a research question or to test a hypothesis, select an appropriate statistical test, analyze the

data, explain and evaluate the obtained results, and apply the results to decisions about

research and practice. It introduces the issues and practice of critical appraisal and research

methodology aiming to present the conceptual foundations and an understanding of the

purposes of research methodology and critical appraisal. It will develop the ability of

students to apply the principles of research to understand published research literature,

formulate research proposals and undertake research. Students will be involved in research

by carrying out research course work of the institution’s choice. Prerequisite: BIS 201

PDG 501: Principles of Differential Diagnosis (2 Cr)

This course provides the proper sequences used to differentiate between diseases. It serves

to utilize relevant didactic and clinical information in the appropriate context. It emphasizes

the role of the dentist in developing appropriate comprehensive, prioritized, and sequenced

treatment plan based on evaluation of all relevant diagnostics with demonstrations of case

studies. Prerequisite: All previous Clinical courses.


COC 501: Clinical Occlusion (2 Cr)

This course completes with the relevant courses, especially principles of occlusion, the

essential information and skills needed for dental occlusion. It reinforces the basic concepts

of occlusion and integrates these concepts with the clinical situations that the students are

experiencing. It also covers the diagnostic considerations, preliminary therapy and

treatment sequencing. Prerequisite: POC 201

PER 501: Periodontics – IV (2 Cr)




disorders. This course covers more advanced topics including management of periodontosis,

teeth mobility, splinting, general principles of surgical periodontics including preprosthetic

and plastic surgery, as well as occlusal therapy. The student gains experience in instructing

the patients to follow preventive oral hygiene measures as well as develop the skills to carry

out independently diagnosis, treatment and follow up of the patients. Prerequisite: PER 402

PED 501: Pediatric Dentistry – I (3 Cr)

This course represents the foundation for pediatric dentistry courses. It provides an

introduction to numerous aspects of pediatric dental practice and treatment. These

encompass child psychology, behavioral management, growth and development, cavity

preparation and restoration of primary teeth, and the young permanent dentition, nutrition

caries control, radiography, pulp therapy, stainless crowns, space maintenance, treatment

of injuries, preventive orthodontics, risk assessment in Pediatric Dentistry including caries

risk assessment, caries preventive strategies, radiation, periodontal risk assessment for

children, risk assessment for traumatic injuries, anesthetic risk assessment, fluoride (safety

and toxicity), dietary analysis and advice. Students manage children in the clinic with accent

on caries preventive measures, cavity preparation and restoration, pulpotomy, tooth

preparation and construction of stainless steel crowns. Prerequisite: All previous clinical

courses

MCP 501: Medically Compromised Patients (1 Cr) This course covers medical, dental, psychological and social problems of medically

compromised patients and role of dentist in diagnosis and treatment of these patients.

According to the nature of the medically compromised patients, each one may need special

collection of the data, diagnosis and treatment planning. Also, the management of health

care of these patients must be tailored according to the nature of each patient. This course

is designed to provide the students information and experience to deal with these patients.

Prerequisite: All previous clinical courses


DPM 501: Dental Practice Management (3 Cr)

This course is a continuation of the previously taught course in ethical and medicolegal

aspects of dentistry. It is primarily concerned with reviewing the previously taught principles

and standards of professional conduct and ethical behaviour that apply to all dental

practitioners. This course also covers non dental legislation affecting dentists, including

inquests. Prerequisite: Nil

HDT 501: Hospital Dentistry (3 Cr)

This course provides students with practical experiences for diagnosis, treatment and the

follow up of patients currently found in hospitals. It is essential for preparing students to

the internship phase. The students must practice active interaction with out- and in-

patients, facilities, activities, and health specialties. Presentations of students must illustrate

their capability for collection of patient information as chief complaints, general

examinations, medical history, dental history, social history, diagnostic measures and lab

tests. The students must discuss dental examinations, clinical lab tests and treatment plan

with senior dentists and hospital staff. Prerequisite: All previous clinical courses

CDE 501: Community Dentistry II (1 Cr) This Course will discuss with the various activities carried out in the field of community

dentistry which includes Primary Health Care Approach, prevention, health education and

promotion, pit and fissure sealants, atraumatic restorative treatment (ART), fluoride &

dental health. This course will also include the study of sociology, social class & occupational

classification, family & cultural factors in health & disease, their relevance in dental practice

and the factors influencing the utilization and delivery of dental health care services.

Prerequisite: Nil

CDC 502: Comprehensive Dental Clinic (3 Cr)

This course is essential to students to apply the fundamental principles of biomedical

sciences as they relate to the practice of general dentistry, apply the fundamental principles

of behavioural sciences, employ the interpersonal and communication skills, apply the

principles of ethical reasoning and professional responsibilities, practice continual learning

and self-assessment, use critical thinking and problem solving, apply the contemporary

information technology in the practice, and manage oral care for geriatrics as a model for

comprehensive care. This helps students to understand the concept of comprehensive care

to help in its application for other areas of dental care. This course provides the student

excellent opportunities to integrate and demonstrate their knowledge and skills as a result


students develop a well-rounded global understanding of dental care and improve their

readiness and preparedness to practice dentistry after graduation.

Prerequisite: All previous clinical courses

PER 502: Periodontics – V (2 Cr)

This course is designed to introduce the students to basic surgical techniques available to

mange selected periodontal cases, gingivectomy, pocket eradication, periodontal flaps, etc.

The laboratory work is designed to help students in gaining limited hands-on preclinical

experience. Prerequisite: PER 501

PED 502: Pediatric Dentistry – II (3 Cr)

This course represents an extension to the previous Pediatric Dentistry course. Students

manage children in the clinic with accent on caries preventive measures, cavity preparation

and restoration, pulpotomy, tooth preparation, construction of stainless steel crowns, and

management of dental trauma under supervision. The course ensures continued clinical

training and further experience in the field of pediatric dentistry. Prerequisite: PED 501

IMP 502: Implantology (2 Cr)

This course provides the students with the basis and fundamentals of Implantology. It

covers basic concepts, biology and techniques in implant surgery, indications for implants as

a treatment modality, relevant prosthodontics, peri-implant tissue maintenance and various

implant system concepts and techniques of bone grafting and soft tissue grafting, growth of

new bone, management of trauma due to dentofacial complications and implant

maintenance with demonstrations. As this field needs more skills, this course render the

students acquainted with the importance of implantology, hopefully he/she may decide for

more skills in graduate studies. Prerequisite: All previous clinical courses

MEM 502: Medical Emergencies (2 Cr)

This course teaches the students the process of differentiation between systematically

healthy and non-healthy patients, his/her role with other health care providers for certain

medical emergencies, and techniques of medical emergencies as cardiopulmonary

resuscitation (ACLS) with demonstrations. The latter is important since the dentist may face

cases that urgently need her / his intervention by ACLS. Prerequisite: All previous clinical

courses


GER 502: Geriatrics Dentistry (1 Cr)

This course covers challenges of the aging process, including demography, epidemiology,

psychological aspects, pathological changes, gingival recession, root caries, oral aging

problems, special pharmacological considerations, and functional declines, e.g. Alzheimer’s

disease, with special emphasis on comprehensive elderly patient oral care.

Prerequisite: All previous clinical courses ADV 502: Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine, Pathology and Radiology (2 Cr)

This course is essential for reviewing more complex oral problems and to cover questions

and inquires raised through hospital dentistry. It covers methods used for advanced

diagnosis, oral medicine, pathology and radiology. This course provides reviews of the more

complex oral problems, various tests used to determine definite diagnosis, review of

pathology and radiology in diagnosis and various methods of treatment of dental diseases.

This course will include seminars utilizing radiographs, slides and photomicrographs to

review normal anatomy, developmental anomalies and pathology. These seminars include

discussions using actual cases to correlate radiographic, clinical and histopathological

findings. Nevertheless, it provides the students through active learning an overview on

dentistry as a profession offering services for the patient in particular and the society in

general. Prerequisite: All previous clinical courses

CDE 502: Community Dentistry III (2 Cr) This course will discuss the role of the dentist in public health programs, ethical and legal

responsibilities, the doctor’s obligation to patients, profession, and the community. The

concept of clinical governance, dental practice management, business principles in dentistry

and finance in dentistry will be discussed. The course will help the students in identifying

his/her role in public dental health programs. The impact of the problems of access, barriers

to dental care and the ways to overcome the effects, overview of the health care system

and problems at the national and international level will also be discussed. Prerequisite: Nil


14.7 Course Outline

YEAR – 1 SEMESTER - 1


English Language

Course Title

English Language

Course Code

ENG 101

Credit Hour 3

Semester

Year-1, Semester - 1

Prerequisites

None

Faculty Mr. Clint Freeman

Course Description

Intensive instruction in writing process focuses on organization of ideas in well-developed

expository and argumentative essays with some emphasis on developing vocabulary.

Course Learning Outcomes: By the end of this course the student must be able to:

Demonstrate skill in the stages of the writing process: prewriting, writing, revising.

Read, analyze, and evaluate various kinds of writing and recognize patterns of

exposition and argument.

Use appropriate rhetorical strategies for various situations, purposes, and audiences.

Edit and review the writing of others.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Writing paragraphs from Topics to Titles – Introduction

Narration, Description, Definition Week 2

Week 3

Week 4

Process analysis, illustration , classification and comparison Week 5

Week 6

Week 7 Arguments, cause and effect

Week 8

Week 8 Mid semester Examination

Week 9 Practice in writing opening paragraphs, concluding paragraphs,


Week 10 Mixing writing,

Writing About Literature Week 11

Week 12

Writing Letters – Complaints, How to write a research paper Week 13

Week 14

Week 15

Week 16 End Semester Examination

Assessment

The grading system that applies to this course is as follows:

Continuous Assessment

Attendance 5

Mid Semester Examination 15

Course work* 45

End Semester Examination 35

Total 100

*Course work: Assignments, Quizzes, Group participation, Lab work & Practical assignment


Information Technology

Course Title


Course Code

ITE 101

Credit Hour

3

Semester

Year- 1, Semester - 1

Prerequisites

None

Faculty Mr. Suraj K Sebastain

Course Description

This course is an introduction to the most common software applications of

microcomputers and includes "hands-on" use of microcomputers and some of the major

commercial software. These software packages should include typical features of office

suite, such as word processing, spreadsheets, database systems, and other features found in

current software packages. Upon completion, students will understand common

applications and be able to utilize selected features of these packages.


Demonstrate knowledge of basic computer literacy terminology.

Research and analyze online information.

Use e-mail to contact instructor and other Students.

Access course materials, assignments, exams, etc. using online course management system.

Use word processing software to develop documents.

Use spreadsheet software to develop formulas, functions, and charts.

Use database software to develop tables, forms, reports, and queries to understand data.

Storage and business applications such as filters and sorts.

Use presentation software to create animated and visual presentations.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Theory Practical

Week 1 Introduction to Computers. Students should spend some time with this section to make sure they are comfortable with basic computer terminology

Introduction to Computers. Students should spend some time with this section to make sure they are comfortable with basic computer terminology

Week 2

Week 3

Week 4 Introduction to Windows XP and Office Introduction to Windows XP and Office


Week 5 2007, Computer Hardware and Software. Internet Usage. Understand how to save files, create folders, and manage them.

2007, Computer Hardware and Software. Internet Usage. Understand how to save files, create folders, and manage them.

Week 6

Week 7

Week 8 Mid Semester Examination

Week 9 For each section, Word, Each student will complete the step-by-step outlined in the section and then additional hands-on projects at the end of each section. For the end of the section assignment, try to complete these without looking back at the section. This will be the best practice to prepare for the exams. These are outlined in the Assignment link. As much as we can, we will create assignments unique to each student to enhance learning.

For each section, Word, Each student will complete the step-by-step outlined in the section and then additional hands-on projects at the end of each section. For the end of the section assignment, try to complete these without looking back at the section. This will be the best practice to prepare for the exams. These are outlined in the Assignment link. As much as we can, we will create assignments unique to each student to enhance learning.

Week 10

Week 11

Week 12 Same as in Previous, but for Spreadsheet (Excel) (week 11), Same as in Previous, but for Presentation (PowerPoint) (week 12) Same as in Previous, but for Database (Access)

Same as in Previous, but for Spreadsheet (Excel) (week 11), Same as in Previous, but for Presentation (PowerPoint) (week 12) Same as in Previous, but for Database (Access)

Week 13

Week 14

Week 15

Projects, using Word, Excel, Power Point, and Access separately (week 14) Introduction to Computers and the Windows Operating System, Internet, E-mail

Projects, using Word, Excel, Power Point, and Access separately (week 14) Introduction to Computers and the Windows Operating System, Internet, E-mail

Week 16 End semester Examination

Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Islamic Culture

Course Title

Islamic Culture

Course Code

ICU 101

Credit Hour

3

Semester


Prerequisites

None

Faculty Dr. Ahmed Shehbi

Course Description

The course aims to introduce the students to be in touch with the Islamic culture by taking

them through the civilization established by prominent scholars. The students are expected

to compare this culture with the existing ones. The course consists of a general review of

Islam as a religion and an approach to life.


Know properties of the correct Islamic culture without exaggeration and falsification,

through the Holy Quran and “The tradition of the Prophet”.

Distinguish between the Islamic culture and the cultures of other nations.

Know the important issues in Islam such as “riba” and its consequences.

Inform Students about their position in the civilized and cultural conflict which is

occurring in the current period and urging them to maintain their authentic culture.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Defining the culture and focusing on the Islamic culture characteristics, its

importance for the student and its role in forming an Islamic personality. Week 2

Week 3

Week 4

Tracing the different stages of the formation of Islamic culture, focusing on its

divine origins, "Islamization" of sciences (Social sciences) Week 5

Week 6

Week 7 Discussing Islamic beliefs, such as prophecy, faith, creation of human beings

and other concepts which underline the Islamic religion.



Week 9

Economy in Islam: discussing the financial system that governs different

dealings between people from an Islamic point of view. Week 10

Week 11

Week 12 The family in Islam: defining the family, marriage and its law, the good

association, divorce and its repercussions. Week 13

Week 14 Political system in Islam: the ruling system and its types, the role of the state in

establishing justice among people and maintaining peace.

Week 15

Human Rights in Islam: freedom of expressing opinions and political

participation in elections etc, Islam and Orientalism: discussing orientalists'

opinions regarding some Islamic issues.


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Anatomy – I

Course Title

Anatomy - I

Course Code

ANA 101

Credit Hour

3

Semester


Prerequisites

None

Faculty Prof. Mandar Vilas Ambike, Dr. Liju Susan, Dr. Anu Vinod Ranade, Ms. Suni Ebby

Course Description

The Human Anatomy course covers the skeleton including the skull, vertebral column, upper

limbs, lower limbs and thorax with accent on the development of nose, lips, oral cavity,

cranium, salivary glands and pharynx. It also includes information about the viscera of the

thorax and abdomen with their blood and nerve supply. The course also gives information

about human embryology: the gametogenesis, fertilization and the embryological

development of the face, nose, lips, oral cavity, jaws, brachial arches and their derivatives,

cranium, vertebrae, temporomandibular joint, teeth, salivary glands, pituitary gland,

pharynx, respiratory tract and blood vessels of the head and neck. The use of computer

software is vital in teaching this course.


Be familiar with the structure of skeleton and be able to describe the skeleton, vertebral column, upper and lower limbs of human body in detail.

Identify the different parts of the human body skeleton.

Illustrate the relationship between human skeleton and nerves.

Demonstrate the relationship between human skeleton and blood supply.

Illustrate the relationship between human skeleton and muscles.

Explain the process of embryogenesis and development of nose, lips, oral cavity, cranium, salivary glands, pharynx and nose.

Express embryo defects with special emphasis on dentistry.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of human anatomy

Week 2 Human skeleton

Week 3 Shape and characters of different bones


Week 4

Development of nose, lips, oral cavity, cranium, salivary glands, pharynx and

nose the skull, vertebral column, upper limbs, lower limbs and thorax and

development of nose, lips, oral cavity, cranium, salivary glands, and pharynx

and nose

Week 5 Relationship between skeleton and muscles

Week 6 Relationship between skeleton and nerves (theoretical and practical)

Week 7 Relationship between skeleton and blood supply


Week 9 Fundamentals of embryology, Embryogenesis

Week 10

Embryological development of the face, nose, lips, oral cavity, jaws, brachial

arches and their derivatives, cranium and vertebra, temporomandibular joint,

teeth, salivary glands, pituitary and pharynx, respiratory tract, blood vessels of

the head and neck

Week 11

Week 12

Week 13

Week 14

Week 15 Embryologic defects


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Histology

Course Title

Histology

Course Code

HIS 101

Credit Hour

3

Semester


Prerequisites

None

Faculty Prof. Mandar Vilas Ambike, Dr. Liju Susan, Dr. Anu Vinod Ranade, Ms. Suni Ebby

Course Description

This course covers the ultramicroscopic structure of the cell, epithelium, connective tissues,

bone, cartilage, muscles, blood vessels and lymphatic tissues. It also covers the microscopic

structure of the alimentary canal, liver, gall bladder, pancreas, reproductive system, eye

(cornea and retina), skin, respiratory system, urinary system, nervous system, endocrine

glands (pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid and suprarenal gland). The use of computer software

is fundamental in teaching this course.


Explain the structure of human cells in details.

Distinguish between the various tissues of the body.

Recognize changes in the different tissues of the body.

Be familiar with the general microscopic structure of soft and hard tissues of the oral cavity.

Illustrate the hard and soft tissues of the oral cavity.

Prescribe, in consultation with health care professionals, histological procedures required for proper dental or medical management of the patient.

Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Fundamentals of histology, Structure

of human cells in detail, Structure of

soft tissue epithelium

Structure of human cells in detail,

Structure of soft tissue epithelium Week 2

Week 3

Week 4 Structure of Connective Tissues,

Structure of hard tissues of the oral

cavity, bone cartilage, muscles, blood

vessels and lymphatic tissue

Structure of Connective Tissues,

Structure of hard tissues of the oral

cavity, bone cartilage, muscles, blood

vessels and lymphatic tissue

Week 5

Week 6


Week 7-10

Structure of different tissues of the

body; the alimentary canal, liver, gall

bladder, pancreas, reproductive

system, eye (cornea and retina), ear,

skin, respiratory system, urinary

system and nervous system

Structure of different tissues of the

body; the alimentary canal, liver, gall

bladder, pancreas, reproductive

system, eye (cornea and retina), ear,

skin, respiratory system, urinary system

and nervous system

Week 8 Mid semester examination

Week 11 Structure of various glands; endocrine

glands (pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid

and suprarenal gland of the body

Structure of various glands; endocrine

glands (pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid

and suprarenal gland of the body

Week 12

Week 13

Week 14 Segregation between various tissues

of the body, with practical applications

for all points

Segregation between various tissues of

the body, with practical applications for

all points Week 15


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Chemistry

Course Title

Chemistry

Course Code

CHM 101

Credit Hour

4

Semester


Prerequisites

None

Faculty Dr. Nelofer Khan, Dr. K G Gomathi, Dr. May Khalil Ismail

Course Description

This course includes an introduction to the concepts of matter and energy, composition of

matter, molecules and mixtures, chemical bonds and reactions, organic and inorganic

compounds. It provides the student with the basic knowledge preparing him/her to

comprehend further dentistry courses specially biochemistry.


Differentiate clearly between matter and energy and describe the major forms of energy.

Distinguish chemical element, molecule, atom, atomic number, atomic weight, atomic mass, isotope and radioisotope.

Identify compounds, mixtures and compare solutions, colloids, and suspensions.

Explain the role of electrons in chemical bonding and differentiate between ionic and covalent bonds.

Identify chemical reactions (synthesis and decomposition).

Explain the importance of water and salts to body homeostasis, define acid and base and explain the concept of PH.

Describe and compare the building blocks, general structure and biological functions

of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins.

Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Definition of concepts: matter and

energy, Composition of matter:

atoms and elements

Composition of matter: atoms and

elements Week 2

Week 3

Week 4

Molecules and mixtures Solutions,

colloids and suspensions

Molecules and mixtures Solutions,

colloids and suspensions Week 5

Week 6


Week 7-8

Chemical bonds: ionic and covalent

bonds, Polar and non-polar

compounds

Chemical bonds: ionic and covalent

bonds, Polar and non-polar compounds


Week 9 Chemical reactions (synthesis,

decomposition and exchange),

Inorganic compounds

Chemical reactions (synthesis,

decomposition and exchange),

Inorganic compounds

Week 10

Week 11

Week 12

Acids and bases and concepts of PH,

Organic compounds

Acids and bases and concepts of PH,

Organic compounds Week 13

Week 14

Week 15

Biological functions of carbohydrates,

lipids and proteins, Formation and

breakdown of organic molecules,

DNA and RNA

Biological functions of carbohydrates,

lipids and proteins, Formation and

breakdown of organic molecules


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



YEAR - 1 SEMESTER - 2


Physics

Course Title

Physics

Course Code

PHY 102

Credit Hour

3

Semester


Prerequisites

None

Faculty Dr. Meena Varma V.K

Course Description

This is an introductory course which includes the study of mechanics, heat, magnetism and

nuclear physics. It is a fundamental course and a basic one for dental students.


Use mathematics in the expression of ideas and theories.

Understand many of the "black boxes" he/she use in his/her life along with those that they don't use fluently.

Illustrate the role of physics in the environment.

Develop skills and techniques for making precise and accurate measurements.

Illustrate principles of physics through their own application of the scientific method.

Weekly Time Table

Week Topics

Week 1 Introduction

Week 2 Dimensions of Physical quantities and its application;

Significant Figures; Vectors

Week 3 Force and Motion;

Heat 1, Heat 2

Week 4

Thermodynamics 1;

Assignment on Application of Laser in Dentistry;

Thermodynamics 2; Discussion-1 D motion;

Numerical Sheet

Week 5 Friction; Work & Energy;

Numerical Work sheet

Week 6 Magnetism & magnetic effect of current;

Electromagnetic induction; Test

Week 7 Transformer & Dynamo; MRI;

Gravitational Law & Kepler’s Laws


Week 8 Circular motion; Solids; Numerical sheet


Week 9 Fluids: Properties, Density & pressure

Week 10 Nuclear Physics; Radioactivity 1;

Medical applications of radiation

Week 11 X-rays; Numerical sheet; Torque

Week 12 Test-3; Moment of Inertia and applications;

Simple Harmonic Motion

Week 13

Waves – Reflection and Refraction;

Interference and Refraction;

Sound – Characteristics, Doppler Effect

Week 14

Revision, Eye and its defects(Assignment);

Beats and application of sound;

Basic principles of light, Optical instruments

Week 15 Revision; Mock Test;

Discussion and clarification of doubts


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Behavioral Sciences

Course Title

Behavioral Sciences

Course Code

BSC 102

Credit Hour

3

Semester


Prerequisites

None

Faculty Dr. Radhika Taroor, Mrs. Avula Kameswari

Course Description

An overview of the main topics in general psychology includes biological basis of behavior

and mental processes: sensation and perception: learning: motivation: intelligence, human

development: personality and behavioral disorders.


Define the terms used in human behavior and socialization.

Describe the origin and the importance of human behavior and socialization of the healthcare professionals in general.

Describe the importance of hereditary, environment and motivation in shaping one's personality.

Explain the roles of various institutions like family, community and society and their change in trends, their effects of health of a person.

Discuss the concepts of culture and health and their changing trends, their impact on once health.

Explain the concepts of “social security” and its benefits to sick and disabled population.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Socialization; Social factors

Orientation, Introduction to Behavioral Sciences

Week 2 Introduction to Psychology;

Schools of Psychology, Social factors

Week 3 Schools of Psychology, Heredity and Environment

Intelligence

Week 4 Intelligence; Life Span Development

Week 5 Social Groups; Life Span Development


Week 6 Life Span Development; Motivation

Week 7 Motivation; Emotion

Week 8 Frustration & Conflict; Learning


Week 9 Learning, Personality

Week 10 Leadership, Social Security, Culture and Health

Week 11 Defense mechanism of Ego, Changing trends of Family;

Thinking and Creativity

Week 12 Thinking and Creativity, Changing trends of Community, Perception

Week 13 Perception, Pain Perception

Week 14-15 Presentations


Assessment



Attendance 5

Participation in Quiz 15

Presentation 15



Total 100



Anatomy II: Head & Neck

Course Title

Anatomy II: Head & Neck

Course Code

ANA 102

Credit Hour

4

Semester


Prerequisites

ANA 101

Faculty Prof. Mandar Vilas Ambike, Dr. Anu Vinod Ranade

Course Description

This course covers the exhaustive anatomy of the head (including the mandible) and neck regarding bones, and soft parts. The bony parts will comprise the anatomy of skull and cranium, jaws, parietal, frontal, sphenoid, ethmoid, vomer, nasal, zygomatic, temporal, lacrymal bones and nasal conchae. The soft parts cover the scalp and temple (muscles, vessels and nerves), anterior and posterior triangles, sub-occipital triangle, muscles, vessels and fascia of the neck, face and facial muscles, nose, ear and eye, pharynx and larynx, deep dissection of neck, thyroid, parathyroid, brain, cranial nerves, spinal cord and meninges, muscles of mastication, temporal and submandibular region, the parotid, sublingual and submandibular salivary glands. The use of computer software is fundamental in teaching the course of head and neck anatomy.


Illustrate the anatomy of the head, mandible and neck concerning bones.

Demonstrate the anatomical parts of each of skull and cranium, jaws, parietal, frontal, sphenoid, ethmoid, vomer, nasal, zygomatic, temporal, lacrymal bones.

Illustrate the anatomy of each of the scalp and temple (muscles vessels and nerves), anterior and posterior triangles, sub-occipital triangle, muscles, vessels and fascia of the neck, face and facial muscles.

Illustrate the anatomy of the cervical spine and skull.

Illustrate the anatomy of the muscles of the head and neck.

Describe the muscles, blood supply and nerve connections to head and neck.

Describe the muscles, blood supply and nerve connections to head and neck.

Associate head and neck anatomy and forensic dentistry. Weekly Time Table


Week 1

Cervical Vertebrae, Skull; Deep Fascia of the Neck; Side of the neck and intro to the triangles

Cervical Vertebrae, Skull


Week 2 Posterior Triangle; Anterior triangle

Deep Fascia and triangles; Quiz on Deep Fascia and Posterior triangle

Week 3 Sub occipital triangle; Arteries and Veins of neck

Anterior and sub occipital triangles of neck; Quiz on Anterior and sub occipital triangles of neck

Week 4 Nerves of neck; Pharynx Nerves, Arteries and Veins of neck; Spotters revision (all topics of practical)

Week 5 Larynx; Thyroid gland; Lymph nodes of head and neck

Larynx, Spotters test (all practical topics are included)

Week 6 Introduction to nervous system; Meninges and Dural Venous Sinus; Spinal Cord

Quiz on Larynx, Veins, Arteries and nerves of neck pharynx, thyroid gland, lymph nodes of head and neck

Week 7 Spinal Cord, Spinal nerves and lumbar puncture, Medulla

Spinal Cord, DVS

Week 8 Spotters revision; Quiz (All portions)

Spotters for all portions


Week 9 Pons; Mid Brain; 4th Ventricle Brain stem

Week 10 Ventricles and CSF; Cerebrum Ventricles of brain; Quiz on Ventricles of brain & CSF

Week 11 Diencephalon; Cerebellum; Basal ganglia

Cerebrum and Diencephalon

Week 12 Blood supply to CNS; Cranial nerve I, II, III, IV & VI

Basal ganglia, Blood supply to CNS

Week 13 Cranial nerve III, IV & VI; Cranial nerve V, VII

Cranial nerves, Quiz on Cranial nerve I, II, III, IV & VI

Week 14 Cranial nerves IX, X, XI & XII; CN injuries

Spotters (portions after mid semester)

Week 15 Quiz topics before the mid semester; Quiz topics after the mid semester;

Spotters (revision)


Assessment The grading system that applies to this course is as follows:


Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Dental Anatomy and Occlusion

Course Title

Dental Anatomy and Occlusion

Course Code

DAN 102

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

ANA 101

Faculty Dr. Sura Ali Fuoad, Dr. Prathibha Prasad

Course Description

This course provides an introduction to dental anatomy, terminology, dental formulas,

dental notation systems; a detailed description of the chronology and morphology of each

tooth, anatomical variations and teeth anomalies, dental arches alignment, an introduction

to occlusion as well as forensic dentistry. The use of computer software is fundamental in

teaching human dental anatomy. The laboratory part will comprise anatomical wax carving

of teeth. This course is fundamental for students to give information on comparative

anatomy of teeth with their anatomical abnormalities. It helps in understanding the clinical

and surgical dentistry.


Discuss dental formulas and dental notation systems.

Illustrate the morphology of each tooth.

Differentiate between various teeth.

Recognize the anatomical variability's in teeth.

Outline the principles of tooth abnormalities.

Perform manual wax carving.

Discuss Age changes in teeth and jaws, Dental arches alignment, Biological evolution, early development of teeth, Tooth eruption.

Demonstrate the role of dentist in forensic medicine.

Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Introduction,

Fundamentals of dental anatomy, Cube carving

Week 2 Fundamentals of Dental Anatomy;

Dental Formula & numbering system Sphere carving

Week 3 Dental Terminology 1 & 2 Sphere carving


Week 4

Morphology of permanent upper

central incisors & Permanent lower

incisors

Permanent upper central incisors

carving

Week 5

Morphology of Permanent upper

canines & Permanent upper

premolars


carving

Week 6

Morphology of Permanent lower

Premolars, Morphology of

Permanent upper 1st & 2nd molars


carving

Week 7

Morphology of Permanent lower 1st &

2nd molars; Morphology of Permanent

3rd molars

Permanent upper canine carving

Week 8

Morphology of deciduous anterior

teeth; Morphology of deciduous

Posterior teeth;

Permanent upper canine carving


Week 9 Form & relation of human teeth Permanent upper canine carving

Week 10 Dental arches alignment Permanent upper Premolar carving

Week 11 Introduction to Occlusion Permanent upper Premolar carving

Week 12 Development of Teeth;

Developmental anomalies of teeth Permanent upper Premolar carving

Week 13 Tooth eruption, Tooth eruption

abnormalities Permanent lower first molar carving

Week 14 Shedding of teeth;

Chronology of teeth Permanent lower first molar carving

Week 15 Age changes in teeth & jaw;

Biological evaluation Permanent lower first molar carving


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Human Physiology

Course Title Human Physiology

Course Code HPH 102

Credit Hour 4

Semester


Prerequisites

None

Faculty Dr. Rasha Ali Abdel Razek Eldeeb, Dr. Nisha Shanta kumari,

Mrs. Soofia Ahmed, Dr. Bushra Hasan Elzawahry

Course Description

This course helps the students in identifying the functions of different organs of the body. It

provides information on cell physiology; extra cellular fluid, homeostasis, transport across

the cell membrane, blood gases, and acid–base physiological aspects. Also it covers blood

and its constituents, hemorrhage and coagulation. It describes haemodynamics, physiologic

properties of the cardiac muscle, ECG, cardiac output, blood pressure, heart rate, vasomotor

center, shock and special circulation. In addition, it covers physiology of respiratory,

excretory systems, endocrine system, reproductive system, GIT as well as CNS. This course

also provides information on the influence of diet on oral structures as well as the effect of

hormones on oral tissues and saliva.


Portray human cell physiology and the molecular aspects of cell biology.

Recognize physiology to identify health problems.

Describe homeostasis and understand cell physiology, extra cellular fluid, transport through the cell membrane, blood gases, and acid–base physiological aspects.

Explain blood and its constituents, hemorrhage and coagulation.

Illustrate haemodynamics, physiologic properties of the cardiac muscle, ECG, cardiac output, blood pressure, heart rate, vasomotor center, shock and special circulation.

Explain the physiology of respiratory, excretory, endocrine, reproductive system, GIT as well as CNS.

Demonstrate the correlation between pathophysiology and pharmacotherapy.

Discuss the influence of diet on oral structures.

Consider demonstrations and application of physiological measurements whenever possible.


Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Physiology of human cell

Molecular aspects of cell biology

Transport through membranes

Physiology of human cell Week 2

Week 3

Week 4 Extra cellular fluids of various body

systems, Homeostasis, blood gases, and

acid–base physiological aspects.

Extra cellular fluids of various body


acid–base physiological aspects. Week 5

Week 6

Week 7 Physiology of respiratory, endocrine,

reproductive system, GIT, CNS

Extra cellular fluids of various body


acid–base physiological aspects.


Week 9 Physiology of different systems

Physiological properties of the cardiac

muscle, ECG, cardiac output, blood

pressure, heart rate, vasomotor center,

shock and special circulation.

Physiological properties of the cardiac

muscle, ECG, cardiac output, blood

pressure, heart rate, vasomotor center,

shock and special circulation.

Week 10

Week 11

Week 12

Week 13 Body fluids and electrolytes with

demonstrations, Homoeostasis and

mechanisms maintaining normal

functions of the body.

Influence of diet on oral structures,

correlation between pathophysiology

and pharmacotherapy.

Body fluids and electrolytes with

demonstrations, Homoeostasis and

mechanisms maintaining normal

functions of the body.

Week 14

Week 15


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Biochemistry

Course Title

Biochemistry

Course Code BIO 102

Credit Hour 4

Semester


Prerequisites

CHM 101

Faculty Dr. Nelofer Sami Khan

Course Description

This course provides knowledge on solutions, hydrogen ion concentration, PH, acids and bases-buffers, colloidal state, osmotic pressure, ion exchange and thermodynamics. It also covers the classification, structure, biochemical reactions and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins. Also, it covers definition and classification of enzymes, co-enzymes, optimal PH and temperature, competitive and non-competitive inhibition, mechanism of enzyme action, iso-enzymes and enzymes in clinical diagnosis. Moreover, it provides information on function, sources and deficiency symptoms of minerals and vitamins, nutritional counseling relevant to clinical dentistry, biochemistry of saliva, dental plaque and sugar metabolism and its by-products as well as their effects on enamel and dentine. It covers topics relevant to biochemistry of DNA and RNA, DNA replication and repair, and recombinant DNA technology.


Identify solutions, hydrogen ion concentration, acids and bases-buffers, colloidal state, osmotic pressure, ion exchange and thermodynamics.

Be able to focus on physical chemistry, biochemistry of biological agents and its correlation to diseases.

Portray the biochemistry of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and enzymes analysis.

Demonstrate bioenergetics and the metabolic pathways of energy utilization and the data of Krebs cycle.

Demonstrate the biochemistry of DNA, RNA and protein synthesis.

Apply recombinant DNA technology for dentistry purposes.

Identify oral biochemical subjects such as enamel, plaque, and saliva biochemistry and demonstrate knowledge of the "caries process".

Delineate the medicinal biotech products and the importance of molecular biology in dentistry.

Assess patients' dietary intake in order to promote oral health.

Develop approaches for explaining complicated biotech processes with application in Dentistry.

Develop an appreciation to the future of therapy through biotechnology.

Develop techniques for understanding molecular biology and its correlation to dentistry.


Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Enzymes – General properties & classification, Mechanism of action of enzymes, Enzyme kinetics

Analytical techniques and instrumentation (Spectrophotometer, Automatic Pipettes, Centrifuge, Water bath)

Week 2 Regulation of Enzyme activity & Isoenzymes, Enzymes – Reinforce basic concepts, Fat soluble vitamins – A & D

Enzyme activity

Week 3

Fat soluble vitamin – E & K, Role of Vitamin C; Biochemical role of Thiamine, Riboflavin & Niacin; Biochemical role of Pantothenic acid, Biotin and Pyridoxine

Blood collection, Serum & plasma preparation

Week 4 Biochemical role of Folic acid and B12; Metabolism of Ca; Metabolism of P and Mg

Estimation of Serum Calcium & Phospherous

Week 5 Metabolism of Fe & Cu; Bioenergetics & biological oxidation; Glucose transport & Glycolysis

Plasma Glucose estimation

Week 6 Fat soluble vitamins – Reinforce basic concepts; Mineral metabolism – Reinforce basic concept

Estimation of TAG

Week 7 PDH & TCA cycle; ETC & oxidative phosphorylation; Glycogen Metabolism

Estimation of Cholesterol

Week 8

Gluconeogenesis and regulation of glucose levels; Digestion, absorption and oxidation of Fatty acids; Synthesis of Fatty acids

Seminar presentation


Week 9

Metabolism of Cholesterol; Metabolism of Ketone bodies; Digestion & absorption of proteins, Amino acid pool

Mid semester practical examination

Week 10

Removal of Nitrogen & Urea cycle; Catabolism of carbon skeletons & metabolism of branched chain amino acid; Metabolism of Aromatic amino acid

Estimation of Total protein

Week 11 Metabolic Integration; Lipids metabolism: Reinforce basic concepts; Amino acid metabolism

Estimation of Albumin

Week 12 Purine metabolism; Pyrimidine metabolism; Organization of the genome

Seminar Presentation


Week 13

DNA Replication and repair; Transcriptional & Post-transcriptional processing; Translation and post-translational processing

Week 14 DNA based Techniques; Nucleotide metabolism & Molecular Biology; Nutrition and energy balance

Week 15

Macronutrients – requirements and functions; Oral Biochemistry (enamel, plaque, saliva & caries); Nutrition & Oral Biochemistry

DNA based techniques & OSPE Practice




Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100





Microbiology & Immunology

Course Title

Microbiology & Immunology

Course Code MIC 201

Credit Hour 4

Semester

Year- 2, Semester- 3

Prerequisites

None

Faculty Dr. Ramesh Ranganathan, Dr. Sajit Khan, Dr. Priya Sajith, Dr. Anuj Mathur

Course Description

This course provides knowledge on the fundamental characteristics of microorganisms, with special emphasis on sterilization and disinfection, infection control, oral microbial flora, staphylococci, bacilli, spirochetes, actinomyces, viruses, common parasites, vaccines and sera, pyaemia, bacteraemia, septicemia, focal and systemic infections. This course helps in understanding the etiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, prevention and treatment of various infectious diseases. It also includes information on the basics of oral virology and mycology as well as oral microbial pathogens. The practical part will cover gram staining and acid fast staining. It also covers doctrine of immunology and immunological responses, immunotherapy, immunosuppressants, autoimmune diseases, organ and tissue transplantation, and vaccines.


Enumerate the different classes of bacteria, fungi and viruses.

Recognize pathogenic bacteria, fungi and viruses.

Portray the methods used for infection control.

Portray the methods used for prevention and treatment of infection.

Decide on the most appropriate antibiotic, sterilization and vaccination, the role of vaccination in community dentistry.

Describe the immune responses, serology of infection, and genetic basis of antibody synthesis, immunocompetency and immunodeficiency.

Describe Dental microbiology and human oral flora, oral bacterial and viral infections.

Identify oral viruses as well as oral microbial pathogens.

Prescribe, in consultation with other health care professionals, clinical, laboratory or diagnostic procedures required for proper dental or medical management of the patient.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Taxonomy and nomenclature of bacteria

Week 2 Structure of prokaryotic cells (bacteria)

Week 3 Microbial physiology including nutritional types, nutritional requirements,

temperature relations, oxygen requirements, growth curve and culturing

Week 4 Metabolism and energy production of bacteria

Week 5-7 Pathogenic mechanisms of bacteria (staphylococci, bacilli, spirochetes and

actinomyces)


Week 9 Bacteria host relationship and inflammatory response

Week 10 Pathogenic bacteria, fungi and parasites

Week 11 Dental microbiology and Human Oral flora

Week 12 Clinical aspects of infection with special emphasis on tetanus, gas gangrene

Week 13 Sterilization in detail as related to dentistry

Week 14 Essentials of immunology, immune response, hypersensitivity, autoimmunity,

immunodeficiency and graft rejection, vaccination and immuno-modulation

Week 15 Essentials of immunology, immune response, hypersensitivity, autoimmunity,

immunodeficiency and graft rejection, vaccination and immuno-modulation


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Biostatistics

Course Title

Biostatistics

Course Code BIS 201

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

None

Faculty Dr. Rizwana B Shaikh, Dr. Shatha Al Sharbatti

Course Description

This course introduces the dental student to the principles of basic statistics and basics of

clinical trial design and analysis. Systematic critical appraisal of the design, analysis and

outcomes from these trials form the basis for conclusions on effectiveness of different

treatment modalities. This provides the evidence base for developing guidelines in clinical

care. Research continues to be essential to develop a clearer understanding of approaches.

The principle of health care economics provides the framework for understanding how

choice between treatments can be made. This course is intended to cover the previously

mentioned principles to enable the student to be acquainted with clinical trials especially

evidence based Dentistry.


Describe the scientific method.

Measure central tendency and dispersion.

Test the different hypotheses.

Carry on probability and distributions, Testing hypotheses and Comparisons of two proportions.

Measure association, agreement.

Carry on samples t-tests and paired t-tests.

Discuss the types and stages of economic analyses.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Overview of scientific method

Week 2 Measures of central tendency and dispersion

Week 3 Probability and distributions

Week 4


Week 5 Testing hypotheses

Week 6

Week 7 Comparisons of two proportions


Week 9 Independent sample t-test and paired t-test

Week 10 Measures of association

Week 11 Measures of agreement

Week 12 Type of economic analysis

Week 13 Stages of economic analysis

Week 14

Week 15 Statistical Packages


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Oral Histology

Course Title

Oral Histology

Course Code OHI 201

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

HIS 101

Faculty Dr. Prathiba Prasad

Course Description

This course covers growth and development of face, teeth and jaws, enamel, dentin,

cementum, pulp and periodontal membrane; the microscopic and ultramicroscopic structure

of dental tissues; enamel, dentin, cementum, pulp, periodontal membrane and bone. Also it

covers the microscopic study of the neighboring structures of the oral cavity; lips, tongue,

floor of the mouth, palate, salivary glands of the oral cavity and alveolar bone with accent on

calcification of the hard tissues of the teeth and alveolar bone; shedding and eruption of

teeth, temporomandibular joint and age changes in teeth and surrounding structure. The

use of computer software is fundamental in teaching of oral histology.


Discuss the growth and development of face.

Discuss the growth of teeth and jaws.

Discuss the development of enamel, dentin, bone, cementum, pulp and periodontal membrane.

Demonstrate the microscopic and ultramicroscopic structure of dental tissues; enamel, dentin, cementum, pulp, periodontal membrane and bone.

Demonstrate the microscopic structures of the oral cavity; lips, tongue, floor of the mouth, palate, salivary glands of the oral cavity and alveolar bone.

Discuss the calcification of the hard tissues of the teeth and alveolar bone.

Illustrate the shedding and eruption of teeth and histology of temporomandibular joint.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of oral histology

Week 2 Association between oral and general histology

Week 3 Growth and development of face, teeth


Week 4 Growth and development of enamel, dentin, cementum, pulp

Week 5 Growth and development of bone and periodontal membrane

Week 6 The microscopic and ultramicroscopic structure of dental tissues; enamel,

dentin

Week 7

The microscopic and ultramicroscopic structure of dental tissues; pulp, bone

and periodontal membrane

Microscopic study of the neighboring structures of the oral cavity; lips, tongue


Week 9 Microscopic study of the neighboring structures of the oral cavity; floor of the

mouth, palate, salivary glands of the oral cavity and alveolar bone Week 10

Week 11 Calcification of the hard tissues of the teeth and alveolar bone

Week 12 Shedding and eruption of teeth

Week 13 Temporomandibular joint histology and anatomy

Week 14 Age changes in teeth and surrounding structure

Week 15


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



General Pathology

Course Title

General Pathology

Course Code GPA 201

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

HIS 101

Faculty Dr. Biswadip Hazarika, Dr. Mohammad Mesbahuzzaman, Dr. Mehzabin Ahmed

Course Description

This course is fundamental for completing with anatomy, histology and physiology a joint

series, providing a complete idea on pathophysiology of diseases. It provides an introduction

to pathology, causes of disease, cell response to injury, inflammation reactions, tissue

response to infection, wound healing, immunity to infection, hypersensitivity, pyogenic

infection, tuberculosis, syphilis, actinomyces, leprosy, fungal and viral diseases, hemorrhage

and shock, disorders of nutrition, hormonal disturbances, disorders of calcium metabolism,

thrombosis and embolism, infarction, edema, renal failure, hepatic failure, pigments, healing

of fractures and calculi. This course is useful in understanding the etiology and diagnosis of

diseases.


Explain the processes of inflammation, repair and degeneration, developmental

defects and neoplasm.

Portray the correlation between pathophysiology and various diseases.

Demonstrate the pathogenesis of specific dental diseases.

Consider the role of diagnosis for proper treatment planning.

Differentiate between oral, paraoral and general pathogenic problems.

Identify and give comments on the oral and paraoral pathogenic problems.

Develop treatments for definite oral and paraoral pathogenic problems.

Describe cell response to injury inflammation reactions, Tissue response to infection;

Wound healing, Immunity and infection and Hypersensitivity.

Prescribe in consultation with other health care professionals and clinical laboratory

providers required for proper dental or medical management of diseases.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of pathology and pathophysiology and correlation of

pathophysiology with various dental diseases

Week 2 Cell response to injury

Week 3 Inflammation reactions

Week 4 Tissue response to infection

Week 5 Wound healing

Week 6 Immunity and infection

Week 7 Hypersensitivity


Week 9 Pyogenic infection, tuberculosis, syphilis, actinomyces, leprosy, fungal and viral

diseases, hemorrhage and shock

Week 10

Pathogenesis of infection degeneration, developmental defects, teratogenic

features, thrombosis and embolism, infarction, edema, renal failure, hepatic

failure, pigmentation, healing of fractures and calculi

Week 11 Neoplasm

Week 12 Pathogenesis of radiological features

Week 13 Pathogenesis of specific oral and paraoral diseases

Week 14 Treatment and management of oral and paraoral pathological conditions

Week 15


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Pharmacology

Course Title

Pharmacology

Course Code

PHA 201

Credit Hour

4

Semester


Prerequisites

HPH 102

Faculty Dr. Syed Shehnaz, Dr. Lisha Jenny John, Dr. Anoop Kumar Agarwal,

Dr. Hemant Kumar Garg

Course Description

This course covers information on universal principles of pharmacology, with special accent on dental therapeutics, pharmacokinetics related to general dentistry, ADME of drugs, drug receptors pharmacodynamics, dosage forms and routes of drug administrations, adverse drug reactions, drugs acting on CNS and peripheral nervous system, anti-infective drugs, cardiovascular system, hemopoetic system, endocrine system, gastrointestinal tract, respiratory system and immune system, hormones, vitamins, miscellaneous agents (astringents, bleaching, dentifrices and mouth washes, disclosing solutions, styptics), prescription writing and compliance to medication. Also, it allows the student to compare and determine the trends of use of complementary and alternative medicine. This information assist the students in drugs and their dosage form, doses, dose regimens, duration of use, precautions and contraindications. Also it provides the students information on proper dealing with prescription and information given to patients to insure their compliance to medication.


Focus on fundamentals of pharmacology for dentistry.

Discuss the correlation between pharmacokinetics and dentistry.

Choose the drugs according to their distribution to dental tissues.

Enumerate the different routes of administration and their significance on drug effectiveness.

Enumerate the different groups of drugs (acting on CNS and peripheral nervous system, anti-infective drugs, cardiovascular system, hemopoetic system, endocrine system, gastrointestinal tract, respiratory system and immune system and hormones) with examples.

Clarify the mechanism of action of drugs especially those of dental value.

Identify and apply drug-drug, drug pollutant, drug food and drug lab test interactions for proper drug selection.

Determine the indications, and contraindications for the use of drugs, the drug dosage forms, and routes of administration of drugs.

Choose local and therapeutic agents for the management of dental diseases.

Demonstrate the most proper methods for prescription of drugs.

Discuss the factors affecting patient's compliance to medication.


Illustrate the role of dentist in improving patient's compliance to medication.

Compare and determine the trends of use of complementary and alternative medicine.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-2 Definition of pharmacology, absorption, bioavailability, distribution, elimination, pharmacodynamics, the biochemical, and physiological mechanisms of drug actions.

Week 3 Application of pharmacokinetics for selection of drugs in dental diseases

Week 4 Routes of administration of different drugs, dosage

Week 5 Effects of drugs: perturbation of normal physiological processes, agonists and antagonists

Week 6

Mechanism of drug action: Cell surface receptors, single transduction by cell surface receptors, signaling, desensitization and hypersensitization, actions not mediated by receptors

Week 7

Pharmacology of acting on CNS and peripheral nervous system, anti-infective drugs, cardiovascular system, hemopoetic system, endocrine system, gastrointestinal tract, respiratory system, immune system and hormones


Week 9 Association between drug concentration and effect and augmentation of drug effect

Week 10 Augmentation and selectivity of drug action

Week 11 Major pharmacological classes of drugs especially those of dental interest

Week 12 Analgesics, anti-inflammatory drugs, antibiotics, antifungal and antiviral drugs in general dental practice

Week 13 Various drug interactions, adverse drug reactions, prescription and compliance to medication

Week 14-15 Complementary and alternative medicine


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Principles of Occlusion

Course Title

Principles of Occlusion (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

POC 201

Credit Hour

2

Semester


Prerequisites

DAN 102

Faculty Dr. Shakeel

Course Description

This is an essential course built upon anatomy and physiology. This course covers dental terminology, normal anatomy and physiology of masticatory system, occlusal form and function in relation to neighboring and opposing teeth, the periodontium, the temporomandibular joints, the masticatory muscles and the neuromuscular system, in addition to, the functions of mastication, respiration, swallowing and speech. These information help students in understanding relevant diseases and their proper management. Its main rationale is to give preliminary information needed to diagnose and manage malocclusion.


Define dental Occlusion.

Illustrate occlusal form and function as related to adjacent and opposing teeth.

Discuss the normal anatomy and physiology of masticatory system.

Discuss the masticatory muscles and the neuromuscular system as well as the functions of mastication, respiration, swallowing and speech.

Demonstrate mandibular movement and simulation by the use of articulator.

Identify the patients who have occlusion and tempomandibular disorders.

Design treatment plans for patients with occlusal and tempomandibular disorder.

Recommend a plan for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Basics of dental occlusion

Week 2

Dental Terminology

Week 3-5 Normal anatomy and physiology of masticatory system


Week 6-7 The periodontium


Week 9 Temporomandibular joint anatomy

Week 10 movements and disorders

Week 11 The masticatory muscles

Week 12 The neuromuscular system

Week 13

Week 14 The functions of mastication, respiration, swallowing and speech

Week 15


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100





Dental Materials

Course Title

Dental Materials

Course Code

DMA 202

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

PHY 102

Faculty Dr. Marwa Sharaan, Dr. Nesrine Elsahn, Dr. Nabeel Safwat Mohammed Al Nahass

Course Description

This course offers structure, terminology, composition, manipulation, physical properties,

biocompatibility, dental uses of dental materials including gypsum products, impression

materials (hydrocolloids and rubber base), resins, waxes, restorative materials, cements,

cavity liners, varnishes, amalgam, casting metals and alloys, ceramics, and implant materials

with practical applications. It also covers procedures of tooth cuttings, burs and points,

abrasive and polishing agents. This is an essential course to provide students information on

the aims, scope of science, types, uses, and limitations characters of dental materials. This

course helps students in differentiation between dental materials and selection of the most

appropriate ones. Also, it helps in providing information on compatibility of these agents. It

offers to the students the vital skills for manipulation and mixing of dental materials. Thus,

they will gain the skills vital for filling, welding, soldering, annealing, picking, investing, and

casting procedures needed in the relevant courses.


Identify the different types of dental materials.

Enumerate dental materials with their composition, manipulation, physical and

mechanical properties.

Demonstrate the characters of the well-known dental materials.

Select the most appropriate dental material for certain case.

Outline the concept of dental materials biocompatibilities.

Formulate dental material with biocompatibilities.

Prepare dental materials.

Describe filling, welding, and soldering, annealing, picking, investing, and casting

procedures.

Describe Mechanics of tooth cuttings, burs and points, abrasive and polishing agents.

Identify and know the different uses and applications of modern materials used in

dentistry.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of dental materials

Week 2 Structure of dental materials

Week 3 Terminology of dental materials

Week 4 Composition of dental materials

Week 5 Manipulation of dental materials

Week 6 Physical and mechanical properties of dental materials

Week 7 Biocompatibility of dental materials, Dental uses of dental materials


Week 9 Gypsum products and impression materials (alginate, agar, zinc oxide and rubber base impression materials)

Week 10 Resins and waxes

Week 11 Restorative materials

Week 12 Cements, cavity liners, varnishes, amalgam, casting metals and alloys, Ceramics, and implant materials with practical applications

Week 13 Mechanics of tooth cuttings, burs and points, abrasive and polishing agents

Week 14 Filling, welding, soldering, annealing, picking, investing, and casting procedures

Week 15 Modern dental materials; manipulation, uses and applications


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



General Medicine

Course Title

General Medicine

Course Code

GMD 202

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

MIC 201 GPA 201

Faculty

Dr. Sheikh Altaf Basha, Dr. Salwa Abdelzaher Mabrouk Ibrahim, Dr. Mahir Khalil Ibrahim Jallo,

Dr. Mohamed Hamdy, Dr. Mohamed Khalid

Course Description

This course covers definite diseases of the gastro intestinal system, liver, cardiovascular

system, respiratory system, renal system, skin, hematology, CNS, in addition to nutritional,

metabolic, endocrine disorders, infections and oncology. This is a fundamental course for a

dentist as it covers the most important human diseases specially those of intimate relation

to dentistry. Knowledge on etiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment of these

diseases is required for a dentist to help him/her in consultation with other health care

professionals in clinical, laboratory or diagnostic procedures necessary for proper treatment

of such diseases. Also, he/ she must be familiar with the implications of systemic diseases on

dental diseases. This information helps students in proper management of dental diseases.


List systemic diseases of dental importance.

Demonstrate the epidemiology, etiology, pathogenesis, prognosis, diagnosis and

treatment of each disease mentioned.

Discuss the implications of these diseases on oral, paraoral or any other dental

disease.

Develop an approach for cooperation with relevant health care professionals.

Discuss the role of dentist in monitoring the medically compromised patients.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Diseases of the gastro intestinal system like stomatitis, glossitis, gastritis, diarrhea

Week 2 Diseases of the gastro intestinal system like amoebiasis, ascities and malabsorption syndrome


Week 3 Liver diseases (jaundice, hepatitis and liver cirrhosis)

Week 4 Cardiovascular system (congenital heart disease, rheumatic heart disease, sub-acute bacterial endocarditis, congestive heart failure, hypertension, coronary artery disease, pacemaker and heart surgery) Week 5

Week 6 Respiratory system (pneumonia, bronchitis, emphysema, lung abscess, pulmonary tuberculosis and respiratory failure)

Week 7


Week 9 Endocrinal Diseases (Diabetes Mellitus, Thyroid Dysfunctions, Adrenal Dysfunctions, Pituitary Dysfunctions and Growth Retardation) Week 10

Week 11 Renal diseases (acute glomerular nephritis and nephrotic syndrome)

Week 12

Week 13 Hematology (anemia, bleeding disorders and leukemia)

Week 14 Oral manifestations of the previously mentioned diseases

Week 15


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



General Surgery & ENT

Course Title

General Surgery & ENT

Course Code

GSR 202

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

ANA 102

Faculty Dr. Mohanad Mohamad Sultan, Dr. Yasien Malallah Taher, Dr. Meenu Cherian, Dr. Pradeep Sharma, Dr. Mohamed Sobi

Course Description

This course includes an introduction to general surgery covering information about

introduction, road traffic accidents and other injuries, basic and advanced life support, fluid

and electrolyte balance, hemorrhage, shock, wound infections and wound healing.

Knowledge of these subject areas is kernel to the provision of satisfactory dental treatment

and advice to patients undergoing dental treatment. The course is intended to provide

students with sufficient knowledge to recognize problems in the surgical history of patients

about to go under dental treatment and to take the appropriate action to provide a quality

care. An important aspect is to ensure that graduate practitioners understand when referral

of complex treatment is indicated.


Demonstrate the knowledge of prevalence and prevention of the common surgical

problems related to dentistry.

Describe surgical diseases including emergencies, provide primary health care, refer

to appropriate center and provide follow-up to the patients.

Provide first aid: resuscitation (ABC) of poly trauma, patient CPR.

Collect samples of blood, urine, stool, sputum, pus swab etc.

Insert Naso -gastric tube, have observed chest intubation and do IV cannulation.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Physiological response to surgical trauma and homeostasis

Week 2 Wound and its Repair

Week 3 Pathophysiology and management of shock including fluid and electrolyte imbalance


Week 4 Investigation and treatment of Infections and parasitic Infestations of surgical Importance

Week 5 Hemorrhage, blood transfusion and their implications

Week 6 Management of acutely injured and critically ill patients including aspiration and Inhalation accidents

Week 7 Principles in the management of common oral soft tissue problems ulcers


Week 9 Abscesses, sinus, fistulae, swellings

Week 10 Embedded foreign bodies and minor injuries

Week 11 Principles of Anesthesia

Week 12 Nutrition of surgical patients

Week 13 Cardiac arrest

Week 14 Poly trauma with airway difficulty and circulatory instability

Week 15 Uncontrolled external hemorrhage, sudden upper respiratory tract obstruction, patient in hypovolaemic or septic shock unconscious patient due to head Injury and burns


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Oral Radiology – I

Course Title

Oral Radiology – I (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

ORD 202

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

ANA 102 PHY 102

Faculty Dr. Santana Natarajan

Course Description

Oral Radiology is the dentistry concerned with the use of X-ray for the diagnosis of oral

diseases. It encompasses biophysics, anatomy of head and neck, the instrumentation, and

the interpretation of results. Oral radiology is of utmost importance for the diagnosis of

diseases in dental practice. This course is designed to offer the fundamentals of radiology,

hygienic fundamentals, radiation history, physics, biological considerations and techniques

of radiography, radiographic machine operation. It also includes normal anatomical land

marks of the jaws, the use of intra- and extra-oral radiographic techniques. This information

helps students in performing radiological investigations, assessing the risks of radiation and

the benefits of radiographic procedures. Also, it allows the student to select, take and

process the most appropriate radiography. This course covers Demonstrations for parallel

technique; intra-oral and panorama radiographs in addition to X-ray machine operations, and

hand developing of X–ray film will be given.


Discuss the importance and the mechanism of radiology in dentistry.

Illustrate radiology technique.

Describe x ray machine.

Describe chair operation and dark room procedure.

Illustrate developing of the X- ray film.

Select, take, and process the most appropriate radiology and assess the risks of radiation and the benefits of radiographic procedures, Prescribe radiographic procedure required for dental management of diseases.

Differentiate between intra oral and extra oral radiography.

Recognize the radiographic appearance of anatomical structure and oral diseases.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of radiology

Week 2 Radiation Physics

Week 3 Radiation Biology

Week 4 Techniques of radiography

Week 5 Techniques of radiography (CT)

Week 6 Radiation hazards

Week 7 Radiographic machine and Infection control

Week 8 Intra oral radiography


Week 9 Normal anatomical land marks

Week 10 Developing of X ray films

Week 11 Radiographic Interpretation (CT)

Week 12 Radiographic Interpretation

Week 13 Radiographic Interpretation

Week 14 Revision Class

Week 15


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Oral Pathology – I

Course Title

Oral Pathology – I

Course Code

OPA 202

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

GPA 201 OHI 201

Faculty Dr. Prathibha Prasad

Course Description

This course is important for completing with anatomy, histology and physiology a combined

series for providing a complete idea on pathophysiology to understand pharmacotherapy

and to carry out treatment planning on scientific backgrounds. This course covers the

developmental disturbances of dental oral and para-oral structures including hereditary

disorders, lesions of oral and para-oral structures, dental caries, pulpal and

periapicalpathosis, defense mechanism of oral tissues and healing following injuries,

infectious diseases of oral mucosa including HIV/AIDS related lesions. Emphasis is placed on



Discuss the fundamentals of oral pathology.

Discuss the developmental disturbances and pathogenesis of dental oral and para-oral structures.

Identify the hereditary disorders, lesions of oral and para-oral structures, dental caries, pulpal and Periapical pathosis.

Explain the defense mechanism of oral tissues and healing following injuries, infectious diseases of oral mucosa including HIV/AIDS related lesions.

Determine the influence of pathophysiology of a systemic health disease on oral health and management.

Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Introduction; Principles of Oral Diagnosis

Introduction

Week 2 Fungal Infections; Bacterial Infections

Fungal Infections

Week 3 Viral Infections; Oral Manifestations of HIV

Bacterial and Viral Infections


Week 4 Dental caries– Definition & Etiology; Dental caries– classification & histopathology

Oral Manifestations of HIV

Week 5 Dental caries–Diagnosis & treatment Dental caries

Week 6 Diseases of Pulp Diseases of Pulp

Week 7 Pathology of Periapical area Pathology of Periapical area

Week 8 Pathology of Periapical area Practical Quiz


Week 9 Periodontal disorders Periodontal disorders

Week 10 Non-infective Stomatitis Non-infective Stomatitis

Week 11 Non-infective Stomatitis Non-infective Stomatitis

Week 12

Developmental disturbances of size and shape of teeth; Developmental disturbances of number and structure of teeth

Developmental disturbances of size and shape of teeth

Week 13

Developmental disturbances of number and structure of teeth; Developmental disturbances of soft tissues

Practical Quiz and Record submission

Week 14 Developmental disturbances of soft tissues; Chronic injuries of teeth

Submission of Records / Revision

Week 15 Revision and log book submission Revision and log book submission


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100



Ethical & Medico-Legal Aspects of Dentistry

Course Title

Ethical & Medico-legal Aspects of Dentistry

Course Code

ETH 202

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

None

Faculty Dr. Joshua Ashok

Course Description

This course is intended to provide an overview of the ethical and legal obligations of dental

practitioners. It is intended to provide an overview of the ethical and legal obligations of

dental practitioners. It is primarily concerned with the principles and standards of

professional conduct and ethical behavior that apply to all dental practitioners.


Determine the ethical and legal obligations of dental practitioners.

Understand the structure and governance of the dental profession within UAE.

Identify the legal and statutory requirements governing the delivery of dental care including the National Health Service.

Describe the basis of the law in relation to consent, negligence and confidentiality.

Understand the non-dental legislation affecting dentists, including inquests. Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Introduction to Ethics; Principle features of Dental Ethics

Week 2 Self-study; Case Discussion – Principle Features

Week 3 Ethical Principle (Principlism); Case Discussion

Week 4 Dental Good; Case Discussion

Week 5 Dentist & Patient; Case Discussion - Dentist & Patient

Week 6 Medical Records; Insurance

Week 7 Class Test 1; Dentist and Society


Week 8 Case Discussion – Dentist & Society;

Revision


Week 9 Dentist & Colleagues;

Case Discussion - Dentist & Colleagues

Week 10 Infamous conduct & Negligence; Case Discussion - Infamous conduct & Negligence

Week 11 Inform Consent & Therapeutic Privilege; Case Discussion - Inform Consent & Therapeutic Privilege

Week 12 Confidentiality; Case Discussion - Confidentiality

Week 13 Standards of care – Futility; Research Ethics

Week 14 Class test 2; Revision

Week 15 Revision


Assessment



Attendance 5


Course work 45


Total 100





Oral Pathology – II

Course Title

Oral Pathology – II

Course Code

OPA 301

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

OPA 202

Faculty Dr. Prathiba Prasad

Course Description

This course is a continuation to the previous oral pathology course. It provides information

about bone disorders affecting jaws, cysts and neoplasms of the oral cavity, diseases of

salivary glands, temporomandibular joints, nerves, skin and blood and their implications on

oral tissues and effects of radiation on oral and para-oral tissues. Emphasis is placed on



Describe the bone disorders affecting jaws, cysts and neoplasms of the oral cavity.

Enumerate the diseases of salivary glands and temporomandibular joints and their implications on oral tissues.

Identify the diseases of nerves, skin and blood and their implications on oral tissues.

Identify effects of radiation on oral and para-oral tissues. Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-4 Bone disorders affecting jaws, cysts and neoplasms of the oral cavity

Week 5-6 Diseases of salivary glands

Week 7 Diseases of temporomandibular joints


Week 9 Diseases affecting nerves and skin

Week 10-12 Blood diseases and their implications on oral tissues

Week 13-15 Effects of radiation on oral and para-oral tissues



Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 10

Quizzes 10

Practical Exam 25

Mid semester Examination 15

Final Assessment End Semester Examination 35

Total

100


Operative Dentistry – I

Course Title

Operative Dentistry – I (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

OPD 301

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

DMA 202 DAN 102

Faculty Dr. Nesrine El Sahn

Course Description

This is a basic course in a series of restorative dentistry. It offers information on

biomechanical principles of cavity design and preparation as related to tooth morphology.

This information is so important for the student to manage the different clinical situations

regarding teeth restoration. Also, it offers information and skills required for patient

management, diagnosis for cases which need restorative dentistry and the selection of the

most appropriate materials used in restorative dentistry.


Illustrate the importance of restorative dentistry.

List the range of biomaterials currently in use in tooth restoration.

Discuss biomechanical principles of cavity design and preparation as related to tooth morphology.

Select and prepare the appropriate restorative material to provide direct and indirect restoration.

Describe the preparation of cavity.

Demonstrate eye to hand co-ordination, mirror vision and control of hand and rotary instruments.

Illustrate diagnosis for cases which need restorative dentistry.

Illustrate the restoration of single tooth defects.

Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Scope and objectives of Operative Dentistry

Week 2 Tooth form and occlusion: review

Week 3-4 Carious and non-carious lesions

Week 5-6 Cavity classification and nomenclature

Week 7 Instruments


Week 9-10 General principles of cavity preparation

Week 11 Biological principles of cavity preparation

Week 12 Mechanical principles of cavity preparation

Week 13-15 Restorative materials, cements, bases and liners


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 10

Quizzes 10

First In-Course Practical Examination 15

Second In-Course Practical Examination 15


Final Assessment Final Written Examination 35

Total

100


Removable Prosthodontics – I

Course Title

Removable Prosthodontics – I (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

RPR 301

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

DMA 202 DAN 102

Faculty Dr. Shakeel

Course Description

This course is the base for a series of courses on removable prosthodontics. It provides

students with necessary information on management of patients who lost their natural

teeth. This information is accompanied with practical work to give basis for clinical

application in the preceding relevant courses. This course covers restoration of function,

facial appearance, maintenance of facial appearance, and maintenance of oral health for

patients who lost their natural teeth. It provides the student with basic knowledge and

terminology, theory, understanding and technical proficiency in construction of different

types of complete dentures, with emphasis on indications and contraindications, denture

design and laboratory skills. Practical work includes laboratory procedures associated with

denture construction. The course comprises necessary knowledge of dental materials for

the respective technical purpose.


Describe the fundamentals of Removable Prosthodontics.

Discuss the effect of loosing natural teeth on patients.

Demonstrate steps required for the management of lost natural teeth.

Make casts and other records that are required for use in the laboratory fabrication of

dental prostheses and appliances. Also, design dental prostheses, write a laboratory

work authorization, and evaluate laboratory prostheses and appliances.

Demonstrate steps used for taking care of patient who requires removable

prosthodontics treatment.

Use appropriate dental materials in relation to Removable Prosthodontics.



Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Causes of natural teeth loss, Effect of teeth loss on restoration of function,

facial appearance and maintenance of oral health

Week 2 Introduction to restoration of lost teeth via complete dentures, Anatomy and

physiology in relation to complete denture

Week 3 Impression trays and techniques

Week 4 Retention, stability and Relief

Week 5 Occlusion blocks

Week 6 TMJ and mandibular movements

Week 7 Face bows, Centric relation registration


Week 9 Selection of artificial teeth and their arrangement, waxing up

Week 10 Balanced occlusion

Week 11 Denture processing

Week 12 Remounting, rebasing and relining

Week 13 Repair and complaints

Week 14-15

Principles of design, lab prescription writing occlusion, treatment planning,

impression making, teeth selection and dental materials selection with special

emphasis on prevention of infection


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 10

Quizzes 10





Total

100


Orthodontics – I

Course Title

Orthodontics – I (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

ORT 301

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

DAN 102, POC 201

Faculty Dr. Yohan

Course Description

This is the first in a series of four courses on orthodontics. This course is an introduction to

orthodontics to provide students with basic knowledge for identifying existing and

developing problems associated with dental and skeletal malocclusion, manipulation of

orthodontic wires and acrylics, process of soldering and welding, the most appropriate

appliances for malocclusion with practical applications and demonstrations. Practical work

helps in offering experience needed for the preceding clinical courses.


Be familiar with the principles and fundamentals of orthodontics.

Describe dental and skeletal malocclusion types.

Illustrate the preventive and interceptive treatment, extraction in orthodontics.

Describe the diagnostic measures needed for the patient who needs orthodontics.

Enumerate the different types of orthodontic appliances.

Select the most appropriate appliances for malocclusion.

Perform fabrication of orthodontic appliances.

Perform manipulation of orthodontic wire and acrylics.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of orthodontics: definition, scope of orthodontics, genetics as applied to orthodontics, normal occlusion and its characteristics

Week 2

Week 3-5 Malocclusion; types, classification, etiology, diagnosis, preventive and interceptive treatment, extraction in orthodontics, materials in Orthodontics

Week 6 Growth and development, Basic knowledge for identifying existing and developing problems associated with dental and skeletal malocclusion Week 7


Week 9 Orthodontic equipments

Week 10 The most appropriate removable appliances for different malocclusions

Week 11 Indications for fabrication of orthodontic appliances.

Week 12 Procedures for fabrication of orthodontic appliances

Week 13 Manipulation of orthodontic wire and acrylics

Week 14

Week 15 Characters of different wires and acrylics


Assessment



Attendance 5


Presentation 10

Quizzes 10



Final Assessment End semester Examination 35

Total 100


Fixed Prosthodontics – I

Course Title

Fixed Prosthodontics – I (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

FPR 301

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

DAN 102

DMA 202

Faculty Dr. Nabeel Al Nahass

Course Description

This course is the first in a series of courses on Fixed Prosthodontics. It covers taking records

that are required for use in the laboratory fabrication of dental prostheses and appliances.

This course provides the students with the fundamentals of fixed Prosthodontics including

terminology, basic knowledge, diagnosis, biomechanical principles and construction of fixed

prosthodontic restorations. It includes the design and fabrication techniques encountered

in the construction of a single extra coronal tooth and porcelain fused to metal PFM

restorations as well as a three unit anterior and posterior fixed partial denture. The course

comprises necessary knowledge of dental materials for the respective technical purpose.

Also, design dental prostheses, write a laboratory work authorization, and evaluate

laboratory prostheses and appliances. It provides the principles and techniques required for

the preparation of teeth, and fabrication of casting. This course includes practical work

which helps students in the preceding clinical courses.


Discuss principles of fixed Partial Denture. Make casts and other records that are required for use in the laboratory fabrication

of fixed dental prostheses and appliances. Design fixed dental prostheses, write a laboratory work authorization, and evaluate

laboratory prostheses and appliances. Perform the fabrication for gold casting. Perform the fabrication by PFM. Classify fixed partial dentures; describe biomechanics principles and indications and

contra indications for crowns & bridges. Illustrate the preparation of posterior teeth for fixed Partial Denture. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of fixed partial dentures

Week 2 Terminology

Week 3 Classification of fixed partial dentures

Week 4 Biomechanical principles

Week 5 Indications and contra indications for crowns and bridges

Week 6 Occlusal considerations

Week 7

Full Crowns:

Indications, contraindications

Clinical assessment

Steps of preparation


Week 9

Porcelain fused to metal crowns (PFM).

Indications, contraindications

Clinical assessment

Steps of preparation

Week 10

Post and Core crowns

Impressions and Impression materials for crown and bridges

Clinical procedures

Week 11 working casts and dies

Week 12 wax pattern

Week 13 Different alloys used for casting

Week 14 Spruing, investing and casting

Week 15


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 10

Quizzes 10





Total

100


Endodontics – I

Course Title

Endodontics – I (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

END 301

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

DAN 102, DMA 202

Faculty Dr. Marwa Sharan, Dr. Praveen Kumar

Course Description

This is the first course in a serious of courses on endodontics. It offers an introduction to the

fundamentals of endodontics, patients who needs surgical endodontics; extraction, and

preparation of the patient for extraction .This course provides the basic biological and

mechanical concepts of endodontics. It covers the biology of pulp, etiology of pulp

pathology with their signs and symptoms, radiographic interpretation of different pulp and

Periapical conditions as well as the fundamentals of root canal treatment. In the laboratory

the student will perform endodontic treatment on numerous acrylic and natural teeth, both

hand held and mounted in blocks and dentoform. Practical work in this course helps in

preceding clinical courses.


Describe the fundamentals of Endodontics. Identify the patients who need pulp therapy. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret

medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination for patients requiring pulp therapy.

Describe how to manage the patient with acute and chronic orofacial pain dysfunction and/or infection.

Identify the radiographic procedures for patients requiring root canal therapy. Carry on root canal therapy on extracted teeth. Describe the fundamentals of surgical endodontics. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1

Fundamentals of Endodontics

Week 2-3 Basic biological and mechanical concepts of Endodontics

Week 4 The biology of pulp

Week 5-6 Etiology of pulp pathology with their signs and symptoms

Week 7 Radiographic interpretation of different pulp diseases Radiographic interpretation of Periapical conditions


Week 9 The fundamentals of root canal treatment

Week 10-11 Fundamentals of surgical Endodontics

Week 12 Preparation of the patient for extraction

Week 13-15 Non-surgical Endodontic procedures of human teeth and infection control

to patients and staff


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 10

Quizzes 10





Total 100




Oral Surgery – I

Course Title

Oral Surgery – I

Course Code

OSR 302

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

MIC 201 PHA 201

Faculty Prof. Mohammed Said Hamed, Dr. Sreenivas Prasad

Course Description

The preclinical program in oral surgery is the first course in a series of oral surgery courses

and is intended for offering basic knowledge in oral surgery. This course is concerned with

basic techniques for instrumentation, patient management, infection and complications

induced by surgery to prepare the student for the preclinical course. This course introduces

the basic information of oral and maxillofacial surgery, instrumentation, asepsis, principles

and basics of extractions, biopsy techniques, and complications induced by surgical

processes. It includes pre-and postoperative patient management, difficulties of

complicated extractions, the early active management of cardiac arrest, students should be

CPR certified before entering the clinical phase.


Illustrate the importance of maxillofacial surgery. Demonstrate the role of each instruments used for maxillofacial surgery. Illustrate the extraction process. Demonstrate the procedure of biopsy. Describe the management of preoperative patient. Portray the management of postoperative patient. Design a plan for the prevention and management of infection and the management

of complications after surgery. Choose the appropriate anesthetic measure and prevent, recognize, and manage

local anesthesia complications.


Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Introduction to Oral Surgery Instrumentation and chair side position for dental extraction and introduction

Week 2 Introduction to Oral Surgery Local anesthetic administration of nerve blocks and extraction procedures

Week 3 Instrumentation

Block Techniques, trigeminal nerve discussion and extraction procedures

Week 4 Presentation / seminar / class test and discussion of Instrumentation

Week 5 Asepsis & Sterilization

Week 6 Basics of extraction / indication and Contra-indication of extraction

Week 7 Class Test & Biopsy techniques

Week 8 Biopsy techniques


Week 9 Immediate complications of Oral Surgery Block Techniques, trigeminal nerve discussion and extraction procedures demo; Biopsy procedures

Week 10 Delayed complications of Oral Surgery

Block Techniques, trigeminal nerve discussion and extraction procedures demo; Biopsy procedures; Pre-operative patient assessment before Surgery

Week 11 Dislocation of Mandible

Week 12 Accidental opening of Maxillary sinus

Week 13 Management of Hemorrhage

Week 14 Dry socket management

Week 15 Surgical removal of teeth


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100


Operative Dentistry – II

Course Title

Operative Dentistry – II (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

OPD 302

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

OPD 301

Faculty Dr. Nesrine Ali Elsahn

Course Description

This course is the second course in a series of courses to give students knowledge and Pre-

Clinical experience in restorative transversal and material laboratory. It provides the

students with continued information regarding diagnosis and treatment of patients with

emphasis on management of defective restorations under the supervision of faculty

members. The student participates in the selection of the most appropriate restorative

material and in the execution of basic operative dental treatment. This experience improves

their confidence so as to be ready for the preceding clinical courses.


Outline the principles of restorative dentistry. Illustrate the didactic and clinical requirements of restorations. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude and how to obtain and

interpret medical, social and dental history and distinguish between normal and pathological lesions affecting dental structures.

Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics.

Evaluate and document the esthetic needs of patient through the use of Smile Analysis and intra-oral photography.

Compare between different restorative materials as all ceramic –full-coverage crowns, porcelain veneers, direct posterior composites, custom characterization and glazing of porcelain restoration and vital bleaching procedures.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-2 Amalgam restorations

Week 3-4 Cast gold restorations

Week 5-7 Direct tooth colored restorations


Week 9 Indirect tooth colored restorations

Week 10 Control of saliva

Week 11 Pain control

Week 12-13 Esthetics restorative materials

Week 14-15 Post operative care of restorations


Assessment


Average of Clinical Competency Examinations (CCE) 40

Performance of Acceptable Number of Patient Experiences(ANPE) 20

Written Final Exam 20

Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Endodontics – II

Course Title

Endodontics – II (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

END 302

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

END 301

Faculty Dr. Marwa Sharaan, Dr. Praveen Shetty

Course Description

This is the second course in a series of endodontics to facilitate the transition from

preclinical to clinical. This course provides an introduction to advanced concepts of clinical

endodontics so that the student can diagnose and suggest courses of treatment for

endodontic diseases, management of pulpal pathology of permanent teeth. The laboratory

part trains the student in procedures locating preparing and filling the root canals of human

teeth.


Describe the pulpally involved teeth. Suggest management of pulpal pathology of permanent tooth. Identify the patient who needs endodontic treatment. Illustrate access cavity of pulpally involved teeth on extracted teeth. Locate, prepare and fill the root canals of human teeth. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff. Describe treatment for complex forms of endodontics.

Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Patient Education Practicing access cavity & Instrumentation

Week 2 When & how to refer Practicing access cavity & Instrumentation

Week 3 Pulpal responses to caries & dental procedures

Practicing access cavity & Instrumentation

Week 4 Pulpal responses to caries & dental procedures; Microbiology in endodontics

Demonstration on Obturation

Week 5 Microbiology in endodontics Practicing access cavity Instrumentation & Obturation


Week 6 Immunology in endodontics

Week 7

Immunology in endodontics; Local anesthesia in endodontics; Calcium hydroxide in endodontics (Seminar 1)

Week 8 Local anesthesia in endodontics; Endodontic Medicaments (Seminar 2)


Week 9 Diagnosis in endodontics; Endodontic Microscope (Seminar 3)

Practicing access cavity Instrumentation & Obturation

Week 10 Diagnosis in endodontics; Laser in endodontics (Seminar 4)

Week 11 Treatment plan in endodontics; Single implant VS RCT (Seminar 5)

Week 12 Treatment plan in endodontics; Single endodontics (Seminar 6)

Week 13 Emergency treatment in endodontics

Week 14

Week 15 Review


Assessment



Attendance 5


Presentation 10

Quizzes 10




Total

100


Fixed Prosthodontics – II

Course Title

Fixed Prosthodontics – II (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

FPR 302

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

FPR 301

Faculty Dr. Nabeel Safwat Mohammed Al Nahass

Course Description

This is the second course in the series of fixed partial denture in which the students are

provided with more information on restoration of compromised teeth, crowns, fixed partial

denture, and operative dentistry. The students start preclinical fixed partial denture to be

ready for the preceding clinical courses. It continues with knowledge on proper patient

examination, evaluation and treatment plan with emphasis on diagnostic considerations,

preliminary therapy and treatment sequencing and execution of fundamental procedural

techniques.


Identify patients who need fixed partial denture. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret

medical, social and dental history, how to conduct radiographic examination for fixed

partial dentures. Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan

based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics. Prepare fixed partial prosthesis (crowns and bridges). Make casts and other records that are required for use in the laboratory fabrication

of dental prostheses and appliances. Design dental prostheses, write a laboratory work authorization, and evaluate

laboratory prostheses and appliances. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Review on principles of Fixed Prosthodontics

Week 2-3 Continued practices of the previously taken subjects

Week 4-5 Patient examination

Week 6-7 Treatment planning


Week 8-9 Diagnostic considerations and preliminary therapy

Week 10 Restoration of compromised teeth

Week 11-13 Replacement of missing teeth using crowns and bridges

Week 14-15 Interaction between Fixed Prosthodontics and Operative Dentistry, Endodontics,

Periodontics and Removable Prosthodontics


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 10

Quizzes 10





Total 100


Removable Prosthodontics – II

Course Title Removable Prosthodontics – II (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

RPR 302

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

RPR 301

Faculty Dr. Shakeel

Course Description

This course is a continuation of the Removable Prosthodontics I. It continues with

knowledge on proper patient examination, evaluation and treatment plan with emphasis on

partial denture diagnosis and treatment planning, basic principles of partial denture design,

fabrication and function and repair. Practical work includes fabrication of removable partial

dentures.


Enumerate the types and describe composition of partial dentures. Identify the patient who needs dentures. Enumerate clinical and laboratory steps for construction of removable partial

dentures. Demonstrate knowledge of Forces acting on partial denture and principles of design. Know indications of Temporary P.D. Make casts and other records that are required for use in the laboratory fabrication

of dental prostheses and appliances. Also, design dental prostheses, write a laboratory work authorization, and evaluate laboratory prostheses and appliances.

Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff. Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Introduction

Week 2 Objectives of partial dentures

Week 3 Indications, contraindications & objectives of removable partial dentures

Week 4 Classifications of removable partial dentures


Week 5 Biomechanics of partial denture

Week 6 Components of removable partial dentures

Week 7 Surveying

Week 8 Major & Minor connectors


Week 9 Rests & rest seats

Week 10 Direct retainers

Week 11 Indirect retainers, denture base and teeth

Week 12 Stress breakers

Week 13 Principles of RPD design

Week 14 Temporary Partial Denture

Week 15 Clinical and lab procedures for construction of RPD


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 10

Quizzes 10





Total 100


Periodontics – I

Course Title

Periodontics – I (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

PER 302

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

OHI 201

Faculty Dr. Sweta Prabhu

Course Description




disorders. This course covers epidemiology, classification, etiology and pathology of

gingival, periodontal diseases as well as other related diseases of the periodontium. It also

covers prevention, diagnosis and treatment planning, plaque control, and patient oral health

maintenance.


Describe the fundamentals of Periodontology. Discuss the epidemiology, classification, etiology of different gingival diseases. Report on classification, etiology pathology, etiology, and periodontal diseases. Compare between the pathology, etiology of gingival and periodontal diseases. Design treatment plan for periodontal diseases. Discuss prevention, diagnosis and treatment planning, plaque control. Discuss the role of dentist in patient oral health maintenance. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.

Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Fundamentals of Periodontics Fundamentals of Periodontics

Week 2 Alveolar Bone Cementum Dental Indices

Week 3 Gingival, Periodontal Ligament DMFT Index / Scaling and Root Planning

Week 4 Dental Plaque Oral hygiene Index / Scaling and Root Planning


Week 5 Calculus Oral hygiene Index simplified / Scaling and Root Planning

Week 6 Stages of Gingivitis Plaque Index / Scaling and Root Planning

Week 7 Clinical features of Gingivitis Gingival Index / Scaling and Root Planning

Week 8 Plaque control - Mechanical Preclinical Evaluation


Week 9 Plaque control - Chemical Russells Periodontal Index / Scaling and Root Planning

Week 10 Gingival Enlargements CPITN Index / Scaling and Root Planning

Week 11 Halitosis Scaling and Root Planning

Week 12 Seminar Presentations Scaling and Root Planning

Week 13 Seminar Presentations

Week 14 Desquamative Gingivitis (GD) Acute Gingival Infections (Group Discussion); Scaling and Root Planning

Week 15 Revision of Lectures Review of Indices / Scaling


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total

100


Orthodontics – II

Course Title

Orthodontics – II (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

ORT 302

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

ORT 301

Faculty Dr. Yohan Verghese

Course Description

This is the second course in the series of orthodontic courses providing the students with

more experience about orthodontics. It provides knowledge on the evaluation, prevention

and treatment planning for the common cases encountered by the general practitioner. It

also covers the biomechanical principles and the selection of the most proper appliances.

The practical skills gained in this course by fabrication of orthodontic appliances make the

students ready for the first clinical orthodontic course.


Identify the problem of retention and relapse after orthodontic treatment.

Describe the different types of orthodontic appliances.

Prepare orthodontic appliances.

Prepare orthodontic wires and acrylics.

Select the most appropriate appliance for a patient with malocclusion.

Explain the biochemical principles of orthodontic procedures.

Describe management of patients with malocclusion. Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Straight wire appliance

Transpalatal arch Week 2 Straight wire appliance

Week 3 Biology of Tooth movement

Week 4 Biology of Tooth movement Habit breaking appliance

Week 5 Biology of Tooth movement Habit breaking appliance


Week 6 Retention & Relapse Habit breaking appliance

Week 7 Orthodontic Wires Hawleys clinical

Week 8 Orthodontic Wires Lingual Arch


Week 9 Biomechanics Lingual Arch

Week 10 Surgical Orthodontics Lingual Arch

Week 11 Surgical Orthodontics Practical exam

Week 12 Surgical Orthodontics Cephalometrics

Week 13 Arch expansion Practical exam

Week 14-15 Arch expansion Model Analysis


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 10

Quizzes 10





Total 100


Community Dentistry – I

Course Title

Community Dentistry – I

Course Code

CDE 302

Credit Hour

1

Semester


Prerequisites

None

Faculty Dr. Sughu Malayil Koshy

Course Description

This course will discuss the relevance of community dentistry/dental public health in dental

practice, concepts of health and need, general epidemiology and epidemiology of the

common oral diseases, different oral health problems at community level, nationally and

internationally.


Understand the relevance of community Dentistry/Dental Public health to clinical practice

Be familiar with the sciences & disciplines in Dental Public Health & core themes in Dental Public Health Practice

Understand the dimensions of Health, Disease, Illness and different views on health

Identify the tools of measurements in epidemiology & methods of screening

Understand the basics of epidemiological studies. (This will be discussed in detail in the Research Methodology module)

Apply the common indices for measuring dental diseases

Familiarize the factors effecting the prevalence of dental diseases & conditions

Understand the implications of the increasing levels of dental disease treatment & approaches to prevention

Course Objectives: The Student will be able to

Define Dental Public Health & identify the links between clinical practice & Dental Public Health/Community Dentistry.

Discuss the gap between professional and lay concepts of need

Outline the influence the concept of health may have on need and service use

Describe the differences between Epidemiology & Clinical Practice & apply the use of common dental indices in epidemiology

Relate the factors effecting the prevalence of the diseases & condition in the UAE

Discuss the implications of the increasing levels of diseases treatment & approaches to prevention

Identify preventive approaches


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Introduction to Principles of Community Dentistry / Dental Public Health

Week 2 Health & Disease

Week 3 Introduction to the principles of Epidemiology

Week 4 Tool of measurements in Epidemiology

Week 5 Concept of causation & epidemiological studies

Week 6 Tooth numbering and Indices in Epidemiology- I

Week 7 Indices in Epidemiology- ll

Week 8 Indices in Epidemiology-III


Week 9 Epidemiology of Oral Diseases - Dental Caries -I

Week 10 Epidemiology of oral diseases Dental caries-II

Week 11 Epidemiology of Oral Diseases - Oral Cancer- I

Week 12 Epidemiology of Oral Diseases – Periodontal diseases 1

Week 13 Epidemiology of Oral Diseases - Periodontal Diseases -II

Week 14 Epidemiology of Oral Diseases & Disorders- Dental Trauma

Week 15 Epidemiology of Oral Diseases & Disorders- Malocclusion, Fluorosis




Attendance 5


Presentation 15

Quizzes 15


Total 100


Local Anesthesia

Course Title

Local Anesthesia (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

LAN 302

Credit Hour

1

Semester


Prerequisites

ANA 102, HPH 102

Faculty Prof. Mohamed Said Hamed, Dr. V Sreenivas Prasad

Course Description

This course covers the fundamentals of anesthesia, nerve conduction and pharmacology,

safe and efficient administration of anesthetic agents. These information help students in

suggestion of the most appropriate anesthetic agent according to each case.


Enumerate the various anesthetic agents, their combinations, and the role of each. Describe nerve conduction in the oral cavity. Select the appropriate anesthetic agent and techniques to achieve local anesthesia

for dental procedure. Illustrate the techniques for administrating local anesthetics. Identify the causes of differences between patient responses to local anesthetics. Prevent, recognize and manage potential complications related to local anesthesia. Recognize the common signs, symptoms and etiologies, management of patient's

pain and /or anxiety. Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of local anesthesia

Week 2-3 Nerve conduction in the orofacial area

Week 3-4 Pharmacology of anesthetic agents

Week 5-6 Combinations of anesthetic agents

Week 7 Administration methods of anesthetic agents



Week 9-10 Differences in individuals responses to anesthesia

Week 11-12 Side effects of anesthetic agents

Week 13-15 Management of drug side effects




Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100




Operative Dentistry – III

Course Title

Operative (Esthetic) Dentistry – III

Course Code

OPD 401

Credit Hour

2

Semester


Prerequisites

All Previous Courses

Faculty Dr. Arun Sekharan Devarajan

Course Description

This course is the first course in a series of operative clinical dentistry courses to give

students knowledge and clinical experience in restorative Dentistry. It provides the clinical

experience necessary for helping students in carrying out proper diagnosis and treatment

planning. It also covers topics fulfilling the esthetic demands of the patients and advanced

restorative dentistry.


Outline the principles of restorative dentistry.

Illustrate the didactic and clinical requirements of different restorations. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret

medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination. Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan

based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics. Compare between the different restorative materials. Apply Esthetic restoration and understand the esthetic demands of the patient. Demonstrate knowledge of Advanced Restorative Dentistry procedures.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Diagnosis


Week 4-6 The selection, manipulation, accuracy and adjustment of restorative materials

Week 7 All ceramic –full-coverage crowns, porcelain veneers, direct and indirect

composites, Amalgam, Glass ionomer



Week 9-10 Characterization and glazing of porcelain restoration and vital bleaching

procedures

Week 11 Esthetic restoration

Week 12 The Esthetic demands of the patient

Week 13-15 Advanced restorative dentistry


Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Endodontics –III

Course Title

Endodontics –III (Clinical)

Course Code

END 401

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Marwa Sharan, Dr. Praveen Kumar Shetty

Course Description

This is the first clinical course in the series of endodontics. This course introduces the

student to the clinical application of skills learned in the preclinical relevant courses. It

covers the clinical experience in diagnosis, treatment planning and endodontic patient

management under the supervision of faculty members. It covers the treatment of vital and

non vital pulp, tests for sterility of the root canal, drugs used in root canal therapy. It

provides students clinical experience in reimplantation, root resection, apexification, and

endodontic surgery to be ready for second and final clinical course.


Diagnose pulpally involved teeth.

Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination for patients requiring endodontic treatment.


Carry out Endodontic patient management under the supervision of faculty members.

Treat vital and non vital pulp under the supervision of faculty members.

Carry out tests for sterility of the root canal under the supervision of faculty members.

Identify drugs used in root canal therapy.

Carry out surgical endodontics under the supervision of faculty members.



Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of Endodontics

Week 2 Diagnosis of pulpally involved teeth


Week 5 Endodontic patient management

Week 6-7 Treatment of vital pulp


Week 9 Treatment non vital pulp

Week 10 Tests for sterility of the root canal

Week 11 Drugs used in root canal therapy

Week 12-14 Surgical Endodontics

Week 15 Reimplantation and root Resection


Assessment


Average of 2 Clinical Competency Examinations (CCE) 40



Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Fixed Prosthodontics – III

Course Title

Fixed Prosthodontics – III (Clinical)

Course Code

FPR 401

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Zuhdi Munzer Zuhdi Azzam, Dr. Nabeel Al Nahass

Course Description

This is the third course and the first clinical course in the series of fixed partial denture. It

offers more knowledge on prosthodontics and the first clinical experience in this field. This

course introduces the student to the clinical application of skills learned in the preclinical

relevant courses. In this course the student provides fixed partial denture care under faculty

supervision. Students perform simple clinical cases and accomplish all laboratory procedures

associated with the treatment fixed partial denture cases. This course exposes the student

to the interaction with the professional dental laboratory technician. It provides the

students with knowledge on implications of danger of ignoring tooth which needs

execution.


Perform diagnosis using radiography (week 1, 2) and "during the clinical management as well".

Identify the patient who need tooth execution.

Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination for fabrication of fixed partial dentures.


Restore single tooth defects.

Propose plan for monitoring and solving problems after tooth execution.



Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-2 Review of outcomes of previous courses

Week 3-4 Techniques of pain and anxiety control

Week 5-7 Techniques of tooth execution


Week 9-10 Results and management of improper tooth execution

Week 11-15 Follow up of patients who need Fixed Prostheses


Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Removable Prosthodontics – III

Course Title

Removable Prosthodontics – III (Clinical)

Course Code

RPR 401

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Shaju Philip

Course Description

This course provides the student with clinical experience needed for the diagnosis and

treatment planning necessary for the treatment of the partially and completely edentulous

patient. Students are required to directly deal with patients under the supervision of staff as

regards diagnosis, treatment planning, impression taking, recording centric occlusion, try-

ins, delivery and follow up of partial and complete dentures complaints.


Identify patient who needs partial or complete denture. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret

medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination required for removable partial and complete dentures.

Perform all clinical procedures required for construction of partial and complete dentures.

Perform delivery of partial and complete denture services and propose a plan for monitoring patient using denture.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-3 Review of fundamentals of Prosthodontics, Nature, need for, fabrication and use

of partial and complete dentures

Week 4-5 Diagnosis

Week 6-9 Treatment Planning

week 8 Mid Semester Examination

Week 10-13 Impression taking, recording centric occlusion, try-ins, and delivery

Week 14-15 Partial and complete dentures complaints



Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Periodontics – II

Course Title

Periodontics – II (Clinical)

Course Code

PER 401

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Sweta Suhas Prabhu

Course Description




disorders. This course covers diagnosis of acute periodontal conditions, early onset

periodontitis, and diseases affecting the periodontium, management of periodontal

disease, ultrasonic instrumentation and regeneration of periodontium. Laboratory part

provides student the training necessary for removal of calculus, root planning and polishing

of teeth on manikins. These information and experiences prepare the students for the

preceding clinical course.


Describe the fundamentals of Periodontology.

Discuss the epidemiology of different periodontal diseases.

Report on pathology, etiology, assessment of etiological factors and preventive of

plaque and calculus.

Illustrate color changes, probing, and root surface instrument care for periodontal

diseases.

Design treatment plan for periodontal diseases.

Illustrate the use of ultrasonic instrumentation and regeneration of periodontium.

Perform removal of calculus, root planning and polishing of teeth on manikins.



Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of Periodontology

Week 2 Diagnosis of periodontal conditions

Week 3 Early onset periodontitis

Week 4-5 Diseases affecting the periodontium

Week 6-8 Ultrasonic instrumentation


Week 9-10 Regeneration of periodontium

Week 11 Removal of calculus

Week 12 Root planning

Week 13-15 Polishing of teeth on manikins, Color changes Probing, root surface

instrumentation, calculus removal, and probing exercises


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 10

Quizzes 10





Total 100


Oral Surgery – II

Course Title

Oral Surgery – II (Clinical)

Course Code

OSR 401

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Prof. Mohamed Said Hamed

Course Description

The clinical program in oral surgery is intended to give the students a standard clinical

experience in office surgical procedures and problems associated therewith. This is the

second course in a series of oral surgery courses for offering clinical skills in oral surgery.

This course is concerned with reviewing patients' charts to determine routine surgical

procedures, surgery of impacted teeth, soft tissue surgical procedures, hard tissue surgical

procedure, and clinical uses of anaesthetic agents, antibiotics, nitrous oxide and analgesics.

The clinical part includes teeth extraction and removal of roots under supervision of faculty

members. These skills prepare the students for the more advanced clinical courses,

extramural practicum and internship.


Assess and review hospital charts of patients.

Practice interaction with medical college for patients and explain approaches for

consultations.

Practice oral surgery under supervision of residents and staff.

Practice root removal, minor soft and other hard tissue surgery under supervision of

residents of staff.

Suggest a plan for follow up of these cases.

Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan

based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics.

Appreciate, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-2 Review of patients' charts to determine routine surgical procedures

Week 3 Infection control to patients and staff

Week 4 Clinical uses of anesthetic agents, antibiotics, nitrous oxide and analgesics

Week 5-7 Surgical Extraction of teeth


Week 9-10 Soft tissue surgical procedures

Week 11 Hard tissue surgical procedure

Week 12-15 Removal of roots under supervision


Assessment



Performance of Acceptable Number of Patient Experiences (ANPE) 20


Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Oral Diagnosis

Course Title

Oral Diagnosis (Clinical)

Course Code

ODG 401

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Sura Ali, Dr. Santana Natarajan

Course Description

This clinical course enables the student to take patient history, conduct complete regional,

extra- and intra- oral examination; obtain appropriate diagnostic tests including

radiographs, obtain medical advice and reach conclusions regarding patients’ health status.

Also, it offers knowledge, on treatment planning, principles associated with diagnostic

methods and data analysis followed by treatment planning of various orofacial diseases.

Communication skills and aids are used for presentations.


Describe the techniques used for oral physical examination. Discuss the techniques used for the collection of diagnostic data. Determine a diagnosis and develop a problem list of conditions and disorders

requiring management. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret

medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination, and distinguish between normal and pathological hard and soft tissue abnormalities of the orofacial area.

Design a protocol for oral physical examination. Design a technique for collection of diagnostic data. Prescribe, in consultation with other health care professionals, clinical, laboratory or

diagnostic procedures required for proper dental or medical management of the patient.


Assess the risks of radiation and the benefits of radiographic procedures, also select, take and process the most appropriate radiography.

Propose a plan for data analysis, correlation, and prognosis of dental diseases. Evaluate problems resulting from dental and oro-facial diagnosis.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-2 Fundamentals of diagnosis and treatment of orofacial diseases

Week 3 Patient history

Week 4 Complete regional extra- and intra- oral examination

Week 5-6 Appropriate diagnostic tests including radiographs

Week7 Techniques of oral physical examination


Week 9-10 Techniques for collection of diagnostic data

Week 11-12 Techniques for oral treatment and fundamental problems of orofacial diseases

Week 13 Data analysis, correlation and prognosis



Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Orthodontics – III

Course Title

Orthodontics – III (Clinical)

Course Code

ORT 401

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Sameer Kumar, Dr. Yohan

Course Description

This is the first clinical course in the series of orthodontics, in which the students start their

knowledge, skills and experience in clinical orthodontic and carry out diagnosis and

management of orthodontic problems. The course covers diagnosis, radiological and clinical

examinations of selected cases, orthodontic study models, photographs and cephalometric

evaluation, preparation of treatment plans with limited treatment of orthodontic problems

encountered in the general practice.


Perform diagnosis and management of malocclusion.

Perform radiological and clinical examination, orthodontic study model fabrication,

photographs, cephalometric and cast evaluation under supervision.

Prepare independently, the required materials.

Evaluate patients for the effectiveness of treatment.

Monitor treatment of orthodontic problems. Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-3 Diagnosis of mixed dentition and adult cases

Week 4 Prevention and early Intervention

Week 5 Documentation

Orthodontic chart

Week 6-7 Orthodontic study models

Radiological investigations



Week 9 Clinical examinations of selected cases

Week 10 Photographs and cephalometric evaluations

Week 11 Preparation of treatment plan

Week 12-14 Limited treatment of orthodontic problems encountered in the general practice

Week 12-15 Encountered in the general practice

Monitoring of patients


Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Oral Radiology – II

Course Title

Oral Radiology – II (Clinical)

Course Code

ORD 401

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Santana Natarajan

Course Description

This is the second course in the series of oral radiology courses. It is designed to offer

proper use of equipments, infection control and quality assurance methods, application of

different intra-oral radiographic techniques with related positioning of the patients and

using auxiliary devices for positioning, and evaluation of radiographs under supervision of

staff. These skills help students in performing radiological investigations, assessing the risks

of radiation and the benefits of radiographic procedures, also select, take and process the

most appropriate radiography. Students will be shown how to obtain intra and extra oral

films including periapicals, occlusal films and also will be introduced to panoramic

radiography, TMJ imaging techniques and other imaging modalities. Clinical experience

optimizes patient and staff communication.


Be completely familiar with the equipments and procedures.

Prepare the equipments for taking radiographs.

Illustrate the protocols for using equipments with application of quality assurance.

Describe proper positioning.

Perform periapical, bitewing, occlusal, and panoramic radiographs.

Evaluate radiographs.

Identify developmental anomalies and pathology by radiographs.

Prescribe radiography for the proper dental management of the patient.

Assess the risks and benefits of radiology.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Review the previous courses of Radiology

Week 2 Proper techniques for radiographic equipment

Week 3 Proper protocols for radiographic equipment

Week 4-6 Intra-oral radiographic techniques with related positioning of the patients

Week 7 Using auxiliary devices for positioning, and evaluation of radiographs under supervision of staff


Week 9-10 Obtaining occlusal films and panoramic radiographs

Week 11-12 TMJ imaging techniques

Week 13 Appropriate quality assurance methods for radiology

Week 14 Identification of developmental anomalies by radiography

Week 15 Identification of pathological problems by radiography


Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Preventive Dentistry

Course Title

Preventive Dentistry (Pre-clinical)

Course Code

PDN 401

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Shaima Aly Wahba Al-Farag

Course Description

This course covers the principles and techniques of infection control, dental hygiene with

emphasis on preventive dental care programs; laboratory and preclinical experience in

techniques of complete oral prophylaxis services, principles and methods for teaching and

motivating patients to practice effective oral health care, role and use of fluorides in

preventive dentistry, role of sealants in preventive dentistry.


Discuss the fundamentals of preventive dentistry. Describe the biology of oral cavity. Explain causes of oral cavity infection. Identify the methods used to prevent oral cavity infection. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff. Discuss the role and use of fluorides in preventive dentistry. Discuss the role and use of sealants in preventive dentistry. Develop the dentist role in preventive dentistry. Illustrate the most advanced technologies in preventive dentistry.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of preventive dentistry

Week 2 Principles and techniques of dental hygiene

Week 3 Preventive dental care programs

Week 4-5 Laboratory and preclinical experience in techniques of complete oral prophylaxis services


Week 6-7 Principles and methods for teaching and motivating patients to practice effective oral health care , Role and use of fluorides in preventive dentistry


Week 9 Role of sealants in preventive dentistry

Week 10 Role of dentist in preventive dentistry

Week 11-13 The most recent advances in preventive, hygienic dentistry

Week 14-15 Understanding, selection, usage and monitoring infection control to patients and

staff


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100




Endodontics – IV

Course Title

Endodontics – IV (Clinical)

Course Code

END 402

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

END 401

Faculty Dr. Marwa Sharaan, Dr. Praveen Shetty

Course Description

This course is a continuation of Endodontics III for more experience and skills in

endodontics. The course covers pulpal and periapical emergencies and differential diagnosis

of the pulpal pathology as well as understanding the advanced endodontic concepts

including endodontic-Periodontics relationship. The students must carry out independently,

diagnosis and treatment as well as follow up of the patients to assess the effectiveness of

treatment.


Manage independently pulpal pathology of permanent teeth. Identify the patient who needs root canal therapy. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret

medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination for patients requiring endodontic treatment.

Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics for pulpally involved teeth.

Use independently hand root canal therapy. Describe automated nickel-titanium root canal instrumentation. Evaluate the cases treated by root canal or automated nickel-titanium root canal

therapy. Propose plans for follow up and management of problems arising from root canal

therapy. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.


Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Review of principles of Endodontic (Endo adjunct)

Root canal Treatment on patients

Week 2 Review of principles of Endodontic (Endo Perio)

Week 3 Diagnosis of complicated cases (Endo Perio)

Week 4 Diagnosis of complicated cases (Tooth Fractures)

Week 5 Treatment Planning (Oro Facial Pain)

Week 6

Week 7 Hand root canal instrumentation; Seminar 1: Hand root canal instrumentation Technique


Week 9 Hand root canal instrumentation; Seminar 3: Effect of age & systematic health on endodontic

Root canal Treatment on patients

Week 10 Various Instrumentations for Endodontics; Seminar 4: Recent advances in Obturation

Week 11 Various Instrumentations for Endodontics; Seminar 5: Retrograde Filling Materials

Week 12 Various Instrumentations for Endodontics (Evaluation of teeth with previous root canal therapy)

Week 13 Evaluation of teeth with previous root canal therapy (Surgical Endodontics)

Week 14 Surgical Endodontics

Week 15 Surgical Endodontics




Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100


Periodontics – III

Course Title

Periodontics – III (Clinical)

Course Code

PER 402

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

PER 401

Faculty Dr. Sweta Prabhu

Course Description




disorders. During this clinical course, the student can adequately diagnose the patients with

periodontal condition and provide instructions to patients for plaque control and treatment

of an acceptable number of patients by scaling and root planning for gingivitis and mild to

moderate cases of Periodontics. These procedures are carried out under faculty supervision.


Diagnose the patients with periodontal conditions under faculty supervision. Perform treatment of mild cases under supervision of staff.

Practice patient performed disease control measure.

Illustrate early and moderate forms of periodontal diseases.

Propose monitoring plan for the effectiveness of treatment.

Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan

based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics.

Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret

medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination for

patients with periodontal diseases.


Assess a patient's dietary intake and oral hygiene status in order to promote oral

health.


Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Fundamentals of Periodontics Demonstration of hand & ultrasonic scanning

Week 2 The Treatment planning Demonstration of Periodontal case history recording

Week 3 Prognosis Scaling & Root planning

Week 4 Systemic influences on Periodontium Scaling & Root planning

Week 5 Endodontic Periodontic relationship Scaling & Root planning

Week 6 Hematologic influences on Periodontium Diagnosis of Periodontal conditions / Scaling Root Planning

Week 7 Periodontal Medicine Diagnosis of Periodontal conditions / Scaling Root Planning


Week 9 Trauma from Occlusion Diagnosis of Periodontal conditions / Scaling Root Planning

Week 10 Critical issues in Periodontics Scaling Root Planning

Week 11 Controversies in Periodontics Clinical Evaluation

Week 12 Review of Clinical cases Review of Clinical cases

Week 13 Review of Clinical cases / Case presentation

Clinical Evaluation

Week 14 Review of Lectures Scaling Root Planning

Week 15 Case Discussions Review of Clinical cases


Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Oral Surgery – III

Course Title

Oral Surgery – III (Clinical)

Course Code

OSR 402

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

OSR 401

Faculty Prof. Mohammed Said Hamid, Dr. Sreenivas Prasad

Course Description

This course completes the series of Oral Surgery courses whereby students learn reviewing

of hospital charts, perform and obtain consultations, interact with medical colleges. The

theoretical part covers the preparation of mouth for dentures; provide care to medically

compromised patients, interpretation of radiographs, management of emergency cases and

procedures for surgical root removal. The clinical part includes minor soft, hard tissue

surgical procedures, practicing of root removal and preparation of mouth for denture under

the direct supervision of the oral and maxillofacial surgical residents and attending staff.

The students throughout this course must gain experience, skills and self confidence

sufficient to carry out minor surgical cases. The students are prepared for practicing more

advanced surgery after graduation during internship.


Manage surgical procedure related to oral soft or hard tissues under supervision. Use radiology and appropriate diagnostic to identify problems in hard and soft

tissues. Practice non complicated surgery under supervision. Justify the selection of local intravenous anesthesia. Propose a plan for patient monitoring. Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan

based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff. Know the future and current advances and trends of oral surgical procedures.


Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Radiological Interpretation Demonstration of extraction and Local Anesthesia; Familiarizing radiographic interpretation for dental extraction

Week 2 Management of Dental patients who are medically compromised I

Clinical demonstration and monitoring / evaluating the routine extraction procedures done by students

Week 3 Management of Dental patients who are medically compromised II

Week 4 Management of Maxillofacial trauma I

Week 5 Dent alveolar injuries II

Week 6 Fracture Mandible Clinical demonstration and monitoring / evaluating the routine extraction procedures done by students and performing minor extraction procedure along with the students assistance

Week 7 Class Test / Cystic lesions of the jaws


Week 9 Inhalation Anesthesia

Clinical demonstration and monitoring / evaluating the routine extraction procedures done by students and performing minor extraction procedure along with the students assistance. Familiarizing open method extraction under Local Anesthesia

Week 10 Inhalation Anesthesia

Week 11 Presentation

Week 12 Antibiotics used in Maxillofacial surgery

Week 13

Week 14 Nonodontogenic tumours

Week 15 Odontogenic tumours


Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Removable Prosthodontics – IV

Course Title Removable Prosthodontics – IV (Clinical)

Course Code

RPR 402

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

RPR 401

Faculty Dr. Shaju Philip

Course Description

This course is a continuation of the clinical experiences gained in the previous relevant

courses concerning the diagnosis, treatment planning, advanced laboratory procedures and

clinical phases of removable prosthodontic therapy. It covers advanced procedures with

emphasis on jaw relation registration and complex cases involving severely resorbed

alveolar ridges. It optimizes the knowledge of students and the experience of clinical

prosthodontics. They can carry out partial or complete denture independently.


Fabricate independently partial and complete dentures. Make casts and other records that are required for use in the laboratory fabrication

of dental prostheses and appliances. Also, design dental prostheses, write a

laboratory work authorization, and evaluate laboratory prostheses and appliances. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret

medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination for

patients requiring complete or partial dentures. Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan

based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics. Perform follow up and propose plan for solving denture problems. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.


Weekly Time Table


Week 1-2 Diagnosis, Treatment planning for partial & complete Denture patient

Removable complete Denture / Removable partial Denture

Week 3-4 Advance Laboratory procedures for partial & complete Denture patients

Week 5-6

Jaw relation registration, waxing up, mounting, setting of teeth & processing of dentures for partial & complete denture patients; Seminar: Articulator & Teeth selection

Week 7

Jaw relation registration, waxing up, mounting, setting of teeth & processing of dentures for partial & complete denture patients; Seminar: Gypsums used in Dentistry

Week 8 Complex cases involving severely alveolar ridges; Seminar: Surveying and Rebasing


Week 9 Complex cases involving severely alveolar ridges; Seminar: Face Bow

Removable complete Denture / Removable partial Denture

Week 10 Complex cases involving severely alveolar ridges; Seminar: Relining & Mouth preparation

Week 11-15 Delivery, follow up & monitoring of complaints for complete & partial dentures


Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Operative Dentistry – IV

Course Title

Operative Dentistry – IV

Course Code

OPD 402

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

OPD 401

Faculty Dr. Arun Sekharan Devarajan

Course Description

This clinical course is a continuation of the Operative Dentistry courses. It equips the students with the skills to properly diagnose, form a treatment plan and perform a number of esthetic procedures with appropriate materials in the context of comprehensive care. New concepts in esthetic dentistry are applied in this course and involve more than merely providing porcelain veneers to patients. It encompasses a broad approach to the total esthetic needs of the patient. The intention is to share new information with students as it becomes available.


Describe the new materials and procedures of cosmetic dentistry and necessary armamentarium.

Demonstrate basic principles of various methods used for bleaching the teeth. Explain the causes of an unaesthetic and ugly smile and how to treat esthetic

problems, presenting treatment methods clearly and in step by step fashion, different techniques, variations for unusual cases and other treatment considerations.

Describe the principles and techniques of making veneers. Describe the treatment of esthetic problems, different treatment methods,

technique variations for unusual cases and other treatment considerations. Discuss esthetic restorative dentistry and its basis in the principles of biocompatibility

of the materials used, minimizing tissue damage and maximizing the longevity of restoration.

Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Introduction to cosmetic dentistry Class I & II Composite / Amalgam Restorations Week 2

Etiology of tooth surface loss, discolored teeth, diastema, irregularities, and other problems


Week 3 Management of discoloured teeth by bleaching techniques in restorative dentistry: Home bleaching

Week 4

Management of discoloured teeth by bleaching techniques in restorative dentistry: Home bleaching: Power bleaching / Professional bleaching

Week 5 Treatment Planning

Week 6 Treatment Planning; Resin based Composite Resins

Class I, II, III, IV & V preparations to receive composite restorations

Week 7 Veneers – Direct Composite Veneers Direct composite Veneering using Layering Technique

Week 8 Veneers - Porcelain laminate veneers Fabrication of Bleaching Tray


Week 9 Minimal Invasive Dentistry Four handed Dentistry clinical demonstration

Week 10 Bonding: Chipped or slightly decayed teeth using bonded composite resins

Class I, II, III, IV & V preparations to receive composite restorations; Fabrication of Bleaching Tray; Direct Veneering using composites

Week 11 Bonding: Spaces (diastema), Change color and shape

Class I, II, III, IV & V preparations to receive composite restorations

Week 12 Biomaterials – Esthetics & Principles of use

Week 13 Biomaterials – Concepts, Types of different materials

Week 14 Biomaterials – Clinical approach to technique and manipulation

Week 15 Revision / Additional Topics


Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Fixed Prosthodontics – IV

Course Title

Fixed Prosthodontics – IV (Clinical)

Course Code

FPR 402

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

FPR 401

Faculty Dr. Nabeel Al Nahass, Dr. Zuhdi Munzer Zuhdi Azzam

Course Description

This is the fourth course in a series of courses of fixed partial denture and the second and final course of clinical series. This course covers clinical application of knowledge and skills for diagnosis and treatment planning and fabrication of more advanced cast restorations that will function in a biological environment. The student is expected to manage their clinical treatment procedure with progressively less supervision and assistance from the faculty. The student must follow up the patients, and assess the effectiveness of treatment.


Identify patients who need fixed partial denture. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret

medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination for fixed partial denture patients.


Make casts and other records that are required for use in the clinical and laboratory fabrication of dental prostheses and appliances. Also, design dental prostheses, write a laboratory work authorization, and evaluate laboratory prostheses and appliances.

Follow up patients. Suggest solutions for problems facing patients. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-3 Clinical application of knowledge and skills for diagnosis of diseases

Week 4-6 Treatment planning and fabrication of more advanced cast restorations

Week 7 Clinical treatment procedures


Week 9 Clinical treatment procedures

Week 10-11 Follow up

Week 12-14 Fabrication of precision cast restoration

Week 15 Complaints


Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total

100


Orthodontics – IV

Course Title

Orthodontics – IV (Clinical)

Course Code

ORT 402

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

ORT 401

Faculty Dr. Sameer Kumar, Dr. Yohan Varghese

Course Description

This course is a continuation of the previous relevant courses for increasing experience in

diagnosis and treatment of orthodontic problems, with expected optimized improved

clinical judgment and an opportunity to review longitudinal results of treatment. The

student is expected to diagnose complex orthodontic problems requiring treatment by a

specialist.


Perform independent and complete diagnosis and management of malocclusion for

simple cases. Perform independent radiological and clinical examination, orthodontic study model

fabrication, photographs and cephalometric and cast evaluation. Evaluate patients for the effectiveness of treatment. Describe surgical orthodontic procedures.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-2 Review of the previous orthodontic courses

Week 3-5 Orthodontic problems in detail

Week 6-7 Clinical Diagnosis and treatment planning for mixed dentition cases, adolescents and adults


Week 9 Clinical Diagnosis and treatment planning for mixed dentition cases, adolescents and adults

Week 10 Introduction to surgical orthodontics

Week 11-15 Review longitudinal results of treatment



Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Oral Medicine

Course Title

Oral Medicine (Clinical)

Course Code

OME 402

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

GMD 202

Faculty Dr. Sura Ali Ahmed Fuoad Al-Bayati, Dr. Santana Natarajan

Course Description

This course is essential for offering students knowledge on orofacial diseases It provides

taxonomy, etiology pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of oral lesions due to systemic

diseases or fractures to allow dentist carry out diagnosis and treatment of these diseases.

This course includes the etiology and clinical signs and symptoms and management of

diseases of the oral mucosa in general it also covers the oral manifestations of systemic

diseases and how they affect the oral mucosa with special emphasis or common and serious

diseases such as leukemia, HIV/AIDS related oral lesions, diabetes, etc.


Illustrate the taxonomy of oral mucosal diseases. Account for epidemiology, etiology of oral mucosal diseases. Discuss the diagnosis of oral mucosal diseases. Design the treatment planning of oral mucosal diseases. Describe oral lesions due to oral fracture. Describe oral lesions due to systemic diseases. Propose follow-up for oral mucosal diseases. Illustrate the methods required for the preventive of oral mucosal diseases.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of oral mucosal dental diseases; Oral ulcers

Week 2-4 The oral manifestations of systemic diseases; Oral ulcers

Week 5 The oral manifestations of systemic diseases; Bleeding disorders

Week 6 Clotting disorders; Pigmented oral lesion

Week 7 Clotting disorders; Orofacial pain

Week 8 Oral Cancer; Orofacial pain


Week 9 Oral Cancer; Orofacial pain

Week 10 Granulomatous diseases

Week 11 Orofacial pain; Granulomatous diseases

Week 12 Orofacial pain; Red and white lesions

Week 13 Diseases of the tongue; Red and white lesions

Week 14-15 Diseases of the tongue


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100


Research Methodology

Course Title

Research Methodology

Course Code

RME 402

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

BIS 201

Faculty Prof. Elsheba Mathew, Dr. Shatha S Hamed Al Sharbatti,

Dr. Faheem Ahmed Khan, Dr. Rizwana B Shaikh

Course Description

The course is designed to cover general principles of research methodology. It is a fundamental course helping students use and evaluate research methodologies. Students will be able to evaluate the appropriateness of research methodologies designed to answer a research question or to test a hypothesis, select an appropriate statistical test, analyze the data, explain and evaluate the obtained results, and apply the results to decisions about research and practice. It introduces the issues and practice of critical appraisal and research methodology aiming to present the conceptual foundations and an understanding of the purposes of research methodology and critical appraisal. It will develop the ability of students to apply the principles of research to understand published research literature, formulate research proposals and undertake research. Students will be involved in research by carrying out research course work of the institution’s choice.


Analyze a research problem to identify types of variables and hypothesize relations among them.

Evaluate the adequacy of a literature review of a research problem.

Describe and explain the logic of research questions and hypotheses to study a research problem.

Evaluate the research design, sampling procedures and outcomes, adequacy and appropriateness of research methodologies to answer research questions or to test hypotheses.

Describe, explain, evaluate and design research methods to investigate a research problem.

Design, implement and evaluate the data analysis.

Analyze and evaluate the results of a study.

Compare/contrast and show links among results, discussion, and conclusions.

Evaluate the practical implications of a research study.

Develop a conceptual understanding of the range of research methods.

Apply appropriate research methodology.


Develop a conceptual understanding of the implications of research findings in clinical practice.

Carry out research course work of the institution’s choice.

Weekly Time Table


Week 1 Introduction to Research Methodology; Criteria of good Research questions

Formation of Groups, selection & finalization of topic

Week 2 Research Objective, Problem, and Hypotheses; Literature Review & Referencing

Making objectives, writing introduction & literature review assignment, Turnitin- plagiarism software workshop

Week 3 Tools for Data collection; Steps in writing Research protocol

Presentation of Topics & objectives

Week 4 Study Design; Descriptive studies Research Ethics – work on various tools

Week 5 Cohort study / Tools for Data collection; Case control study

Descriptive studies

Week 6 RCT Risk measurement and estimation

Week 7 Qualitative Research RCT


Week 9 Bias & Confounders Presentation of tool

Week 10-11 Review sampling & sample size estimation; Test statistics: t-test

Practical methods

Week 12 Class test; Review probability / review Chi-square

Practical Week 13 Advanced Statistics Meta Analysis

Week 14 Hypothesis testing – Biostatistics; Interval estimate

Week 15 ANOVA & Correlation ANOVA & Correlation


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100




Principles of Differential Diagnosis

Course Title

Principles of Differential Diagnosis (Clinical)

Course Code

PDG 501

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

All previous clinical courses

Faculty Dr. Sura Ali

Course Description

This course provides the proper sequences used to differentiate between diseases. It serves

to utilize relevant didactic and clinical information in the appropriate context. It emphasizes

the role of the dentist in developing appropriate comprehensive, prioritized, and sequenced

treatment plan based on evaluation of all relevant diagnostics with demonstrations of case

studies.


Discuss the objectives of differential diagnosis. Enumerate the various methods used for diagnosis of dental diseases. Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan

based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics. Describe the services needed to place subsequent didactic and clinical information in

the appropriate context. Prescribe clinical, lab and other diagnostics to differentiate between diseases and

insure proper dental management of the patient. Discuss the dentistry examination findings.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-3 Fundamentals of Differential diagnosis

Week 4-6 Role of the dentist in developing appropriate comprehensive prioritized, and

sequenced treatment plan based on evaluation of all relevant diagnostics

Week 7-10 Proper sequences used to differentiate between diseases



Week 11-12 Review of various methods used for diagnosis

Week 13-15 Demonstrations of cases


Assessment



Attendance 5


Presentation 15

Quizzes 15


Total

100


Clinical Occlusion

Course Title

Clinical Occlusion (Clinical)

Course Code

COC 501

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

POC 201

Faculty Dr. Nabeel Al Nahass, Dr. Omer Abu El-Ala

Course Description

This course completes with the relevant courses, especially principles of occlusion, the essential information and skills needed for dental occlusion. It reinforces the basic concepts of occlusion and integrates these concepts with the clinical situations that the students are experiencing. It also covers the diagnostic considerations, preliminary therapy and

treatment sequencing.


Assess dental occlusion. Diagnose and manage occlusal and temporomandibular disorders. Discover patients who have occlusion and temporomandibular disorders. Design treatment plan for patients with occlusion and temporomandibular disorders. Recommend a plan for monitoring the effectiveness of treatment.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Review of dental occlusion

Week 2-4 Diagnostic considerations, Mandibular movement

Week 5-6 Temporomandibular disorders

Week 7 Occlusal assessment



Week 13-15 Patient's management



Assessment





Oral Exam 20

Total 100


Periodontics – IV

Course Title

Periodontics – IV (Clinical)

Course Code

PER 501

Credit Hour 2

Semester


Prerequisites

PER 402

Faculty Dr. Sesha Reddy, Dr. Sweta Prabhu

Course Description




disorders. This course covers more advanced topics including management of periodontosis,

teeth mobility, splinting, general principles of surgical periodontics including preprosthetic

and plastic surgery, as well as occlusal therapy. The student gains experience in instructing

the patients to follow preventive oral hygiene measures as well as develop the skills to carry

out independently diagnosis, treatment and follow up of the patients.


Describe acute periodontal diseases. Illustrate early onset periodontitis or acute periodontal diseases. Clarify the correlation between HIV, diabetes and other diseases and periodontal

diseases. Demonstrate the treatment planning and monitoring of periodontal disease. Illustrate the use of ultrasonic instrument for treatment of periodontal diseases. Illustrate management of aggressive periodontitis. Discuss Teeth mobility and Splinting. Describe General principles of surgical periodontics including pre-prosthetic and

plastic surgery as well as occlusal therapy. Instruct the patients to follow preventive oral hygiene measures. Carry out independently diagnosis and treatment of periodontal diseases. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Review of fundamentals of Periodontology

Week 2-3 Advanced topics including management of aggressive periodontitis

Week 4 Teeth mobility

Week 5 Splinting

Week 6-7 General principles of surgical periodontics


Week 9-10 Preprosthetic and plastic surgery

Week 11-12 Occlusal therapy

Week 13-15 Treatment and follow up of the patients


Assessment





Total 100


Pediatric Dentistry – I

Course Title

Pediatric Dentistry – I (Clinical)

Course Code

PED 501

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

All Previous Clinical Courses

Faculty Dr. Shaima Aly Wahba Al-Farag, Dr. Walaa Mohamed Said

Course Description

This course represents the foundation for pediatric dentistry courses. It provides an introduction to numerous aspects of pediatric dental practice and treatment. These encompass child psychology, behavioral management, growth and development, cavity preparation and restoration of primary teeth, and the young permanent dentition, nutrition caries control, radiography, pulp therapy, stainless crowns, space maintenance, treatment of injuries, preventive orthodontics, risk assessment in Pediatric Dentistry including caries risk assessment, caries preventive strategies, radiation, periodontal risk assessment for children, risk assessment for traumatic injuries, anesthetic risk assessment, fluoride (safety and toxicity), dietary analysis and advice. Students manage children in the clinic with accent on caries preventive measures, cavity preparation and restoration, pulpotomy, tooth preparation and construction of stainless steel crowns.


Illustrate the fundamentals of pediatric dentistry and the dentition of children. Discuss the psychology, and behavior of children. Discuss the growth of children. Recognize and explain the problems of first teeth, dentition and caries. Identify and explain the problems of young permanent dentition, nutrition and dental

caries with pediatrics. Demonstrate pulp therapy and management of injuries for children. Appreciate current practices of preventive dentistry as the use of fluoride, diet

evaluation, instruction of child and parents in principles of good oral hygiene. Understand the method of administration of local anesthetics. Understand the use of rubber dam during operative procedures. Recognize indications for caries removal. Recognize the indications for placement of unfilled or filled resin. Gather the information for child's diet survey. Carry out pulp therapy, and management of injuries for children under supervision. Carry out cavity preparation under supervision and construction of stainless steel

crown.


Demonstrate knowledge of risk assessment in Pediatric Dentistry including caries risk assessment, caries preventive strategies, radiation, periodontal risk assessment for children, risk assessment for traumatic injuries, anesthetic risk assessment and fluoride (safety and toxicity).

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of pediatric dentistry

Week 2 An introduction to numerous aspects of pediatric dental practice and treatment

Week 3 Childhood psychology

Week 4 Behavioral management of children

Week 5 Growth and development of children

Week 6 Clinical management of dental children diseases

Week 7 Restoration of primary teeth


Week 9 Young permanent dentition

Children nutrition and caries control

Week 10 Diagnosis of dental diseases of children including radiology in details

Week 11 Pulp therapy for children

Week 12 Construction of stainless steel crowns

Week 13 Children and dentistry injuries and preventive orthodontics for children

Week 14-15

Risk assessment in Pediatric Dentistry: Caries risk assessment, caries preventive

strategies, radiation, periodontal risk assessment for children, risk assessment for

traumatic injuries, anesthetic risk assessment, fluoride (safety and toxicity),

dietary analysis and advice


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 10

Quizzes 10





Total 100


Medically Compromised Patients

Course Title

Medically Compromised Patients (Clinical)

Course Code

MCP 501

Credit Hour 1

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Sura Ali

Course Description

This course covers medical dental psychological and social problems of medically compromised patient and role of dentist in diagnosis and treatment of these patients. According to the nature of the medically compromised patients, each one may need special collection of the data, diagnosis and treatment planning. Also, the management of health care of these patients must be tailored according to the nature of each patient. This course is designed to provide the students information and experience to deal with these patients.


Illustrate the types of medically complex patients. Describe the nature of medically complex patients. Describe the implications of medically complex patients on collection of data,

diagnosis and treatment planning. Modify treatment plan for medically mentally or physically compromised or

challenged patients. Propose a plan for monitoring medically compromised patients.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of medically complex patients

Week 2 Types of medical complications

Week 3-4 Characters of patients of medically complex patients

Week 5-6 Definition and characters of medically compromised patients

Week 7 &9 Diagnosis of medically complex patients



Week 10-11 Oral health care of medically complex patients

Week 12-13 Role of dentist for medically complex patients

Week 14-15 Treatment planning for specific dental problems of medically complex patients


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100


Dental Practice Management

Course Title

Dental Practice Management (Clinical)

Course Code

DPM 501

Credit Hour 3

Semester


Prerequisites

None


Course Description

This course is a continuation of the previously taught course in ethical and medico legal

aspects of dentistry. It is primarily concerned with reviewing the previously taught principles

and standards of professional conduct and ethical behavior that apply to all dental

practitioners. This course also covers non dental legislation affecting dentists, including

inquests.


Determine the ethical and legal obligations of dental practitioners. Understand the structure and governance of the dental profession within UAE. Identify the legal and statutory requirements governing the delivery of dental care

including the National Health Service. Describe the basis of the law in relation to consent, negligence and confidentiality. Understand the non dental legislation affecting dentists, including inquests.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Review of Principles of ethics

Week 2 Management skills: keys for successful management; good communication,

delegate, teamwork, staff training, pay

Week 3 Hiring and firing staff

Week 4

Health and safety at work: hazards, risk, and risk assessment (mercury spillage, x-

rays, cross infection control, latex allergy, riddor, disposal of waste, Employer's

liability

Week 5 Financial management: delegation, bookkeeping, banking, budgeting, bad debts,

taxes, insurance, consumer credit act


Week 6 Marketing and advertising

Week 7 Practice leaflets: design and layout, sponsorship


Week 9 Computers and dental practice

Week 10 Independent and private practice: researching the market, business planning, fee

setting, types of independent practice, private dental schemes, complaints

Week 11 Vocational training: trainees, trainers, procedure, contract, community vocational

training, general professional training

Week 12 Audit and peer review

Week 13 Evidence based dentistry: clinical effectiveness, systematic reviews, meta analysis,

the Cochrane collaboration, clinical guidelines and governance

Week 14

Prevention of cross infection: immunization, medical and social history, gloves,

surgery design and equipment, cleaning and sterilization of instruments,

treatment of work surfaces, aerosols, disposal of sharps, laboratory items

Week 15 X-rays: the statutory regulations, processing, film faults and non Dental legislation

affecting dentists, including inquests


Assessment



Attendance 5


Presentation 15

Quizzes 15


Total

100


Hospital Dentistry

Course Title

Hospital Dentistry (Clinical)

Course Code

HDT 501

Credit Hour

3

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Prof. Mohamed Said Hamed, Dr. Nabeel Al Nahass (Anest/Med/Surg/ER)

Course Description

This course provides students with practical experiences for diagnosis, treatment and the

follow up of patients currently found in hospitals. It is essential for preparing students to

the internship phase. The students must practice active interaction with out- and in-

patients, facilities, activities, and health specialties. Presentations of students must illustrate

their capability for collection of patient information as chief complaints, general

examinations, medical history, dental history, social history, diagnostic measures and lab

tests. The students must discuss dental examinations, clinical lab tests and treatment plan

with senior dentists and hospital staff.


Practice communication with patients, staff and other health care providers. Make general evaluation of patient appearance and attitude. Identify patient's chief complaint. Obtain and interpret medical history, social history, ROS, and dental history. Select and process the most appropriate radiology, as well as, other diagnostics. Discuss dentistry examination. Prescribe clinical, lab and other diagnostic procedures and tests. Design and modify treatment plan. Select appropriate anesthesia. Identify and solve common signs and symptoms of pain and anxiety. Practice infection control. Carry out various surgical dentistry procedures.


Treat and monitor periodontal diseases. Restore single tooth /defects. Manage patients with partial or complete tooth loss. Manage pulpal pathology of primary and permanent tooth. Assess a patient's dietary intake and oral hygiene status in order to promote oral

health. Use the available technologies. Demonstrate cases through presentations for complete management.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-3 Survey on different dental diseases

Week 4-5 Survey on diagnosis of dental diseases

Week 6-7 Survey on treatment planning of dental diseases


Week 9 Survey on facilities required for dentist

Week 10-15 Use presentations on cases collected from the hospital


Assessment



Attendance 5


Presentation 35

Quizzes 10


Total

100


Community Dentistry - II

Course Title Community Dentistry - II

Course Code CDE 501

Credit Hour 1

Semester Year – 5, Semester - 9

Prerequisites None


Course Description

This Course will discuss with the various activities carried out in the field of Community

Dentistry which includes Primary Health Care Approach, Prevention, Health education and

promotion, Pit and fissure sealants, Atraumatic Restorative Treatment (ART), Fluoride &

Dental health. This course will also include the study of Sociology, Social class &

Occupational classification, Family & Cultural factors in health & disease, their relevance in

Dental practice and the factors influencing the utilization and delivery of Dental Health Care

Services.


To understand the role of the dentist in preventing dental diseases & discuss the common risk factor approach.

To outline the principles of Primary Health Care Approach.

To identify & describe the role of the dentist in health promotion, health education, communication and apply in the dental practice.

To discuss the positive effects of the judicious use of fluorides on Dental Health.

To understand the concepts related to ART, Pit & fissure sealants and apply it in dental practice.

To be familiar with the concept of the dental team, identify different roles & function and work together to provide better dental care for the community.

To apply the psychological link between sociological knowledge to patient care and the broader context of patient’s lives.

Course Objectives:

Understand the newer concepts of prevention and identify the criteria for preventing a disease.

To be familiar with the principles do primary health approach for better service to the community

To identify the principles of health promotion, and apply the concept of health education in dental practice

Improve the communication skills


To understand the benefits of judicious artificial fluoridation on dental health & analyze the relevant evidences on this subject.

To identify ART as a restorative option for special groups in the community & the use of pit and fissure sealants as a preventive measure in targeted population (High risk strategy).

The understand the roles of the dentist & the dental auxiliaries for providing better dental care for the community

To be familiar with the influence of culture & family on health & disease to provide dental services in a multicultural environment.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Primary Health Care Approach

Week 2 Prevention

Week 3 Introduction to Health Promotion

Week 4 Health Education & Communication – 1

Week 5-7 Health Education – 2


Week 9 Fluorides & Dental Health and Dental Auxiliaries

Week 10 Atraumatic Restorative Treatment

Week 11 Pit & Fissure Sealants

Week 12 Sociology, Anthropology, Psychology & their relevance in dental practice & Community

Week 13 The Social class & Occupational classification

Week 14 Family & Cultural factors in health and disease

Week 15 The utilization and delivery of dental health care services within the healthcare system


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100




Comprehensive Dental Clinic

Course Title

Comprehensive Dental Clinic (Clinical)

Course Code

CDC 502

Credit Hour

3

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Prof. Mohamed Said Hamed, Dr. Nabeel Al Nahass, Dr. Sughu Koshy

Course Description

This course is essential to students to apply the fundamental principles of biomedical

sciences as they relate to the practice of general dentistry, apply the fundamental principles

of behavioural sciences, employ the interpersonal and communication skills, apply the

principles of ethical reasoning and professional responsibilities, practice continual learning

and self assessment, use critical thinking and problem solving, apply the contemporary

information technology in the practice, and manage oral care for geriatrics as a model for

comprehensive care. This helps students to understand the concept of comprehensive care

to help in its application for other areas of dental care. By this course provides the student

excellent opportunities to integrate and demonstrate their knowledge and skills. A result

student, develop a well-rounded global understanding dental care and improve their

readiness and preparedness to practice dentistry after graduation.


Illustrate the various diseases which have implications on dentistry. Express the proper methods used to optimize communication with patients to

identify their chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination, and distinguish between normal and pathological hard and soft tissue abnormalities of the orofacial area.

Illustrate the use of critical thinking and problem solving in the comprehensive care of patients as applied in complicated cases.

Illustrate the techniques used to show the professionalism as a guide for optimizing the relation with patients.

Illustrate the techniques used to show the professionalism as a guide for prescribing in consultation with other health care professionals, clinical, laboratory or diagnostic procedures required for proper dental or medical management of the patient.

Illustrate the role of interpersonal relation for assessing patient's dietary intake and


oral hygiene status in order to promote oral health. Demonstrate the role of adequate interactions with patients to recognize the

common signs, symptoms and etiologies, management of patient's pain and/or anxiety.

Recognize the application of management of oral health care for patients within the scope of general dentistry.

Apply contemporary information technology in the practice of dentistry. Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of comprehensive care program CCP

Week 2 The philosophy of CCP in training dental students

Week 3 Biomedical sciences as related to Dentistry

Week 4 Behavioral sciences as related to Dentistry

Week 5 The interpersonal and communication skills

Week 6 Individual CCP of patients for diagnosis, and treatment planning, periodontal,

endodontic, oral surgery, and restorative dental materials.

Week 7 Clinic utilization for geriatric dentistry


Week 9 Quality of care appropriate for geriatric dentistry

Week 10-15 The integration of clinical disciplines in the provision of comprehensive care is

carried out to meet the patient's needs


Assessment


Faculty Evaluation 30

Patient Management 20


Portfolios 10

Assignment 10

Total 100


Periodontics – V

Course Title

Periodontics – V (Clinical)

Course Code

PER 502

Credit Hour

2

Semester


Prerequisites

PER 501

Faculty Dr. Sesha Reddy

Course Description

This course is designed to introduce the students to basic surgical techniques available to

mange selected periodontal cases, gingivectomy, pocket eradication, periodontal flaps, etc.

The laboratory work is designed to help students in gaining limited hands-on preclinical

experience.


Describe dental alveolar infection and justify the removal of roots. Enumerate dental alveolar diseases. Practice root removal and prepare mouth for denture. Select local anesthetics, nitrous oxide and antibiotics. Performing ivectomy, pocket eradication, periodontal flaps. Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan

based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain and interpret

medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination for patients with periodontal disease.


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of surgical periodontitis

Week 2-3 Basic surgical techniques available to manage selected periodontal cases

Week 4 Review of Surgical periodontitis and gingivectomy

Week 5 Pocket eradication


Week 6-7 Periodontal flaps

Week 8 Review of Surgical periodontitis and MWF


Week 9 Review of Surgical periodontitis and MWF

Week 10 Review of Surgical periodontitis and OFC

Week 11 Review of Surgical periodontitis and APF

Week 12-14 Review of Surgical periodontitis and other selected cases

Week 15 Review of Surgical cases


Assessment



Performance of Acceptable Number of Patient Experiences (ANPE) 20


Total 100


Pediatric Dentistry – II

Course Title

Pediatric Dentistry – II (Clinical)

Course Code

PED 502

Credit Hour

3

Semester


Prerequisites

PED 501

Faculty Dr. Shaima Aly Wahba Al-Farag, Dr. Walaa Mohamed Said

Course Description

This course represents an extension to the previous Pediatric Dentistry course. Students

manage children in the clinic with accent on caries preventive measures, cavity preparation

and restoration, pulpotomy, tooth preparation, construction of stainless steel crowns, and

management of dental trauma under supervision. The course ensures continued clinical

training and further experience in the field of pediatric dentistry.


Discuss the fundamentals of Clinical pediatric dentistry. Develop approaches to explain psychology behavior, and growth of children on

advanced clinical basis. Carry out diagnosis and treatment planning of pulp and trauma management,

prevention and restorative dentistry, periodontology and oral surgery, tooth eruption and diastemas; crossbites and space maintenance; occlusion, cephalometrics and serial extraction independently.

Perform the radiological techniques used for diagnosing dental pediatric diseases independently.

Carry out diagnosis; provide treatment for typical child patient independently. Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1-2 Advanced pediatric dentistry

Week 3-4 Composite restoration

Week 5 Pulpotomy

Week 6 Fluoride applications


Week 7-8 Extractions


Week 9 Space maintainer

Week 10 Teeth filling

Week 11 Teeth fissure sealant

Week 12 Diagnosis including radiology

Week 13-14 Pulp therapy

Week 15 Children and dentistry injuries


Assessment





Total 100


Implantology

Course Title

Implantology (Clinical)

Course Code

IMP 502

Credit Hour

2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Prof. Mohamed Said Hamed, Dr. Nabeel Al Nahass

Course Description

This course provides the students with the basis and fundamentals of Implantology. It covers basic concepts, biology and techniques in implant surgery, indications for implants as a treatment modality, relevant prosthodontics, peri-implant tissue maintenance and various implant system concepts and techniques of bone grafting and soft tissue grafting, growth of new bone, management of trauma due to dentofacial complications and implant maintenance with demonstrations. As this field needs more skills, this course render the students acquainted with the importance of implantology, hopefully he/she may decide for more skills in graduate studies.


Discuss the basic concepts of Implantology. Discuss the Biology of Implantology. Describe the proper Techniques used in implant surgery. Enumerate and discuss the indications for implants as a treatment modality and focus

on practical applications. Clarify the Correlation of prosthodontics with of Implantology. Explain the Peri-implant tissue maintenance. Enumerate the Various implant systems. Enumerate the Various implant systems. Propose a plan for follow up patients. Describe surgical procedures related to oral soft or hard tissues. Discuss trauma due to dentofacial complex or complications associated with oral

surgical procedures. Discuss implant maintenance, implant prostheses fabrication and modification. Describe implant prostheses fabrication with modification.


Use proper techniques to illustrate bone and soft tissue grafting. Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan

based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics. Understand, select, use and monitor infection control to patients and staff.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Fundamentals of Implantology

Week 2 Basic concepts of Implantology

Week 3 Biology of Implantology

Week 4 Techniques in Implant surgery

Week 5 Indications for Implants as a treatment modality

Week 6 Correlation of Prosthodontics with of Implantology

Week 7 Peri-implant tissue maintenance Various implant systems


Week 9 Concepts and techniques of bone grafting and soft tissue grafting

Week 10 Growth of new bone

Week 11 Management of trauma due to Dentofacial complications

Week 12 Implant maintenance Week 13

Week 14 Demonstrations for all of these cases

Week 15


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100


Medical Emergencies

Course Title

Medical Emergencies (Clinical)

Course Code

MEM 502

Credit Hour

2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Sesha Reddy, Dr. Erum Khan

Course Description

This course teaches the students the process of differentiation between systematically

healthy and non-healthy patients, his role with other health care providers for certain

medical emergencies, and techniques of medical emergencies as cardiopulmonary

resuscitation (ACLS) with demonstrations. The latter is important since the dentist may face

cases that urgently need his/her intervention by ACLS.


Differentiate between healthy and non healthy patients. Evaluate non healthy patient who needs medical emergencies. Perform medical emergency for certain cases e.g. ACLS. Evaluate patients after ACLS. Develop with health care professionals plans for medical emergencies. Develop plans for complications of medical emergencies. Recognize and manage systemic emergencies.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Introduction to Medical emergencies

Week 2 Fundamentals & Classification of Medical emergencies

Week 3-4 Emergency Drugs

Week 5 Unconsciousness

Week 6 Respiratory distress

Week 7 Altered Consciousness


Week 8 Seizures


Week 9 Drug related emergencies

Week 10 Chest Pain

Week 11 Cardiac Arrest

Week 12-13 Basic Life support for Health Professionals

Week 14 Review

Week 15 Clinical Exam


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100


Geriatrics Dentistry

Course Title

Geriatrics Dentistry (Clinical)

Course Code

GER 502

Credit Hour

1

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Sura Ali Ahmed Fuoad

Course Description

This course covers challenges of the aging process, including demography, epidemiology,

psychological aspects, pathological changes, gingival recession, root caries, oral aging

problems, special pharmacological considerations, and functional declines, e.g. Alzheimer

disease, with special emphasis on comprehensive elderly patient oral care.


Discuss the theories of aging. Describe the epidemiology of geriatrics. Illustrate root surface caries and sensory deficits of geriatrics. Discuss the psychological problems of geriatrics. Illustrate geriatric diseases as Alzheimer. Illustrate the effect of geriatric problems on dentistry. Discuss the problems of biologically compromised geriatric.

Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Aging Process

Week 2 Theory of aging and epidemiology

Week 3 Pathophysiology and complications

Week 4 Functional declines of Geriatrics

Week 5 Mucosal lesions in elderly

Week 6 Hard tissue lesion in elderly (Root surface caries)


Week 7 Cognitive disorders and AL shimmer (Sensory defects of Geriatrics)

Week 8 Biologically compromised geriatric patient


Week 9 Oral cancer and other pathological lesions of Geriatric patients

Week 10 Aging and periodontal disease

Week 11 Implants, endodontic and the elderly

Week 12 Pharmacology of Geriatrics

Week 13 Seminar

Week 14 Oral health and elderly

Week 15 Diagnosis and management of xerostomia in elderly


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100


Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine, Pathology and Radiology

Course Title Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine, Pathology and Radiology (Clinical)

Course Code

ADV 502

Credit Hour

2

Semester


Prerequisites


Faculty Dr. Sura Ali Fuoad, Dr. Prathiba Prasad, Dr. N. Santana

Course Description

This course is essential for reviewing more complex oral problems and to cover questions

and inquires raised through hospital dentistry. It covers methods used for advanced

diagnosis, oral medicine, pathology and radiology .This course provides reviews of the more

complex oral problems, various tests used to determine definite diagnosis, review of

pathology and radiology in diagnosis and various methods of treatment of dental diseases.

This course will include seminars utilizing radiographs, slides and photomicrographs to

review normal anatomy, developmental anomalies and pathology. These seminars include

discussions using actual cases to correlate radiographic, clinical and histopathological

findings. Nevertheless, it provides the students through active learning an overview on

dentistry as a profession offering services for the patient in particular and the society in

general.


Perform diagnosis for different minor to complex dental diseases. Identify patient's chief compliant, appearance and attitude, obtain, and interpret

medical, social and dental history, conduct clinical and radiographic examination, and

distinguish between normal and Pathological hard and soft tissue abnormalities of

the orofacial area. Discuss the dentistry examination findings. Develop an appropriate comprehensive, prioritized and sequenced treatment plan

based on the evaluation of all relevant diagnostics. Design treatment plans for different dental diseases. Provide and apply the most advanced technology in patient diagnosis. Practice communication with patients, staff, and health care providers


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Review of various tests used to determine diagnosis

Week 2

Week 3 Review of complex oral problems

Week 4 Review on Odontogenic cysts and tumors

Week 5 Carcinomas and Sarcomas

Week 6 Review of importance of radiology in diagnosis

Week 7 Radiographic and clinical diagnosis of developmental anomalies

Week 8 Radiographic and clinical diagnosis of fibro-osseous lesions


Week 9 Review of various methods of treatment of dental diseases (medications for oral

lesions, oral pain)

Week 10 Treatment of common oral disease

Week 11 Drug interactions & antibiotic therapy in immune compromised patients

Week 12 Radiographic and clinical diagnosis of Odontogenic tumors

Week 13 Diagnosis of dental diseases and treatment planning

Week 14 Normal structures mistaken for pathology

Week 15 Differential diagnosis using advanced histotechniques


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100


Community Dentistry - III

Course Title Community Dentistry - III

Course Code CDE 502

Credit Hour 2

Semester Year- 5, Semester- 10

Prerequisites None


Course Description

This course will discuss the role of the dentist in public health programs, ethical and legal

responsibilities, the doctor’s obligation to patients, profession, and the community. The

concept of clinical governance, dental practice management, business principles in dentistry

and finance in dentistry will be discussed. The course will help the students in identifying

his/her role in public dental health programs. The impact of the problems of access, barriers

to dental care and the ways to overcome the effects, overview of the health care system

and problems at the national and international level will also be discussed.


Understand the Ethical & legal responsibilities in dental practice

Be familiar with the concept of clinical governance & audit in dental practice.

Discuss the professional aspects of dental practice

Identify & apply the business principles of dentistry

Identify the problems of access & barriers to dental care reduce it within the scope of

the dental professionals.

Identify & describe the dental needs of the communities & community dental health

programmes.

Compare the various dental health programmes in the UAE, Middle East & Globally.

Course Objectives: The Student will be able to:

Plan a dental program in his/her area of practice

To know the legal & ethical responsibilities in dental practice

Understand the principles of clinical governance & maintain quality in practice

Apply the business principle in dentistry to initiate his/her practice after graduation

Plan the roles of dentist & auxiliaries in dental health programmes

Reduce the problems of access & barriers to dental care with his/her scope.

Critically evaluate dental health programmes


Weekly Time Table

Duration Topics

Week 1 Ethics in Dental practice

Week 2 Informed Consent in Dental Practice- II & Case scenarios

Week 3 Negligence & legal issues in dental Practice

Week 4 Confidentiality & record Keeping

Week 5 Clinical Governance & Clinical audit

Week 6 Planning of Dental services

Week 7 Evaluation of dental services


Week 9 Dental Practice management

Week 10 School dental health programmes -1

Week 11 School dental health programmes -2

Week 12 Finance in Dentistry

Week 13 Problems of Access

Week 14 Barriers to Dental care

Week 15 Reducing the problems of access & barriers to dental care


Assessment



Attendance 5

Presentation 15

Quizzes 15



Total 100


15.0 Grading, Assessment and Progression Policies

15.1 Grading Policy

15.1.1: Grading Policy for 2008 to 2010 Batches

Classification Marks scored in

Percentage Grade Grade Value

Pass

90 - 100 A 4

85 - 89 B+ 3.5

80 - 84 B 3

75 - 79 C+ 2.5

70-74 C 2

Probation 60-69 D 1

Fail < 60 F 0

15.1.2: Grading Policy from 2011 Batch onwards

Classification Marks scored in

Percentage Grade Grade Value

Pass

90 - 100 A 4

85 - 89 B+ 3.5

80 - 84 B 3

75 - 79 C+ 2.5

70 - 74 C 2

Fail < 70 F 0

15.2 Assessment Policy

Assessment shall be both formative and summative

15.2.1 Formative Assessment:

This is a continuous process carried throughout the period of study and consists of

weekly or end of unit quizzes, tutorials, interactive computer-based tests, and

feedback during small group discussions.

15.2.2 Summative Assessment:

Theory examination will be in the form of essays, SAQs, MCQs and EMIs ; and MEQs.

The practical examination will be in the form of experiments / laboratory exercises/

OSPEs and OSCEs. Viva Voce will form a part of the practical examination.


15.3 Progression Policy

Normal duration of the program shall be 5 years (10 semesters). Each semester is made up of

about 15 weeks. Maximum Permissible duration of the DMD course is 10 years.

The program is credit-based. 6-10 courses are offered in different semesters. Each course

carries a specified number of credits. A student must earn a GPA of 2.0 or above in each of

the courses offered in a semester and a CGPA of 2.0 to successfully complete that semester.

From the Academic Year 2013 – 2014 onwards students are required to clear all the Basic

Science & Pre-clinical courses (Semester 1 to 6) before proceeding to Clinical courses

(Semester 7 to 10).

Academic Probation is applicable to any student who scores CGPA less than 2.0 in any

semester during the program study. A maximum of 2 retakes is available to complete the

course in the semester where academic probation is indicated. Non-completion of the

course in any semester within the specified retakes limit shall result in dismissal of the

student from the program.

If in any of the courses he/she fails to earn a GPA of 2.0, and that course is a prerequisite for

a course(s) in the subsequent semesters, he /she shall not be allowed to register for that

course.

At any time the credit load in any semester should not exceed 23 credits.

A student who discontinues the academic program for any reason and rejoins the program

at a later date, shall be governed by the rules, regulations, courses of study and syllabi in

force at the time of his/her rejoining the program.

15.4 Appeal Policy

A candidate who fails in any subject in the professional examination can appeal for

retotaling. No revaluation shall be allowed under any circumstances. Applications for re-

totaling should be made within 30 days after the publication of results. The Dean

Assessment & Evaluation shall appoint a member of the examination board for review and

retotaling. If any error is noticed, the correction and amendment shall be made by the Dean,

Assessment & Evaluation.


15.5 Attendance Policy

A minimum of 80% attendance is mandatory for credits fulfillment in any course in the

semester. Nonfulfillment of credit requirement in any course in the semester shall entail ‘F’

grade (Fail) in the transcript.

It is mandatory for all students to fulfill the credit hours as specified for each course in the

program of study. Absence from classes can be permitted only with prior approval from the

College Dean and with approved leave, the attendance requirement can be relaxed up to

80%. If a student fails to get 80% attendance in any course, it shall be considered as F grade

(fail) and the student shall be asked to register again for the course. In order to know the

attendance progression in each course in the semester, Colleges will publish weekly

attendance. If a student fails to get 70% in a consecutive 8 weeks of study, the F grade shall

be notified to the student.

15.6 Continuous Assessment

The students will be evaluated for their participation and performance in class, quizzes,

tutorial, assignments, lab work, practical assessments, class tests and midterm

examinations, which shall contribute to both continuous and summative assessments.


16.0 Weekly Teaching Schedule 16.1: Semester - 1

DAY 8.30 –

9.30 am 9.30 –

10.30 am 10.30 -

11.00am 11.00 – 12 pm

12pm - 1pm

1pm -1.30pm

1.30 pm - 2.30 pm

2.30pm - 3.30pm

SUN Class test SS

(10.30-11.30)

Histology

(L1)

(11.30-12.30)

Islamic culture

(L1)

(12.30-1.30)

Islamic Culture

(L2)

IT (P)

MON

SS

Anatomy

(L1)

B R E A K

Anatomy (P)

1.00-

1.30PM

ENGLISH (L1)

1.00-

CONT

Chemistry

(L1)

Eng (L1)

TUE

Histology (P)

Histology

(L2)

SS

Eng

(L2)& (L3)

WED

seminar

SS

(10.30-11.30)

Anatomy

L2

(11.30-12.30)

Class test

(12.30-1.30)

SS

IT

CLASS TEST

THU

Islamic culture

(L3

Chem (L2)

10.30 am-12.30pm

Chemistry (P)

12.30-1.30

Chem (L3)

IT

SEMINAR


16.2: Semester – 2

DAY 8.30-

9.30am 9.30-

10.30am 10.30-11am

11am-12pm

12pm-1pm 1.00 -

1.30pm 1.30-

2.30pm 2.30-

3.30pm

SUN Anatomy – II

(L1)

Anatomy – II

(L2)

Break

Physics 1(L)

Dental

Anatomy (L1))

Break

Biochemistry

1(L)

SDL - 1

MON Behavioral Science L1 &

L2

Physiology

1(L)

Dental Anatomy& occlusion-

(L2)

Biochemistry 2 (L)

Class Test

TUE Dental Anatomy Practical Physics

2 (L)

Class Test

Biochemistry

3(L)

SDL - 2

WED

Physiology 2 (L)

Behavioral

Science 3(L)

Anatomy – II Practical

Physiology Practical

THU Physiology

3(L)

Anatomy-II

3(L)

Physics

3 (L)

SDL - 3

Biochemistry

Practical



DAY 8.30 –

9.30 am 9.30 –

10.30 am

10.30 - 11.00 am

11am - 12 pm

12pm – 1pm

1pm - 1.30pm

1.30 pm - 2.30 pm

2.30pm - 3.30pm

SUN General

Pathology (L1)

Microbiology (L1)

B R E A K

11.30-12.30 Biostatistics

(L1)

12.30-1.30 Pharmacology

(L1) Microbiology (P)

MON Microbiology

(L2)

Principles of occlusion

(P)

Principles of

occlusion (L1 & L2)

B R E A K

Seminar Pharmac

ology (L2)

TUE

General Pathology (P)

Biostatistics (L2)

Pharmacology (L3)

Oral Histolog

y (L1) Class Test

WED

General pathology

(L2)

Microbiology (L3)

Oral Histology (P)

Pharmacology (P)

THU Oral

Histology (L2)

SS

SS

Class test

Biostatistics (P)



DAY 8.30-9.30am 9.30-11.30am 11.30 – 12.00

12pm-1pm 1.00 -

1.30pm 1.30-

2.30pm 2.30-

3.30pm

SUN Radiology (L) Clinical

Postings

Break

Seminar / Class test

Break

Seminar Oral

Pathology I (L)

MON Medicine (L) Clinical

Postings SS

Oral pathology I Practical

TUE Medicine (L) Clinical

Postings

Dental Materials

(L)

Dental Materials Practical

WED Surgery (L) Clinical

Postings Oral

Pathology I SS /

Seminar

Ethics in Dentistry

(L)

THU Surgery (L) Clinical

Postings

Dental Materials

(L)

Ethics in Dentistry

(L) Class Test



DAY 8.30 -

9.30 am 9.30 -

10.30 am

10.30 - 11.00 am

11am - 12 pm

12pm - 1pm

1pm - 1.30pm

1.30- 2.30 pm

2.30 - 3.30 pm

3.30-4.30pm

SUN Oral

pathology (L1)

Seminar

BREAK

Fixed

Prosthodontics (L1 & L2)

BREAK

Removable Prosthodontics &

Fixed Prosthodontics (P)

MON

Class test

SS

Orthodontics & Operative Dentistry (P)

Removable

Prosthodontics (L1)&( L2)

Orthodon

tics (L1)

TUE

Oral

Pathology (L2)

Seminar

BREAK

SS

Class test

BREAK

Removable Prosthodontics & Operative Dentistry (P)

WED

Oral Pathology (P)

Operative

Dentistry (L1 & L2)

Orthodontics& Fixed Prosthodontics (P)

THU

Endodontics

(L1)

Endodon

tics (L2)

Endodontics (P)

SS

Seminar



DAY 8.30-

9.30am 9.30-

10.30am

10.30-11am

11 am -12pm

12 pm – 1.00 pm

1.00 -

1.30pm

1.30pm – 4.30pm

SUN

Operative Dentistry II Practical

B R E A K

Operative Dentistry

II Practical

Removable

Prosthodontics II

B R E A K

Operative Dentistry II Practical

( 2pm - 4pm)

MON

Removable Prosthodontics II

Practical

Removable

Prosthodontics II

Practical

Orthodontics II

Orthodontics II Practical / Fixed Prosthodontics II

Practical

TUE

Removable

Prosthodontics

II

Operative

Dentistry

Endodontics II

Endodonti

cs II

Communit

y Dentistry

Local Anesthe

sia

Fixed Prosthodo

ntics II

WED

Endodontics II Practical

Endodontics II

Practical

Fixed Prosthodo

ntics II

Fixed Prosthodontics II / Orthodontics II Practical

THU

Oral surgery I

Oral surge

ry I

Oral Surgery I / Periodontics I Practical

Periodontics I

Periodontics I / Oral Surgery I

Practical



DAY Clinics Break Clinics Break Theory class

8.00 – 11.00 am 11.00 – 11.30 11.30 am – 2.30 pm

2.30 – 3.00 pm

3.00 – 4.00 pm

4.00 – 5.00 pm

SUN

Oral Surgery II - CL 3

Break

Rem. Pros - CL 4

Break

ORAL SURGERY II -

L (Prof:Mohd

Said)

Prostho R L (Dr. Shaju)

Rem. Pros - CL 4 Oral Surgery II

- CL 3

MON

Oral (Dia/Radio) CL3

Break

Op. Dent. - CL 4

Break Operative Dentistry L (Dr. Arun)

Oral Radiology - L

Op. Dent. - CL 4 Oral

(Dia/Radio) CL 3

TUE Prostho FIXED- CL3

Break

Endodontics CL3

Break

Oral Diagnosis L

(Dr. Santana)

Prostho FIXED-L (Dr.

Zuhdi) Endodontics CL3 Prostho FIXED

- CL3

WED Endodontics CL4

Break

Orthodontics - CL 3

Break

Endodontics L (Dr. Marwa

/ Dr. Praveen)

ORTHO - L (Dr. Sameer)

Orthodontics - CL 3 Endodontics

CL4

THU Oral Diagnosis L7

(Dr. Sura) 8:30 - 9:30 am

Periodontics - L4 (GMU) 9:30 - 10:30

am

Perio Lab GMU (11:00 - 1:00 pm)

Preventive Dentistry (GMU) 1:30 - 4:30 pm



DAY 8.30 –

9.30 am 9.30 – 10.30

10.30 – 11.00

11.00 – 12 pm 12.00 –

1 pm 1 pm –

1.30 1.30 – 2.30 2.30 – 3.30

SUN

Class Test /

Presentation

Oral Medicine

Break Research

Methodology Oral

Medicine Break

Research Methodolo

gy

Research Methodol

ogy Practical

DAY 8.30

– 9.30

9.30 –

10.30

10.30 –

11.30

11.30 –

12.00 12.00 – 1.00

1.00 – 1.30

1.30 – 2.30 2.30 – 5.30

MON Operative Dentistry

IV

Break

Operative Dentistry IV

Break

Fixed Prosthodontics

IV

Fixed Prosthodontics IV

TUE Endodontics IV Endodontics IV Oral Surgery III Oral Surgery III

WED Removable

Prosthodontics IV

Removable Prosthodontics

IV Periodontics III Periodontics III

THU Oral Medicine Seminar / Class

Test Orthodontics

IV Orthodontics IV



DAY

8.30 - 9.30 am

9.30 – 10.30 am

10.30 –

11.30 am

11.30 – 12.30 pm

12.30 – 1.30 pm

1.30 – 2.30 pm

2.30 – 3.30 pm

3.30 – 4.30 pm

Theory Clinics Break SDL Theory

SUN Lecture - Pediatric Dentistry

Pediatric Dentistry (Clinical) Break SDL

Lecture -Principles of Differential Diagnosis (Dr. Sura)

MON Lecture CO

(Prof. Saeed)

Clinical Occlusion (Clinical) Break SDL

Clinical-Principles of Differential Diagnosis

TUE Lecture

Periodontics

Periodontics (Clinical) Break SDL Lecture -

Ethics (Dr. Joshua)

WED Lecture

Pediatric Dentistry

Lecture Medically Compromi

sed pts.

Break Lecture

Community Dentistry

Case presentation

s Break SDL

Case presentation

THU Lecture -Hospital Dentistry

Hospital Dentistry Clinical Rotation

Break Lectu

re Ethics

Lecture

Ethics SDL



DAY

8.30 –

9.30am

9.30 –

10.30 am

10.30 –

11.30 am

11.30 –

12.30

pm

12.30 –

1.30 pm

1.30 –

2.30 pm

2.30 –

3.30 pm

3.30 –

4.30 pm

Theory Clinics Break SDL / THEORY

SUN

Lecture 1-

Comprehens

ive

Dental

Clinics

Comprehensive Dental Clinics (Clinical)

All Faculty Break SDL

Lecture 2 –

Comprehensive

Dental Clinics

MON

Lecture 1 –

Periodontics

V

Periodontics V (Clinical)

Dr. Sesha Break Break

Lecture 1 –

Medical

Emergencie

s

Lecture 1-

Pediatric

Dentistry

Dr. Shanti

TUE

Lecture 2 –

Pediatric

Dentistry

Pediatric Dentistry (Clinical)

Implant

ology

(Clinical

)

Break SDL

Lecture 1 –

Implantology

Prof.

Mohamed Said

WED

Lecture 1 –

Geriatric

Dentistry

Dr. Sura

Medical Emergencies Clinics

(Clinical) All Faculty Break Break SDL

Lecture 1-

Community

Dentistry

Dr. Shanti

THU

Lecture 1 –

Advanced

Diagnosis

Dr. Sura

Advanced Diagnosis

(Clinical) Break Break Seminars


17.0 List of Text Books, Reference Books, Recommended Readings

Semester 1 ENG 101 - English Language

Text Book: James A. Reinking, Robert von der Osten. Strategies for Successful Writing: A Rhetoric, Research Guide, Pearson; 9th edition (2010). ISBN-13: 978-0205689446

Reference: Leki, Ilona. Academic Writing : Exploring Processes and Strategies, 2nd Ed. Cambridge University Press; 2009. ISBN 9780521657686.

ITE 101 Information Technology

Text Book: Shelly, G. B., Vermaat, M. E., & Cashman,T. J. Microsoft Office 2003. Introductory concepts and techniques. Thomson Brooks; 2007. ISBN 9781418859312.

Reference: Shelly, Gary B; Vermaat,Misty E. Microsoft Office 2010 Introductory. Shelly Cashman Series; 2011. ISBN 9781439078389.

Grauer, Robert T; Barber, Maryann. Microsoft Office 2003. 2nd Ed. Pearson Education Inc; 2007. ISBN 0132210703.

Shelly, Gary B; Cashman, Thomas J; Vermaat,Misty E. Discovering Computers Fundamentals. Course Technology; 7th edition (2010). ISBN-13: 978-1439079454. –

ICU 101 Islamic Culture

Text Book: Islamic culture, by Mohammed Abu Yahya and others.

Reference: Abdel- Hady, Zakaryya M. Islamic Thought and Culture. Al-Falah Books; 2008.

Aseed, Mohammad Tohail; Shorab, Yousef Mohammad. Emirates Society: Originality and contemporary. Al-Falah Books; 2011. ISBN9789957170981. -

Al-Hassan, A Y. The Different Aspects of Islamic Culture: Science and Technology in Islam. UNESCO; 2001. ISBN9231038303. -

Yusuf Al Hajj Ahmad. Islamic Medicine : The Key to a better Life. Darussalam Publishers; 2010. ISBN9786035000611. -

Yusuf Al Hajj Ahmad. The Islamic Guideline on Medicine. Darussalam Publishers; 2010. ISBN9786035000468. -

http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/search-handle-url/104-1910576-4206368?%5Fencoding=UTF8&search-type=ss&index=books&field-author=James%20A.%20Reinking

http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/search-handle-url/104-1910576-4206368?%5Fencoding=UTF8&search-type=ss&index=books&field-author=Robert%20von%20der%20Osten


ANA 101 Anatomy - I

Text Book: Agur, Anne M.R; Dalley, Arthur F. Grant's Atlas of Anatomy. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 13th edition (2012). ISBN-13: 978-1608317561.

Reference: Moore, keith L; Agur, Anne M.R. Essential Clinical Anatomy. 4th Ed. Lippincott William & Wilkins; 2010. ISBN 978-0781799157.

Johnson, D R; Moore, W J. Anatomy for Dental Students. 3rd Ed. Oxford University Press; 2008. ISBN9780192626738.

Singh, Inderbir. Anatomy for Dental Students. 2nd Ed. Jaypee Brothers; 2008.

ISBN8180611019. HIS 101 Histology

Text Book: Nanci, Antonio. Ten Cates Oral Histology : Development, Structure and Function. 8th Ed. Mosby. 2012. ISBN 978-0323078467.

Riviere, Holliston L. Lab Manual of Normal Oral Histology. Quintessence Publishers; 2000. ISBN 0867153865.

Reference: Gartner, Leslie P; Hiatt, James L. Color Atlas of Histology. 4th Ed. Lippincott William & Wilkins; 2006. ISBN 0781798280.

Kumar, GS. Orban's Oral Histology and Embryology. 12th Ed. Elsevier Science. 2009. ISBN 9788131210574.

Maji Jose. Manual of Oral Histology and Oral Pathology. CBS Publishers & Distributors. 2006. ISBN 8123912900.

CHM 101 Chemistry

Text Book: Petrucci, Ralph H; Harwood, William S; Herring, F Geoffrey; Madura, Jeffry D. General Chemistry Principles and Modern Applications. 10th Ed. Pearson Education Inc; 2010. ISBN 978-0136121497.


Semester - 2 PHY 102 Physics

Text Book: Serway, Raymond A; Faughn, Jerry S. College Physics. 8th Ed. Thomson Brooks; 2003. ISBN 9812656847. - Gordon, John R; Teague, Charles. Student Solutions Manual and Study Guide for Serway and Vuilles Essentials of College Physics. Thomson Brooks; 2007. ISBN 0495107816.

BSC 102 Behavioral Sciences

Text Book: Morgan,Clifford T; King, Richard A; Weisz, John R; Schopler, John. Introduction to Psychology. McGraw-Hill; 1986. Reference: Myers, David G. Psychology. 8th Ed. Worth Publishers; 2007. ISBN 9780716776932. Indrani, T.K. Textbook of Sociology for Nurses. Jaypee Brothers; 1998. ISBN 8171795978.

ANA 102 Anatomy - II: Head & Neck

Text Book: Agur, Anne M.R; Dalley, Arthur F. Grant's Atlas of Anatomy. 12th Ed. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. 2009. ISBN 9780781770552. Johnson, D R; Moore, W J. Anatomy for Dental Students. 3rd Ed. Oxford University Press; 2008. ISBN9780192626738. Reference: Moore, Keith L; Agur, Anne M.R. Essential Clinical Anatomy. 3rd Ed. Lippincott William & Wilkins; 2007. ISBN 9780781762748. Singh, Inderbir. Anatomy for Dental Students. 2nd Ed. Jaypee Brothers; 2003. ISBN 8180611019.

DAN 102 Dental Anatomy and Occlusion

Text Book: Agur, Anne M.R; Dalley, Arthur F. Grant's Atlas of Anatomy. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 13th edition (2012). ISBN-13: 978-1608317561. –


Ash, Major M; Nelson,Stanley J. Wheelers Dental Anatomy Physiology and Occlusion. 9th Ed. Saunders; 2009. ISBN 978-1416062097. –

Johnson, D R; Moore, W J. Anatomy for Dental Students. 3rd Ed. Oxford University Press; 2008. ISBN9780192626738.

Sampath Kumar, P. Dental Anatomy and Tooth Morphology. Jaypee Brothers; 2007. ISBN-13: 978-8180612299. Reference: Moore, keith L; Agur, Anne M.R. Essential Clinical Anatomy. 4th Ed. Lippincott William & Wilkins; 2010. ISBN 978-0781799157.

Singh, Inderbir. Anatomy for Dental Students. 2nd Ed. Jaypee Brothers; 2008. ISBN8180611019.

HPH 102 Human Physiology

Text Book: Widmaier, Eric P; Raff, Hershel; Strang, Kevin T. Vander's Human Physiology : The Mechanisms of Body Function. 11th Ed. McGraw-Hill. 2008. ISBN 9780071283663. Reference: Guyton, Arthur C; Hall, John E. Textbook of Medical Physiology. 11th Ed. WB Saunders Company; 2000. ISBN 0721602401.

Kasper, Dennis L; Fauci, Anthony S; Longo, Dan L; Braunwald, Eugene; Hauser, Stephen L; Jameson, Larry J. Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine. 16th Ed. McGraw-Hill; 2008. ISBN 9780071476911.

BIO 102 Biochemistry

Text Book: Murray, Robert K; Granner, Daryl K; Mayes, Peter A; Rodwell, Victor W. Harpers Illustrated Biochemistry. 29th Ed. McGraw-Hill Publishing Division; 2012. ISBN 978-0071765763. Reference: Elliott, William H; Elliott, Daphne C. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Oxford University Press, USA; 4th edition (2009). ISBN 978-0199226719 –

Nelson, David L; Cox, Michael M . Lehinger Principles of Biochemistry. 5th Ed. Worth Publishers; 2008. ASIN B002KJNJWU.


Semester - 3 MIC 201 Microbiology and Immunology

Text Book: Baveja, C P. Textbook of Microbiology for Dental Students. Arya Publications; 2009. ISBN 8178553139.

Roitt, Ivan; Brostoff, Jonathan; Male, David. Immunology. 12th Ed. Mosby; 2011. ISBN 978-1405196833. Reference: Murray, Patrick R. Medical Microbiology. 6th Ed. Mosby; 2008. ISBN-13: 978-0323054706.

Brooks, Geo F; Butel, Janet S; Morse, Stephen A. Jawetz, Melnick, & Adelberg's Medical Microbiology. 25th Ed. McGraw Hill; 2010. ISBN 978-0071624961.

BIS 201 Biostatistics

Text Book: Bulman, John. Statistics in Dentistry. Ishiyaku Euroamerica; 1989. ISBN-13: 978-0904588224. Reference: Glaser, Anthony N. High Yield Biostatistics. 3rd Ed. Lippincott William & Wilkins; 2005. ISBN078179644x. –

Daniel, Wayne W. Biostatistics : A Foundation for Analysis in the Health. Wiley; 9th edition (2009). ISBN-13: 978-0470105818 –

Duncan, Robert C; Knapp, Rebecca G; Miller, M Clinton. Introductory Biostatistics for the Health Sciences. 2nd Ed. Delmar Publishers Inc.; 1983. ISBN0827342306.

Petrie, Aviva; Sabin, Caroline. Medical Statistics at a Glance. 3rd Ed. Blackwell Publishing.; 2009. ISBN 978-1405180511. –

Campbell, Michael J; Machin, david; Walters, Stephen J. Medical Statistics: A Textbook for the Health Science. 4th Ed. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 2007. ISBN9780470025192.

OHI 201 Oral Histology

Text Book: Nanci, Antonio. Ten Cates Oral Histology : Development, Structure and Function. 8th Ed. Mosby. 2012. ISBN 978-0323078467.

Riviere, Holliston L. Lab Manual of Normal Oral Histology. Quintessence Publishers; 2000. ISBN 0867153865.


Reference: Avery, James K; Steele, Pauline F; Avery, Nancy. Oral Development and Histology. 3rd Ed. Thieme Medical Publishers; 2001. ISBN3131001933.

Kumar, G S. Orban's Oral Histology and Embryology. 12th Ed. Elsevier Science; 2009. ISBN9788131210574.

Gartner, Leslie P; Hiatt, James L. Color Atlas of Histology. 4th Ed. Lippincott William & Wilkins; 2006. ISBN0781798280.

GPA 201 General Pathology

Text Book: Cawson, R.A; Odell, E.W. Cawson's Essentials of Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine. 8th Ed. Churchil Livingstone; (2008). ISBN 9780443103650.

Soames, J.V; Southam, J.C. Oral Pathology. 4th Ed. Oxford University Press; (2005). ISBN 9780198527947. Reference: Purkait, Swapan Kumar. Essentials of Oral Pathology. 3rd Ed. Jaypee Brothers Medical Pub; 2011. ISBN-13: 978-9350252147.

Kumar, Vinay; Cotran, Ramzi S; Robbins, Stanley L. Robbins Basic Pathology. 7th Ed. Saunders; 2003. ISBN 978-0808923480.

PHA 201 Pharmacology

Text Book: Gangarosa, Louis P. Pharmacotherapeutics in Dentistry . Appleton-Century-Crofts and Fleschner Publishing Company; (1983). ISBN-13: 978-0838578421. –

Lacy, Charles F; Armstrong, Lora L; Goldman, Morton. Drug Information Handbook International. 14th Ed. Lexi-Comp; (2006). ISBN 1591951305. -

Seymour, Robin A; Meechan, John G; Yates, Michael S. Pharmacology and Dental Therapeutics. 3rd Ed. Oxford Medical Publications; (1999). ISBN 9780192629524. Reference: American Pharmacists Association. Drug Information Handbook with International Trade Names Index. Lexi-Comp; (2010). ISBN 9781591952558.

Udaykumar, Padmaja. Textbook of Pharmacology for Dental and Allied Health Science. 2nd Ed. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2009). ISBN8184481497.

Naresh Kumar Khanna. Principles of Dental Pharmacology. CBS Publishers & Distributors; (2001). ISBN8123906676.

Clark, Wesley G; Brater, D Craig; Johnson, Alice R. Goths Medical Pharmacology. 12th Ed. Mosby; (1988). ISBN0801611679.


POC 201 Principles of Occlusion

Text Book: Okeson, Jeffrey P. Management of Temporomandibular disorders and occlusion. 6th Ed. Mosby; (2008). ISBN9780323046145. Nakazawa, Ide; Kamimura, K. Anatomical Atlas of the Temporomandibular Joint. Quintessence Publishing Co., Ltd; (2001). ISBN4874173624C3047. Reference: Dawson, Peter E. Evaluation Diagnosis and Treatment of Occlusal Problems. 2nd Ed. Mosby; (1989). ISBN0801627885. Ash, Major M; Nelson,Stanley J. Wheelers Dental Anatomy Physiology and Occlusion. 8th Ed. Saunders; (2003). ISBN9780721693828.


Semester - 4

DMA 202 Dental Materials

Text Book: McCabe, John F; Walls, Angus W. G. Applied Dental Materials. 9th Ed. Blackwell Publishing. (2008). ISBN9781405139618. O' Brien, William J (William Joseph). Dental Materials and their Selection. 4th Ed. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (2008). ISBN9780867154375. Reference: Craig, Robert G; Powers, John M; Wataha, John C. Dental Materials : Properties and Manipulation. Mosby; (2000). ISBN 0323005128. Gladwin, Marcia; Bagby, Michael. Clinical Aspects of Dental Materials : theory practice, and cases. 3rd Ed. Lippincott William & Wilkins; (2009). ISBN 9780781764896. Crispian Scully CBE (Editor). Oxford Handbook of Applied Dental Sciences. Oxford University Press; (2003). ISBN-13: 978-0198510963.

GMD 202 General Medicine

Text Book: Scully, Crispian. ABC of Oral Health. BMJ Publishing; (2001). ISBN0727915517. Reference: Gawkrodger, David J Ed. Human Diseases for Dentists. Blackwell Publishing; (2004). ISBN0632064536. Graber, George. Color Atlas of Dental Medicine: Removable Partial Dentures. Georg Thieme Verlag; (1988). ISBN3137110017.

GSR 202 General Surgery and ENT

Text Book: Russell,R.C.G; Williams, Norman s; Bulstrode,Christopher J K. Bailey and Loves Short Practice of Surgery. 24th Ed. Arnold; (2004). ISBN 0340808209. Reference:

Stephen R. Porter; Crispian Scully; Philip D Welsby; Michael Gleeson. Medicine and Surgery for Dentistry: Colour Guide. 2nd Ed. Churchill Livingstone; (1999). ISBN-13: 978-0443061691.


Peter Michael Ford (Author), Derek Maclean (Author). Lecture Notes on Clinical Medicine and Surgery for Dental Students. 2nd Ed. Blackwell Science Ltd; (1981). ISBN-13: 978-0632004669. Arthur Colville Kennedy (Author), Leslie H. Blumgart (Editor). Essentials of Medicine and Surgery for Dental Students. 3rd Ed. Churchill Livingstone; (1977). ISBN-13: 978-0443016431.

ORD 202 Oral Radiology - I

Text Book: Lannucci, Joen M; Howerton, Laura Jansen. Dental Radiography : Principles and Techniques. 3rd Ed. Saunders; (2006). ISBN9780721615752. Goaz and White Oral Radiology.- Reference: Kunihiko, Miyashita; Dixon, Andrew D. Contemporary Cephalometric Radiography. Quinie book; (1996). ISBN 487417517. Lannucci, Joen M; Howerton, Laura Jansen. Dental Radiography : Principles and Techniques. 3rd Ed. Saunders; (2006). ISBN 9780721615752. Whaites Eric. Essentials of Dental Radiography and Radiology. 2nd Ed. Churchill Livingstone; (1998). ISBN 0443053499. Kasle, Myron J. An Atlas of Dental Radiographic Anatomy. 4th Ed. W B Saunders company; (1994). ISBN 0721648584. Langlias R. Exercises in Radiological Interpretation. Saunders

Seshadri . The Handbook of Dental Diseases and Remedies. Jaypee; (2006). Edwards, C., Radiation Protection for Dental radiographers, Mosby; (1984)

OPA 202 Oral Pathology - I

Text Book: Soames, J.V; Southam, J.C. Oral Pathology. 4th Ed. Oxford University Press; (2005). ISBN9780198527947. Cawson, R.A; Odell, E.W. Cawson's Essentials of Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine. 8th Ed. Churchil Livingstone; (2008). ISBN9780443103650. Regezi, Joseph A; Sciubba, James J; Jordan, Richard C K . Oral Pathology: Clinical Pathologic Correlations. 5th Ed. Saunders; (2008). ISBN9780808924074.


Reference: Vijay Kumar Biradar. Oral Pathology Examinations Review : A complete Coverage of solved papers and Keynotes. Jaypee Brothers; (2008). ISBN9788184482539. Rajendran,R; Sivapathasundharam, B. Shafers Textbook of Oral Pathology. 6th Ed. Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann; (2009). ISBN9788131215708. Kumar, Vinay; Cotran, Ramzi S; Robbins, Stanley L. Robbins Basic Pathology. 7th Ed. Saunders; 2003. ISBN 978-0808923480. Purkait. Essentials of Oral Pathology. Jaypee Brothers (2005). ISBN-13: 978-8180611506

ETH 202 Ethical and Medico Legal Aspects of Dentistry

Text Book: Rule, James T; Veatch, Robert M. Ethical Questions in Dentistry. 2nd Ed. Quintessence Publishing; (2004). ISBN0867154438. English, Veronica; Romano-Critchley, Gillian; Sommerville, Ann; Sheather, Julian; Soommerville, Ann Comp. Medical Ethics Today. 2nd Ed. BMJ Publishing Group; (2004). ISBN9780727917447. Reference Pollack Burton R. Law and Risk Management in Dental Practice. Quintessence Publishing; (2002). ISBN 0867154160. Mitchell, David A; Mitchell, Laura. Oxford Handbook of Clinical Dentistry. 4th Ed. Oxford University Press; (2005). ISBN 9780198529200. - Matthews JBR. Risk management in dentistry. Wright 1995 – Dyer C (Ed). Doctors, patients and the law. Blackwell Scientific Publications 1992 – Chapters 1-4, and 8-10. Dickson RH. Medical and Dental Negligence. Edinburgh, T&T Clark 1997.


Semester - 5

OPA 301 Oral Pathology - II

Text Book: Soames, J.V; Southam, J.C. Oral Pathology. 4th Ed. Oxford University Press; (2005). ISBN9780198527947.

Cawson, R.A; Odell, E.W. Cawson's Essentials of Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine. 8th Ed. Churchil Livingstone; (2008). ISBN9780443103650.

Regezi, Joseph A; Sciubba, James J; Jordan, Richard C K . Oral Pathology: Clinical Pathologic Correlations. 5th Ed. Saunders; (2008). ISBN9780808924074. Reference: Kumar, Vinay; Cotran, Ramzi S; Robbins, Stanley L. Robbins Basic Pathology. 7th Ed. Saunders; 2003. ISBN 978-0808923480.

Vijay Kumar Biradar. Oral Pathology Examinations Review : A complete Coverage of solved papers and Keynotes. Jaypee Brothers; (2008). ISBN9788184482539.

Rajendran,R; Sivapathasundharam, B. Shafers Textbook of Oral Pathology. 6th Ed. Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann; (2009). ISBN9788131215708.

Essentials of Oral Pathology. Jaypee Brothers (2005). ISBN-13: 978-8180611506 OPD 301 Operative Dentistry - I

Text Book: Albers, Harry F. Tooth-Colored Restoratives: Principles and Techniques. BC Decker Inc.; 9th edition (2001). ISBN-13: 978-1550091557.

Drago, Carl. Implant Restorations : A step by Step Guide. 2nd Ed. Blackwell; (2007). ISBN9780813828831.

Reference: Parameswaran, A; Karthikeyan, K S. Materials in Restorative Dentistry. CBS Publishers & Distributors; (2000). ISBN 8123907060.

Shillinburg, Herbert T; Jacobi, Richard; Brackett, Susan E. Fundamentals of Tooth Preparations for Cast Metal and Porcelain Restorations. Quintessence Publishing Co.; (1991). ISBN0867151579.

Kidd, Edwina A M; Smith, Bernard G.N.; Watson, Timothy F; Pickard, H M. Pickard's Manual of Operative Dentistry. 8th Ed. Oxford University Press; (2003). ISBN9780198509288.

Roberson, Theodore M. Sturdevant's Art and Science of Operative Dentistry. 5th Ed. Mosby; (2006). ISBN 9780323030090.


RPR 301 Removable Prosthodontics - I

Text Book: Carr, Alan B; McGivney, Glen P; Brown, David T. McCracken's Removable Partial Prosthodontics. 11th Ed. Mosby. (2005). ISBN 9780323026284. 11th ed.

Nallaswamy, Deepak. Textbook of Prosthodontics. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003). ISBN 818061199.

Graber, George. Color Atlas of Dental Medicine: Removable Partial Dentures. Georg Thieme Verlag; (1988). ISBN3137110017.

Johnson and Statton Fundamentals of Removable Prosthodontics, Quintessence. Gavin, P. Renner, Boucher’s treatment of partially edentulous patients, CBS.

Reference: Grasso, Joseph E., et al, Removable Partial Prosthodontics, Churchill Livingstone. 1991.

Carr, Alan B; McGivney, Glen P; Brown, David T. McCracken's Removable Partial Prosthodontics. 11th Ed. Mosby; (2005). ISBN9780323026284.

Osborne , John., Designing Removable partial dentures, CBS.

Zarb, George A; Bolender, Charles L. Prosthodontic Treatment for Edentulous Patients : Complete Dentures and Implant Supported Prostheses. 12th Ed. Mosby. ISBN9780323022965.

Rahn, Arthur O; Ivanhoe, John R; Plummer, Kevin D. Textbook of complete Dentures. Peoples Medical Publishing House; 6th ed. (2009). ISBN9781607950257.

ORT 301 Orthodontics - I

Text Book: Graber, Thomas M; Vanarsdall, Robert L; Vig, Katherine W L. Orthodontics : Current Principles & Techniques. 4th Ed. Elsevier; (2005). ISBN0323026214.

Proffit, William R; Fields, Henry W; Sarver, David M. Contemporary Orthodontics. 4th Ed. Mosby; (2007). ISBN9780323040464.

McDonald, F; Ireland, A J. Diagnosis of the Orthodontic Patient. Oxford University Press; (1998). ISBN9780192628893.

Reference Cobourne, Martyn T; DiBiase, Andrew T. Handbook of Orthodontics. Mosby; (2010). ISBN9780723434504.


FPR 301 Fixed Prosthodontics - I

Text Book: Nallaswamy, Deepak. Textbook of Prosthodontics. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003). ISBN 818061199x.

McCord, J Fraser; Grant, Alan A; Youngson, Callum C; Watson, Roger M; Davis, David M. Missing Teeth : A Guide to Treatment Options. Churchill Livingstone; (2003). ISBN 0443071535.

Smith, Bernard GN; Howe, Leslie C. Planning and Making Crowns and Bridges. 4th Ed. Informa Healthcare; (2007). ISBN9780415398503. Reference:

Sullivan, Michael O; Wilson, Nairn H F. Fixed Prosthodontics in Dental Practice : Quintessentials of Dental Practice -22 Prosthodontics-4. Quintessence Publishing Co., Ltd; (2005). ISBN1850970955.

Fradeani, Mauro . Esthetic Rehabilitation in Fixed Prosthodontics : Esthetics Analysis A systematic approach to Prosthetic treatment Vol 1 & 2. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (2004). ISBN1850971080.

Shillingburg, Herbert T; Lobo, Sumiya; Whitsett, Lowell D; Jacobi, Richard; Brackett, Susan E. Fundamentals of Fixed Prosthodontics. 3rd Ed. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (1997). ISBN9780867152012.

Rosenstiel, Stephen F; Land, Martin F; Fujimoto, Junhei. Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics. Mosby; (2001). ISBN9780815155591.

Smales Roger J ,Chu Frederick CS ,Kam Anthony CK , Chan Samuel KH ,Luk Henry WK. Porcelain Laminate Veneers for Dentists and Technicians. Jaypee; (1999). ISBN:9788171796854. -

Malone, et al, Tillman’s Principles of Crown and Bridge, Mosby. END 301 Endodontics - I

Text Book: Bergenholtz, Gunnar; Bindslev, Preben Horsted; Reit, Claes. Textbook of Endodontology. 2nd Ed. Wiley-Blackwell; (2010). ISBN9781405170956.

Cohen, Stephen; Hargreaves, Kenneth M. Pathways of the Pulp. 9th Ed. Mosby; (2006). ISBN9780323030670.

Walton, Richard E.; Torabinejad, Mahmoud. Endodontics: Principles and Practice. 4th Ed. Saunders; ( 2008). ISBN-13: 978-1416038511.

Reference: Ingle, John I; Bakland, Leif K; Baumgartner, J Craig. Ingle's Endodontics. People's Medical Publishing House; (2008). ISBN9781550093339.

Orstavik, Dag; Ford,Thomas Pitt. Essential Endodontology: Prevention and Treatment of Apical Periodontitis. Blackwell; 2nd ed. (2008). ISBN 9781405149761.


Semester – 6

OSR 302 Oral Surgery - I

Text Book: Peterson, Larry J. Contemporary Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. 4th Ed. Mosby; (2003). ISBN0323018874. Pedlar, Jonathan; Frame, John W. Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery: An Objective based textbook. 2nd Ed. Churchil Livingstone. ISBN9780443100734. U. J. Moore, U.J. Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.Wiley-Blackwell; 6th Ed (2011). ISBN-13: 978-1405199988. Reference: Malik, Neelima Anil. Textbook of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. 2nd Ed. (2008). ISBN8184481578. Kaban, Leonard B; Troulis, Maria J. Pediatric Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. WB Saunders Company; (2004). ISBN0721696910. Wray, David; Stenhouse , David; Lee, David. Textbook of General and Oral Surgery. Churchill Livingstone; (2009). ISBN9780443070839. Dimitroulis, George. Handbook of Third Molar Surgery. Butterworth-Heinemann; (2001). ISBN-13: 978-0723610847.

Koerner, Karl R. Manual of Minor Oral Surgery for the General Dentist. Wiley-Blackwell; (2006). ISBN-13: 978-0813805597.

OPD 302 Operative Dentistry - II

Text Book: Albers, Harry F. Tooth-Colored Restoratives: Principles and Techniques. BC Decker Inc.; 9th edition (2001). ISBN-13: 978-1550091557. Drago, Carl. Implant Restorations : A step by Step Guide. 2nd Ed. Blackwell; (2007). ISBN9780813828831. Reference: Parameswaran, A; Karthikeyan, K S. Materials in Restorative Dentistry. CBS Publishers & Distributors; (2000). ISBN 8123907060.


Shillinburg, Herbert T; Jacobi, Richard; Brackett, Susan E. Fundamentals of Tooth Preparations for Cast Metal and Porcelain Restorations. Quintessence Publishing Co.; (1991). ISBN0867151579. Kidd, Edwina A M; Smith, Bernard G.N.; Watson, Timothy F; Pickard, H M. Pickard's Manual of Operative Dentistry. 8th Ed. Oxford University Press; (2003). ISBN9780198509288. Roberson, Theodore M. Sturdevant's Art and Science of Operative Dentistry. 5th Ed. Mosby; (2006). ISBN 9780323030090. Brunton, Paul A. Decision-Making in Operative Dentistry. Quintessence Pub Co; (2002). ISBN-13: 978-1850970576. Walmsley, A. Damien. Restorative Dentistry, 2nd Ed. Churchill Livingstone; (2007). ISBN-13: 978-0443102462.

END 302 Endodontics - II

Text Book: Bergenholtz, Gunnar; Bindslev, Preben Horsted; Reit, Claes. Textbook of Endodontology. 2nd Ed. Wiley-Blackwell; (2010). ISBN9781405170956. Reference: Ingle, John I; Bakland, Leif K; Baumgartner, J Craig. Ingle's Endodontics. People's Medical Publishing House; (2008). ISBN9781550093339. Orstavik, Dag; Ford,Thomas Pitt. Essential Endodontology: Prevention and Treatment of Apical Periodontitis. Blackwell; 2nd Ed. (2008). ISBN9781405149761.

FPR 302 Fixed Prosthodontics – II

Text Book: Nallaswamy, Deepak. Textbook of Prosthodontics. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003). ISBN 818061199x. Reference: Sullivan, Michael O; Wilson, Nairn H F. Fixed Prosthodontics in Dental Practice: Quint essentials of Dental Practice -22 Prosthodontics-4. Quintessence Publishing Co., Ltd; (2005). Fradeani, Mauro. Esthetic Rehabilitation in Fixed Prosthodontics : Esthetics Analysis A systematic approach to Prosthetic treatment Vol. 1 & 2. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc; (2004). ISBN1850971080.


Shillingburg, Herbert T; Lobo, Sumiya; Whitsett, Lowell D; Jacobi, Richard; Brackett, Susan E. Fundamentals of Fixed Prosthodontics. 3rd Ed. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (1997). ISBN9780867152012. Rosenstiel, Stephen F; Land, Martin F; Fujimoto, Junhei. Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics. Mosby; (2001). ISBN9780815155591.

RPR 302 Removable Prosthodontics - II

Text Book: Nallaswamy, Deepak. Textbook of Prosthodontics. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003). ISBN818061199x. Zarb, George A; Bolender, Charles L. Prosthodontic Treatment for Edentulous Patients: Complete Dentures and Implant Supported Prostheses. 12thEd. Mosby. ISBN 9780323022965. Reference: McCord, J Fraser; Grant, Alan A; Youngson, Callum C; Watson, Roger M; Davis, David M. Missing Teeth : A Guide to Treatment Options. Churchill Livingstone; (2003). ISBN 0443071535. Soratur. Viva in Prosthodontics. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (2008). ISBN-13: 978-8180613791. Basker, R.M; Davenport, J.C. Prosthetic Treatment of the Edentulous Patient. Wiley-Blackwell; 4th Ed. (2002). ISBN13: 978-0632059980.

PRE 302 Periodontics - I

Text Book: Newman, Michael G.; Takei, Henry, Klokkevold, Perry R.; Carranza, Fermin A. Carranza's Clinical Periodontology. Saunders; 11th Ed (2011). ISBN-13: 978-1437704167. Reference: Orstavik, Dag; Ford,Thomas Pitt. Essential Endodontology: Prevention and Treatment of Apical Periodontitis. Blackwell; 2nd ed. (2008). ISBN 9781405149761. Lindhe, Jan; Lang, Niklaus P., Karring, Thorkild. Clinical Periodontology and Implant Dentistry, 2 Volumes. Wiley-Blackwell; 5th Ed. (2008). ISBN-13: 978-1405160995. Telakraj . T. Essentials of Periodontology -- Watts, Trevor LP. Periodontics in Practice : Science with Humanity. Martin Dunitz; (2000). ISBN1853178306.


ORT 302 Orthodontics - II

Text Book: Graber, Thomas M; Vanarsdall, Robert L; Vig, Katherine W L. Orthodontics : Current Principles & Techniques. 4th Ed. Elsevier; (2005). ISBN 0323026214. Proffit, William R; Fields, Henry W; Sarver, David M. Contemporary Orthodontics. 4th Ed. Mosby; (2007). ISBN9780323040464. McDonald, F; Ireland, A J. Diagnosis of the Orthodontic Patient. Oxford University Press; (1998). ISBN9780192628893.

Reference: Cobourne, Martyn T; DiBiase, Andrew T. Handbook of Orthodontics. Mosby; (2010). ISBN 9780723434504. Moyers Handbook of Orthodontics. Year Book Medical Publishers. 1988.

LAN 302 Local Anesthesia

Text Book: Goldman et al. Current Therapy in Dentistry. Mosby. 1974.

Wienner-Kronish, Jeanine P; Gropper, Michael A. Conscious Sedation. Hanley & Belfus Publication; 2001. ISBN 1560534133.

Malamed, Stanley F. Handbook of Local Anesthesia. 5th Ed. Mosby; (2004). ISBN 9780323024495. Reference: Watson, Donna S. Conscious Sedation. Mosby; 1st edition (1998). ISBN-13: 978-815192657.

CDE 302 Community Dentistry - I

Text Book: Scully, Crispian. ABC of Oral Health. BMJ Publishing. (2001). ISBN0727915517. Burt, Brian A; Eklund, Stephen A . Dentistry, Dental Practice and the Community. 6th Ed. Elsevier Science; (2005). ISBN072160515x. Blanaid Daly, Richard G. Watt , Paul Batchelor, Elizabeth T. Treasure. Essential Dental Public Health. Oxford University Press, USA; (2002).ISBN-13: 978-0192629746. Lwang, S. K. Teaching Health Statistics. World Health Organization; (1987). ISBN-13: 978-9241560900.


Semester 7

OPD 401 Operative (Esthetics) Dentistry - III

Text Book: Albers, Harry F. Tooth-Colored Restoratives: Principles and Techniques. BC Decker Inc.; 9th Ed.(2001). ISBN-13: 978-1550091557. Drago, Carl. Implant Restorations : A step by Step Guide. Blackwell Publishing; 2nd Ed. (2007). ISBN 9780813828831. Reference: Kidd, Edwina A M; Smith, Bernard G.N.; Watson, Timothy F; Pickard, H M. Pickard's Manual of Operative Dentistry. 8th Ed. Oxford University Press; (2003). ISBN 9780198509288. Roberson, Theodore M. Sturdevant's Art and Science of Operative Dentistry. 5th Ed. Mosby; (2006). ISBN9780323030090.

END 401 Endodontics - III

Text Book: Bergenholtz, Gunnar; Bindslev, Preben Horsted; Reit, Claes. Textbook of Endodontology. 2nd Ed. Wiley-Blackwell; (2010). ISBN9781405170956. Ingle, John I; Bakland, Leif K; Baumgartner, J Craig. Ingle's Endodontics. People's Medical Publishing House; (2008). ISBN9781550093339. Orstavik, Dag; Ford,Thomas Pitt. Essential Endodontology: Prevention and Treatment of Apical Periodontitis. Blackwell; 2nd Ed. (2008). ISBN9781405149761.

FPR 401 Fixed Prosthodontics - III

Text Book: Nallaswamy, Deepak. Text book of Prosthodontics. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003). ISBN 818061199x. Sullivan, Michael O; Wilson, Nairn H F. Fixed Prosthodontics in Dental Practice: Quintessentials of Dental Practice -22 Prosthodontics-4. Quintessence Publishing Co., Ltd; (2005). ISBN 1850970955. Fradeani, Mauro . Esthetic Rehabilitation in Fixed Prosthodontics: Esthetics Analysis A systematic approach to Prosthetic treatment Vol 1 & 2. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (2004). ISBN1850971080.



Rufenacht, Claude R. Fundamentals of Esthetics. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (1992). ISBN0867152303.

Romano, Rafi. The Art of Treatment Planning : Dental and Medical Approaches to the Face and Smile. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc; (2010). ISBN 9781850971979.

Reference: Rosenstiel, Stephen F; Land, Martin F; Fujimoto, Junhei. Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics. Mosby; (2001). ISBN9780815155591.

Chiche, Gerard; Pinault, Alain. Esthetics of Anterior Fixed Prosthodontics. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (2000). ISBN 9780867152586.

RPR 401 Removable Prosthodontics - III

Text Book: Rahn, Arthur O; Ivanhoe, John R; Plummer, Kevin D. Textbook of Complete Dentures. Peoples Medical Publishing House; 6th Ed. (2009). ISBN 9781607950257.

PER 401 Periodontics - II

Text Book: Newman, Michael G. ; Takei, Henry , Klokkevold, Perry R.; Carranza, Fermin A. Carranza's Clinical Periodontology. Saunders; 11th Ed (2011). ISBN-13: 978-1437704167. Reference: Lindhe, Jan; Lang, Niklaus P., Karring, Thorkild. Clinical Periodontology and Implant Dentistry, 2 Volumes. Wiley-Blackwell; 5th Ed. (2008). ISBN-13: 978-1405160995.

Telakraj . T. Essentials of Periodontology. -

Watts, Trevor LP. Periodontics in Practice: Science with Humanity. Martin Dunitz; (2000). ISBN1853178306. -

Orstavik, Dag; Ford,Thomas Pitt. Essential Endodontology: Prevention and Treatment of Apical Periodontitis. Blackwell; 2nd Ed. (2008). ISBN9781405149761.

OSR 401 Oral Surgery - II

Text Book: Peterson, Larry J. Contemporary Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. 4th Ed. Mosby; (2003). ISBN0323018874.

U. J. Moore, U.J. Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.Wiley-Blackwell; 6th Ed. (2011). ISBN-13: 978-1405199988.


Reference: Wray, David; Stenhouse, David; Lee, David. Textbook of General and Oral Surgery. Churchill Livingstone; (2009). ISBN9780443070839.

Dimitroulis, George. Handbook of Third Molar Surgery. Butterworth-Heinemann; (2001). ISBN-13: 978-0723610847.


McGowan, David A. An Atlas of Minor Oral Surgery. Martin Dunitz; 2nd Ed. (1999). ISBN1853177660. -

Malik, Neelima Anil. Textbook of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. 2nd Ed. (2008). ISBN8184481578.

Kaban, Leonard B; Troulis, Maria J. Pediatric Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. WB Saunders Company; (2004). ISBN721696910.

Pedlar, Jonathan; Frame, John W. Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery : An Objective based textbook. 2nd Ed. Churchil Livingstone. ISBN9780443100734.

ODG 401 Oral Diagnosis

Text Book: Hackshaw, Allan; Paul, Elizabeth; Davenport, Elizabeth. Evidence-Based Dentistry: An Introduction. Wiley-Blackwell; 1st Ed. (2006). ISBN-13: 978-1405124966.

Birnbaum, Warren; Dunne, Stephen M. Oral Diagnosis: The Clinician's Guide. Butterworth-Heinemann (2000); ISBN-13: 978-0723610403.

Scuibba, James J; Regezi, Joseph A; Rogers, Roy S. PDQ Oral Disease Diagnosis and Treatment. Pmph USA; 1st Ed. (2002). ISBN-13: 978-1550092189. Reference: Scully, Crispian. ABC of Oral Health. BMJ Publishing; (2001). ISBN0727915517.

Scully, Crispian. Oral Facial Disease: A Guide for the Dental Clinical Team. Churchill Livingstone; 1st Ed. (2003). ISBN-13: 978-0443071843.

PDN 401 Preventive Dentistry

Text Book: Murray, John J. (Editor), Nunn, June H. (Editor), Steele, James G. (Editor). Prevention of Oral Disease. Oxford University Press, USA; 4th Ed. (2003). ISBN-13: 978-0192632791.

Weinstein P. etal. Strategies for Preventive Dentistry, University Of Washington Seattle - USA.

Ireland, Robert. Clinical Textbook of Dental Hygiene and Therapy. Wiley-Blackwell; 1st Ed. (2006). ISBN-13: 978-1405135405.


Reference:

Harris J.J. The Prevention of Oral Diseases, Oxford University, UK. Primary Preventive Dentistry. Harris, Norman O. Pearson Education USA; 8th Ed. (2012). ISBN-13: 978-0132845700.

ORT 401 Orthodontics - III

Text Book: Graber, Thomas M; Vanarsdall, Robert L; Vig, Katherine W L. Orthodontics: Current Principles & Techniques. 4th Ed. Elsevier; (2005). ISBN0323026214.


McDonald, F; Ireland, A J. Diagnosis of the Orthodontic Patient. Oxford University Press; (1998). ISBN9780192628893. Reference: Cobourne, Martyn T; DiBiase, Andrew T. Handbook of Orthodontics. Mosby; (2010). ISBN 9780723434504.

Moyers Handbook of Orthodontics, Year Book Medical Publishers

ORD 401 Oral Radiology - II

Text Book: Goaz and White Oral Radiology. Mosby Joen I. Haring.

Lannucci, Joen M; Howerton, Laura Jansen. Dental Radiography : Principles and Techniques. 3rd Ed. Saunders; (2006). ISBN 9780721615752.

Whaites Eric. Essentials of Dental Radiography and Radiology. 2nd Ed. Churchill Livingstone; (1998). ISBN 0443053499. Reference: Kunihiko, Miyashita; Dixon, Andrew D. Contemporary Cephalometric Radiography. Quinie book; (1996). ISBN 487417517.

Robert P. Langlais. Exercises in Oral Radiology and Interpretation. Saunders; 4th ed. (2003). ISBN 978-0721600253

Mayron J. Kasle. Atlas of Radiographic Anatomy Saunders Co, USA. Seshadri.The Handbook Of Dental Diseases And Remedies. Jaypee; (2003).


Semester - 8 END 402 Endodontics - IV

Text Book: Bergenholtz, Gunnar; Bindslev, Preben Horsted; Reit, Claes. Textbook of Endodontology. 2nd Ed. Wiley-Blackwell; (2010). ISBN 9781405170956. Reference: Ingle, John I; Bakland, Leif K; Baumgartner, J Craig. Ingle's Endodontics. People's Medical Publishing House; (2008). ISBN9781550093339.


PER 402 Periodontics - III

Text Book: Newman, Michael G.; Takei, Henry , Klokkevold, Perry R.; Carranza, Fermin A. Carranza's Clinical Periodontology. Saunders; 11th Ed (2011). ISBN-13: 978-1437704167.

John R. Textbook of Periodontology , Reference: Lindhe, Jan; Lang, Niklaus P., Karring, Thorkild. Clinical Periodontology and Implant Dentistry, 2 Volumes. Wiley-Blackwell; 5th Ed. (2008). ISBN-13: 978-1405160995.

Telakraj . T. Essentials of Periodontology . -

Watts, Trevor LP. Periodontics in Practice: Science with Humanity. Martin Dunitz; (2000). ISBN1853178306.


OSE 402 Oral Surgery - III

Text Book: Peterson, Larry J. Contemporary Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. 4th Ed. Mosby; (2003). ISBN0323018874.

U. J. Moore, U.J. Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.Wiley-Blackwell; 6th Ed. (2011). ISBN-13: 978-1405199988.

Reference: Wray, David; Stenhouse , David; Lee, David. Textbook of General and Oral Surgery. Churchill Livingstone; (2009). ISBN9780443070839.

Dimitroulis, George. Handbook of Third Molar Surgery. Butterworth-Heinemann; (2001). ISBN-13: 978-0723610847.



McGowan, David A. An Atlas of Minor Oral Surgery. Martin Dunitz; 2nd ed. (1999). ISBN1853177660.

Wray, David; Stenhouse , David; Lee, David. Textbook of General and Oral Surgery. Churchill Livingstone; (2009). ISBN9780443070839.

Malik, Neelima Anil. Textbook of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. 2nd Ed. (2008). ISBN 8184481578.

Kaban, Leonard B; Troulis, Maria J. Pediatric Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. WB Saunders Company; (2004). ISBN0721696910.

Pedlar, Jonathan; Frame, John W. Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery : An Objective based textbook. 2nd Ed. Churchil Livingstone. ISBN9780443100734.

RPR 402 Removable Prosthodontics - IV

Text Book: Rahn, Arthur O; Ivanhoe, John R; Plummer, Kevin D.Textbook of Complete Dentures. Peoples Medical Publishing House; 6th Ed. (2009). ISBN 9781607950257.

OPD 402 Operative Dentistry - IV

Text Book: Albers, Harry F. Tooth-Colored Restoratives: Principles and Techniques. B C Decker Inc.; 9th Ed.(2001). ISBN-13: 978-1550091557

Drago, Carl. Implant Restorations : A step by Step Guide. 2nd Ed. Blackwell; (2007). ISBN 9780813828831. Reference: Kidd, Edwina A M; Smith, Bernard G.N.; Watson, Timothy F; Pickard, H M. Pickard's Manual of Operative Dentistry. 8thEd. Oxford University Press; (2003). ISBN 9780198509288.

Robert Theodore-Operative Dentistry, UCLA Biomed Library, California University, USA.

Roberson, Theodore M. Sturdevant's Art and Science of Operative Dentistry. 5th Ed. Mosby; (2006). ISBN 9780323030090.

FPR 402 Fixed Prosthodontics - IV

Text Book: Nallaswamy, Deepak. Textbook of Prosthodontics. Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd.; (2003). ISBN818061199x.

Sullivan, Michael O; Wilson, Nairn H F. Fixed Prosthodontics in Dental Practice : Quintessentials of Dental Practice -22 Prosthodontics-4. Quintessence Publishing Co., Ltd; (2005). ISBN1850970955.


Fradeani, Mauro . Esthetic Rehabilitation in Fixed Prosthodontics : Esthetics Analysis A systematic approach to Prosthetic treatment Vol 1 & 2. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (2004). ISBN 1850971080.


Shillinburg, Herbert T; Fundamentals of Tooth Preparations for Cast Metal and Porcelain Restorations. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc,; (1991). ISBN0867151579. -

Rufenacht, Claude R. Fundamentals of Esthetics. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (1992). ISBN0867152303.

Romano, Rafi. The Art of Treatment Planning : Dental and Medical Approaches to the Face and Smile. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc; (2010). ISBN 9781850971979.

Reference: Rosenstiel, Stephen F; Land, Martin F; Fujimoto, Junhei. Contemporary Fixed Prosthodontics. Mosby; (2001). ISBN9780815155591.

Chiche, Gerard; Pinault, Alain. Esthetics of Anterior Fixed Prosthodontics. Quintessence Publishing Co, Inc.; (2000). ISBN9780867152586.

ORT 402 Orthodontics - IV

Text Book: Graber, Thomas M; Vanarsdall, Robert L; Vig, Katherine W L. Orthodontics: Current Principles & Techniques. 4th Ed. Elsevier; (2005). ISBN0323026214.


McDonald, F; Ireland, A J. Diagnosis of the Orthodontic Patient. Oxford University Press; (1998). ISBN9780192628893. Reference: Cobourne, Martyn T; DiBiase, Andrew T. Handbook of Orthodontics. Mosby; (2010). ISBN 9780723434504.

Moyers Handbook of Orthodontics, Year Book Medical Publishers, 1988. OME 402 Oral Medicine

Text Book: Dias. Maxillo-Facial Diseases.

Murray, John J. (Editor), Nunn, June H. (Editor), Steele, James G. (Editor). Prevention of Oral Disease. Oxford University Press, USA; 4th Ed. (2003). ISBN-13: 978-0192632791.


Reference: Cawson, R.A; Odell, E.W. Cawson's Essentials of Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine. Churchil Livingstone; 8th Ed. (2008). ISBN9780443103650.

RME 402 Research Methodology

Text Book: World Health Organization. A Practical Guide for Health Researchers. WHO; (2005). ISBN 9789290214779.

Hulley, Stephen B; Cummings, Steven R; Browner, Warren S; Grady, Deborah G; Newman, Thomas B. Designing Clinical Research. Lippincott William & Wilkins; 3rd ed. (2007). ISBN 9780781782104.

Collins, K. 1999. Participatory Research: A Primer. –

Dixon, B. et. al. 1987. A Handbook of Social Science Research. .

Everitt, A., Hardiker, P., Littlewood, J. & Mullender, A. 1997. Applied Research For Better Practice.

Hart, C. 1999. Doing a Literature Review. Releasing the Social Science Research Imagination.

Kvale, Steinar. 1996. Interviews: An Introduction to Qualitative Research Interviewing. –

Mouton, J. & Muller, J. (Eds). 1997. Knowledge, Methods and the Public Good.-

Mouton, J., Muller, J., Franks, P. & Sono, T. (Eds.) 1998. Theory and Methods in South African Human Science Research: Advances and Innovations.

W. Lawrence Neuman. Social Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches. Allyn & Bacon; 7th edition (2009). ISBN 978-0205615964

Robinson, GM. 1998. Methods and Techniques in Human Geography. –

Scheurich, James. J. Research Method in the Postmodern. Routledge; (1997) ISBN 978-0750706452.

Terre Blanche M. & Durrheim, K. (Eds). Research in Practice: Applied Methods for the Social Sciences. UTC Press; 2nd ed. (2009). ISBN 978-1919713694

De Vos, A.S. (ed.), 1999. Research at Grass Roots. A Primer for the Caring Professions.


Semester – 9 PDG 501 Principles of Differential Diagnosis

Text Book: Joen I. Haring. Dental Radiology: Principles of Techniques, Saunders Co, USA Reference: Kinihiko Miyashita. Contemporary Cephalometric Radiography, Quintessence Pub Co, Amazon, USA. Mayron J. Kasle. Atlas of Radiographic Anatomy, Saunders Co, USA Seshadri. The Handbook of Dental Diseases and Remedies.

COC 501 Clinical Occlusion

Text Book: Okeson J. Management of Temporomandibular Disorders and Occlusion. Mosby. Y. Ide. Anatomical Atlas of the Temporomandibular Joint, Quintessence Co. Reference: Peter Dawson. Evaluation, Diagnosis and Treatment of Occlusal Problems. Mosby.

PER 501 Periodontics – IV

Text Book: Newman,Michael G. Carranza's Clinical Periodontology. Saunders; 11th edition (2011). ISBN-13: 978-1437704167 Watts, Trevor LP. Periodontics in Practice : Science with Humanity. Martin Dunitz; (2000). ISBN 1853178306 John R. Textbook of Periodontology. Reference: Lindhe J. Clinical Periodontology and Implant System; Blackwell Telakraj . T. Essentials of Pedodontics. Jaypee; (2003). ISBN 9788180611391


PED 501 Pediatric Dentistry – I

Text Book: Ralph McDonald. Dentistry for Child and Adolescent, Mosby; 9th ed.(2010). ISBN-13: 978-0323057240 Richard R. Welbury. Pediatric Dentistry, Oxford University Press, USA; 3rd edition (2005). ISBN-13: 978-0198565833 Reference: Braham and Morris. Pediatric Dentistry ,Williams and Wilkins. Richard J Mathewson. Fundamentals of Pediatric Dentistry, Quintessence, Oxford University Press.

MCP 501 Medically Compromised Patients

Text Book: Scully,Crispian. Medical Problems in Dentistry, Churchill Livingstone; (2010). ISBN 978-0702030574. Little, James W ; Falace, Donald. Dental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient. Mosby; 8th edition (2012). ISBN-13: 978-0323080286 Reference: John Thornton. Special and Medically Compromised Patients in Dentistry, Paperback Year Book. Stanley F. Malamed. Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office, Mosby; 6th edition (2007). ISBN-13: 978-0323042352 Little, James W ; Falace, Donald. Dental Management of the Medically Compromised Patient. Mosby; 8th edition (2012). ISBN-13: 978-0323080286

ETH 501 Ethical and Medico-legal Aspects of Dentistry

Text Book: Rule JT & Veatch RM. Ethical questions in dentistry. Quintessance Publishing Co. 2004. Matthews JBR. Risk Management in Dentistry. Wright . Dyer C (Ed). Doctors, patients and the law. Blackwell Scientific Publications 1992 – Chapters 1-4, and 8-10.


Sommerville A. Medical ethics today: its practice and philosophy.2nd ed. British medical association. 2004 – Chapters 1-3, 10.

Mitchell L. Oxford handbook of clinical dentistry. 5th edition. Oxford University Press 2009 - Sections 15- 16. Dickson RH. Medical and dental negligence. Edinburgh, T&T Clark 1997.

HDT Hospital Dentistry

All Textbooks of all courses Mentioned Before CDE 501 Community Dentistry – II

Text Book: Scully, Crispian. ABC of Oral Health. BMJ Publishing. (2001). ISBN0727915517. - Burt, Brian A; Eklund, Stephen A . Dentistry, Dental Practice and the Community. 6th Ed. Elsevier Science; (2005). ISBN 072160515x. - Blanaid Daly, Richard G. Watt, Paul Batchelor, Elizabeth T. Treasure. Essential Dental Public Health. Oxford University Press, USA; (2002).ISBN-13: 978-0192629746. Lwang, S. K. Teaching Health Statistics. World Health Organization;. ISBN-13: 978-9241560900. –


Semester – 10

CDC 502 Comprehensive Dental Clinic Text Book: G. Chestnutt. Churchill's Pocketbook of Clinical Dentistry, Churchill. Churchill Livingstone; 3rd edition (2007). ISBN-13: 978-0443102110

Robert I. Pocketbook of Clinical Dentistry. Churchill. Reference: Hackshaw A .Evidence Based Dentistry. Blackwell.

Scully. Oxford Handbook of Clinical Dentistry, Oxford University, UK PER 502 Periodontics – V

Text Book: Louis F. Periodontics: Medicine, Surgery and Implants, Amazon Prime.

Telakraj T. Essentials of Periodontics . Jaypee Pub; (2003). ISBN 9788180611391. Reference: Robert J. Contemporary Periodontics. Mosby (1990) . ISBN-13: 978-0801619359

Waite, I.M. & J.D. Strahan, Colour Atlas of Clinical and Surgical Periodontology, Saunders.

PED 502 Pediatric Dentistry – II

Text Book: Ralph McDonald. Dentistry for Child and Adolescent, Mosby; 9th ed.(2010). ISBN-13: 978-0323057240

Welbury D. Pediatric Dentistry. Oxford University Press, United Kingdom. Reference: Braham and Morris. Pediatric Dentistry ,Williams and Wilkins.

Richard Mathewson. Fundamentals of Pediatric Dentistry, Quintessence. IMP 502 Implantology

Text Book: Norman et al. Atlas of Oral Implantology. Mosby; 3rd edition (2009). ISBN-13: 978-0323045100

Basics of Dental Implantology: indications, Therapy, and Recall, Quintessence Publishing Co., USA. 1994 –


El Askary A. Reconstructive Aesthetic Implant Surgery. Wiley-Blackwell (2003).

Reference: Karl-Erik Kahnberg. Bone Grafting for Maxillary Implants. Wiley-Blackwell; 1st edition

(2005). MEM 502 Medical Emergencies

Text Book:

Scully C. ABC of Oral Health. Blackwell

Reference: Head ,Neck and Dental Emergencies, Edited by Mike Perry. Oxford University Press

GER 502 Geriatric Dentistry

Text Book: Ian Barnes, Angus Walls, Gerodontology. Wright. 1994. – out of print

Pedersen P. Textbook of Geriatric Dentistry Blackwell

Reference: Mark E Maruish, Essentials of Treatment Planning, Wiley

ADV 502 Advanced Diagnosis, Oral Medicine, Pathology & Radiology

Text Book: Goaz and White Oral Radiology. Mosby Joen I. Haring.

Dental Radiography: Principles and Techniques, Saunders Co, USA

Reference: Kinihiko Miyashita. Contemporary Cephalometric Radiography, Quintessence Pub Co, Amazon, USA.1996

Langlias R. Exercises in Oral Radiology and Interpretation. Saunders

Myron J. Kasle. Atlas of Dental Radiographic Anatomy. Saunders Co, USA. 1994-

Seshadri. The Handbook of Dental Diseases and Remedies. Pooja Books-Delhi. 2003 CDE 502 Community Dentistry – III

Text Book: Scully, Crispian. ABC of Oral Health. BMJ Publishing. (2001). ISBN0727915517.

Burt, Brian A; Eklund, Stephen A . Dentistry, Dental Practice and the Community. 6th Ed. Elsevier Science; (2005). ISBN072160515x. –

Blanaid Daly, Richard G. Watt , Paul Batchelor, Elizabeth T. Treasure. Essential Dental Public Health. Oxford University Press, USA; (2002).ISBN-13: 978-0192629746.

Lwang, S. K. Teaching Health Statistics. World Health Organization; (1987). ISBN-13: 978-9241560900.


18.0 Dean’s List of Toppers 2012 Batch

2011 Batch

Sl No Name RegNo CGPA

1 Syeda Sheema Hussaini 2011D003 3.90

2 Simran Kaur 2011D006 3.86

3 Fareshta Jan Abdul Karim 2011D022 3.68

2010 Batch


1 Shadan Fatima 2010D014 3.79

2 Zahra Abdul Khaliq 2010D010 3.75

3 Ardeshir Amir Hosseini 2010D012 3.73

2009 Batch


1 Marwah Abdulwahid Amarah Al-Alwani 2009D032 3.47

2 Bara Abdulwahid Amarah Al-Alwani 2009D033 3.16

3 Sara Dakhili 2009D019 3.15

2008 Batch


1 Nimra Imtiaz 2008D026 3.37

2 Majida Rasool 2008D023 3.36

3 Zarshada Khan 2008D031 3.26


1 Rukaiya Husain Adamjiwala 2012D020 3.96

2 Yaquta Yusuf 2012D013 3.88

3 Sakina Shabbir Khokhawala 2012D012 3.85

4 Sabatiny Sebastian Theckanath 2012D018 3.85

5 Fatima Jina 2012D030 3.85


19.0 Administrators & Faculty

Administrators

Mr. Thumbay Moideen Founder President

Prof. Gita Ashok Raj Provost

Dr. P.K. Menon Director, Administration

Prof. Mohammed Arifulla Dean, Admissions & Registers

Prof. R. Chandramouli Dean, Assessment & Evaluation

Prof. Mohamed Mohamed Said Hamed Dean, College of Dentistry Dr. Sura Ali Ahmed Foud Al-Bayati Associate Dean, College of Dentistry Dr. Joshua Ashok Associate Dean Student Affairs

Dr. K.G. Gomathi Associate Dean, Admissions & Registers

Dr. Rizwana B Shaikh Associate Dean, Assessment & Evaluation

List of Faculty Members

Faculty of Dental Science

Name Qualifications Conferring University Designation

Prof. Mohamed Mohamed Said Hamed

BDS – 1977 MSc – 1982 PhD - 1986

Cairo University, Egypt Alexandria University, Egypt

Tanta University, Egypt

Dean & Professor of Oral and Maxillofacial

Surgery

Dr. Sura Ali Ahmed Foud Al-Bayati

BSc - 1988 MSc – 1995 PhD – 2005

Baghdad University, Iraq Associate Dean &

Assistant Professor of Oral Medicine

Dr. Venkanna Gudda Sreenivas Prasad

BDS - 1995 MDS – 2000 DNB – 2003 PhD - 2007

Bangalore University, India Rajiv Gandhi University of

Health Sciences, India National Board of

Examinations, India Rajiv Gandhi University of

Health Sciences, India

Clinical Associate Professor of Oral &

Maxillofacial Surgery

Dr. Marwa El Sayed Mohammad Masry Sharaan

BDS - 1996 MSc - 2003

DDSc - 2009

Alexandria University, Egypt Suez Canal University, Egypt

Clinical Assistant Professor in Endodontics

Dr. Nabeel Safwat Mohammed Al Nahaas

BDS – 1997 MDSc – 2006 Fellowship in

Implant Dntistry - 2006

Jordanian Board Fixed & Removable

Prosthodontics - 2009

University of Baghdad, Iraq

Jordan University of Science & Technology, Jordan

Clinical Assistant Professor of

Prosthodontics


Dr. Zuhdi Munzer Zuhdi Azzam

DDS – 2004 MFDS2

Certificate of Implant Specialist -

2008 MSc – 2010

Ajman University, UAE RCS Ireland - UK

University of Sevill, Spain Alexandria University, Egypt

Senior Clinical Lecturer in Conservative

Dentistry

Dr. Shaju Philip BDS – 1990 MDS - 1995

Mangalore University, India Manipal Academy of Higher

Education, India

Clinical Lecturer in Prosthodontics (Fixed &

Removable)

Dr. Prathibha Prasad

BDS - 2001

MDS - 2008

Rajiv Gandhi University of Health Sciences, India

Lecturer in Oral Pathology

Dr. Shakeel Santerbennur Khazi

BDS – 1992 MDS - 1999

Mysore University, India Rajiv Gandhi University, India

Lecturer in Prosthodontics

Dr. Santana Natarajan BDS – 1996

MDS - 1999

Rajiv Gandhi University, India Clinical Lecturer in Oral Medicine & Radiology

Dr. Praveen Kumar Shetty BDS – 1999

MDS – 2002

Manipal Academy of Higher Education, India

Rajiv Gandhi University, India

Clinical Lecturer in Endodontics

Dr. Sameer Kumar

BDS – 1997 MDS - 2001

Bangalore University, India Rajiv Gandhi University of


Clinical Lecturer in Orthodontics

Dr. Arun Sekharan Devarajan

BDS – 2001

MDS - 2005


Rajiv Gandhi University, India

Clinical Lecturer in Conservative Dentistry

Dr. Yohan George Verghese

BDS – 2001

MDS – 2007

PhD - 2009

Dr. MGR Medical University, India


The Open International University for

Complementary Medicines, Australia

Clinical Lecturer in Orthodontics

Dr. Sesha Reddy Manchala

BDS – 2002

MDS - 2006


Clinical Lecturer in Periodontics

Dr. Sweta Suhas Prabhu BDS – 2004 MDS - 2008


Clinical Tutor in Periodontics

Dr. Serag Mohd Ismail BDS - 1995 Alexandria University, Egypt Clinical Tutor

Dr. Danavanthi Sadashiv Bangera

BDS – 2000 Mumbai University, India Clinical Tutor

Dr. Lena A. Abdulrahim BDS – 1996 Baghdad University, Iraq Dental Lab Instructor


Dr. Sughu Malayil Koshy

M.Sc – 2006 DDPH RCS (Diploma

in Dental Public Health) - 2009

University of London – UK

The Royal College of Surgeons of England, UK

Adjunct Clinical Faculty in Community Dentistry

Dr. Nesrine Aly Mokhtar Hassan El Sahn

BDS – 2002 Master Degree in Dental Science -

2009

Cairo University, Egypt

Cairo University, Egypt

Adjunct Clinical Faculty in Dental Material & Operative Dentistry

Dr. Shaimaa Ali Wahba Ali Farag

BDS – 2006 Egyptian Fellowship (Family Dentistry)-

2011

Alexandria University, Egypt Arab Republic of Egypt

Higher Committee of Medical Specialties, Egypt

Clinical Lecturer in Preventive & Pediatric

Dentistry

Dr. Aparna Pandey

BDS – 2006 MDS - 2011

Bharati Vidyapeeth Deemed University, India


Clinical Tutor & Dental Surgeon

Dr. Fathimabi Theruvath BDS - 2001 Rajiv Gandhi University of

Health Sciences, India Clinical Tutor & Dental

Surgeon

Dr. Mansoor Muhamed Abdul Khader

BDS - 1993 University of Kerala, India Clinical Tutor & Dental

Surgeon

Dr. Nanees Ibrahim Abdel Hamid El Sukka

BDS - 2003 Cairo University, Egypt Clinical Tutor & Dental

Surgeon

Dr. Ajith Joseph Tholampadavil

BDS - 1996 Manipal Academy of Higher

Education, India Clinical Tutor & Dental

Surgeon

Dr. Ayeshath Selvana Faizer

BDS - 2004 Rajiv Gandhi University of

Health Sciences, India Clinical Tutor & Dental

Surgeon

Dr. Deepti Pinheiro BDS - 1994 Tamilnadu Dr. MGR Medical

University, India Clinical Tutor & Dental

Surgeon

Dr. Hadeel Mohammed Mohammad Mustafa

DDS - 2006 Ajman University, UAE Clinical Tutor & Dental

Surgeon

Dr. Salma Shiekheldin Mohamed El Mahadi

DDS - 2002 Ajman University, UAE Clinical Tutor & Dental

Surgeon

Dr. Sonia Rajesh BDS - 1996 Mangalore Univesity, India Clinical Tutor & Dental

Surgeon


Faculty of Biomedical Sciences


Prof. R. Chandramouli MSc – 1972 PhD - 1981

University of Madras, India

Dean Assessment & Evaluation and

Professor & Head of the Department of

Physiology

Prof. Bushra Hasan Elshafei Elzawahry

M.B.B.Ch – 1983 MSc – 1993

MD (PhD) - 1997 Al-Azhar University, Egypt

Professor, Department of

Physiology

Prof. Hemant Kumar Garg MBBS – 1984

MD - 1992 Aligarh Muslim University,

India Professor of

Pharmacology

Prof. Jayakumary Muttappallymyalil

MBBS – 1993 MD - 1998

Bangalore University, India Professor of

Community Medicine

Prof. K. G. Gomathi MSc. – 1985

PhD - 1993

All India Institute of Medical Sciences, India

Associate Dean – Admission & Registers

and Professor, Department of Biochemistry

Dr. Ramesh Ranganathan MBBS – 1994

MD - 2001

NTR University of Health Sciences, India

Associate Dean – Graduate Studies and Associate Professor &

Head of the Department of Microbiology

Dr. Joshua Ashok MBBS - 1984

MD - 1992 University of Madras, India

M.G.R. University, India

Associate Dean – Student Affairs and

Associate Professor & Head of the

Department of Forensic Medicine

Dr. Rizwana Burhanuddin Shaikh

MBBS - 1992

MD - 1999

Bangalore University, India Kevempu University, India

Associate Dean, Assessment & Evaluation and

Associate Professor, Department of

Community Medicine

Dr. Nelofar Sami Khan MSc. – 1994 PhD - 1998

Aligarh Muslim University,

India

Associate Professor, Department of Biochemistry

Dr. Razia Khanam B. Pharm – 1997 M. Pharm – 1999

PhD - 2006 Hamdard University, India

Associate Professor of Pharmacology

Dr. Ghaith Jassim Jaber Al Eyd*

MBChB - 1995 MSc. - 1999 PhD - 2005

Al-Nahrain University, Iraq

Associate Dean – College of Medicine

and Associate Professor,

Department of Pathology


Dr. Syed Shehnaz Ilyas MBBS – 1995

MD - 2002 Dr. M.G.R. Medical University,

India

Assistant Professor, Department of Pharmacology

Dr. May Khalil Ismail MSc. – 1986 PhD - 2006

Colarado State University, USA University of Mosul, Iraq

Assistant Professor, Department of Biochemistry

Dr. Nisha Shantha Kumari

MBBS – 1999 MD – 2005 DNB - 2005

University of Kerala, India University of Kerala, India

National Board of Examinations, India

Assistant Professor, Department of

Physiology

Dr. Anuj Mathur MBBS – 1996

MD - 2004 University of Rajasthan, India

Assistant Professor of Microbiology

Dr. Sajit Khan Ahmed Khan

MBBS – 1995 MD - 2006

Bangalore University, India Annamalai University, India

Assistant Professor, Department of Microbiology

Dr. Biswadip Hazarika MBBS – 1990

MD – 2004 Dibrugarh University, India

Assistant Professor of Pathology

Dr. Anu Vinod Ranade MSc – 1996 PhD - 2007

MAHE, Manipal – India Assistant Professor of

Anatomy

Dr. Miral Nagy Fahmy Salama

MB.B.Ch – 1996 MSc – 2002 MD - 2007

Ain Shams University, Egypt Assistant Professor of

Anatomy

Dr. Kannan Narsimhan MBBS – 1998

MD - 2004 Pondicherry University, India

Assistant Professor of Physiology

Dr. Faheem Ahmed Khanzada

MBBS – 1998

MPH - 2006

University of Karachi, Pakistan University of Malaya, Malaysia

Senior Lecturer, Department of

Community Medicine

Dr. Mohammad Mesbahuzzaman

MBBS – 1998 MD - 2011

University of Dhaka, Bangladesh

Lecturer, Department of Pathology

Ms. Soofia Ahmed

MSc – 1986 MPhil - 1989

University of Karachi, Pakistan Lecturer, Department

of Physiology

Dr. Shiny Prabha Mohan MBBS – 2003

MD - 2008 University of Kerala, India

Lecturer, Department of Pathology

Ms. Suni Ebby BSc – 1996 MSc - 1999

Kerala University, India MG University, India

Lecturer in Anatomy

Dr. Lisha Jenny John MBBS – 2003

MD - 2008 Rajiv Ghandhi University of

Health Sciences, India Lecturer in

Pharmacology

Dr. Liju Susan Mathew MBBS – 2006

MS - 2010

Gulf Medical University, UAE Baba Farid University of Health

Sciences, India

Lecturer, Department

of Anatomy

Ms. Devapriya Finney Shadroch

BSc – 1985 MSc - 1988

University of Madras, India Lecturer, Department

of Microbiology


Dr. Nishida Chandrasekharan

MBBS – 2005 MS (Ortho) - 2006


Kathmandu University, Nepal

Lecturer, Simulation Centre

Dr. Mehzabin Ahmed

MBBS – 1996 DCP - 2000

Bangalore University, India Rajiv Ghandhi University of


Demonstrator, Department of

Pathology

Dr. Nada A. Kadhum*

MBChB - 2000 Al Mustanseria University, Iraq Demonstrator, Department of

Anatomy

Dr. Elias Alkayal MBBS – 2006

Masters in General Pathology - 2010

University of Aleppo, Syria Demonstrator, Department of

Pathology

Dr. Priya Sajith

MBBS – 1995 Diploma in Clinical Pathology - 2001

Dr. MGR Medical University, India

University of Kerala, India

Demonstrator, Department of

Microbiology and Coordinator CCE&CO

Dr. Syed Morteza Mahmoudi

MBBS – 2011 Gulf Medical University, Ajman,

UAE Demonstrator, Dept.

of Anatomy

Dr. Erum Khan MBBS - 2001 University of Punjab, Pakistan Simulation Instructor

Dr. Zannatul Ferdous MBBS – 2007

MPH – 2010

University of Science & technology, Bangladesh North South University,

Bangladesh

Clinical Tutor

Dr. Farhat Fatima MBBS – 2007 University of Karachi, Pakistan Clinical Tutor

Dr. Lubna Ahmed MBBS – 2007 University of Karachi, Pakistan

Clinical Tutor

Dr. Rida Zainab MBBS – 2011 University of Health Sciences,

Pakistan

Clinical Tutor

*on Sabbatical Leave


Faculty of Clinical Sciences Internal Medicine


Prof. Shaik Altaf Basha MBBS - 1974

MD - 1978 University of Madras, India

Clinical Professor &

Head of the Department

Prof. Salwa Abdelzaher Mabrouk

M.B.B.Ch – 1976 M.S - 1982 M.D - 1992

Ain Shams University, Egypt Clinical Professor

Dr. Mahir Khalil Ibrahim Jallo

M.B.B.Ch - 1981 Certificate of Arab Board of Internal Medicine - 1992

University of Mosul, Iraq Arab Board of Medical

Specialization

Clinical Associate Professor

Dr. Mohammed Khalid MBBS – 2002

MD – 2007 MRCP - 2011

Rajiv Gandhi University of Medical Science, India

Manipal University, India The Royal College of

Physicians, UK

Clinical Lecturer

Cardiology


Dr. Ehab Moheyeldin Farag

Esheiba

M.B.B.Ch – 1995 Diploma in Internal

Medicine – 1999 MSc - 2004

MRCP - 2009

Alexandria University, Egypt Cairo University, Egypt

Zagazigu University, Egypt The Royal College of

Physicians, UK

Clinical Assistant Professor & Head of

the Department

Dr. Mohamed Ahmed

Mohamed Fathi Ahmed

MBBS – 1995 MSc – 2003

Alexandria University, Egypt Clinical Lecturer

Neurology


Dr. Adnan Jalkhi MD – 1987 PhD - 1995

Aleppo University, Syria Saint Petersburg

Postgraduate Medical Academy


Dr. Mohamed Hamdy

Ibrahim Abdalla

M.B.B.Ch – 1999 MSc – 2005 MD - 2008

Ain Shams University, Egypt

Clinical Assistant Professor


Dermatology


Prof. Irene Nirmala

Thomas

MBBS – 1986 MD – 1997 Diploma in

Dermatology – 2004

University of Madras, India Dr. MGR University, India

Royal College of Physicians & Surgeons of Glasgow, UK

Clinical Professor and Head of the Department

Dr. Wesam Khadum M.B.B.Ch - 1992

FICMS - 2005

Al-Mustanseriah University, Iraq

Iraqi Commission for Medical Specialization


Psychiatry


Dr. Mohanad Abdulrahman Abdul Wahid

MBChB - 1984 FICMS - 1999 (Psychiatry)

Al Mustansiriya, University, Iraq

Iraqi Commission for Medical Specialization, Iraq

Clinical Lecturer & Head of the Department

Family Medicine


Dr. Younes Younes Abou El Enien

M.B.B.Ch - 1980 DTM & H - 1988

PGCOD in Family Practice and Women

Health - 2000

Alexandria University, Egypt Alexandria University, Egypt

University of Exeter, U.K

Clinical Lecturer

General Surgery


Prof. Yassin Malallah Taher Al-Musawi

MBChB - 1974 FRCS - 1983

Baghdad University, Iraq Royal College of Surgeons,

Glasgow - U.K

Clinical Professor & Head of the Department

Prof. Manda Venkatramana

MBBS - 1987 MS - 1990

FRCS - 2001

Saurashtra University, India Saurashtra University, India Royal College of Surgeons,

Edinburg, U.K

Dean College of Medicine and Clinical

Professor

Dr. Pradeep Kumar Sharma

MBBS – 1984 MS – 1997

MRCS - 2010

Andhra University, India University of Mumbai

Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland



Dr. Mohanad Mohamad Sultan

MBChB - 1996

FICMS – 2004 CABS – 2004 MRCS - 2008

Al Mustansiriya University, Iraq Iraqi Commission for Medical

Specialization, Iraq Arab Commission of Medical

Specialization, Syria Royal College of Physicians &

Surgeons of Glasgow, UK

Clinical Lecturer

Dr. Mohamed Sobhy Badr Sobei

MBBCh – 2001 MSc – 2005

Al Azhar University, Egypt Clinical Lecturer

Orthopedics


Dr. Sujaad Al Badran MBChB - 1972 FRCS – 1984

Mosul University, Iraq Royal College of Surgeons,

Edinburg – UK

Clinical Associate Professor & Head of

the Department

Dr. Amit Chaturvedi

MBBS - 1993 MS – 1999 DNB - 1999

MNAMS - 2004

Nagpur University, India University of Calcutta, India


National Academy of Medical Sciences, India


Radiology


Dr. Tarek Fawzy Abdou Abd El Ghaffar

MBBCh - 1988 MSc - 1993

Cairo University, Egypt Clinical Lecturer &


Anesthesiology


Dr. Raji Sharma

MBBS – 1989 MD - 1998

Kerala University, India University of Mumbai, India


the Department

Dr. Sona Chaturvedi MBBS - 1994

MD - 2001 Nagpur University, India Nagpur University, India

Clinical Assistant

Professor

Dr. Arun Kumar Muthu Subramanian

MBBS – 1994

MD - 1999

Dr. MGR University, India Gandhi Medical College, India

Clinical Lecturer


Urology


Dr. Ihsan Ullah Khan

MBBS – 1985 MS – 1996

MRCS - 2007

Punjab University, Pakistan The Royal College of

Surgeons of Edinburg, UK

Assistant Director Academic Affairs and


the Department

Otorhinolaryngology


Prof. Tambi Abraham Cherian

M.B.B.S – 1984 DLO - 1989 MS – 1992 DNB - 1992

Madras University, India Dr. MGR University, India Dr. MGR University, India


Clinical Professor and


Prof. Meenu Khurana Cherian

MBBS – 1987 DLO – 1991 MS - 1994

Madras University, India Dr. MGR University, India Dr. MGR University, India

Director Academic Affairs and Clinical

Professor

Dr. Effat Radwan Isaa Radwan

M.B.B.Ch.B - 1969 MS - 1983

University of Cairo, Egypt Ain Shams University, Egypt

Clinical Lecturer

Ophthalmology


Prof. Salwa Abd El-Razak Attia

MBBCh – 1975 MS – 1981

Fellowship in Cornea and Refractive Surgery – 1991

MD - 2000

Alexandria University, Egypt Alexandria University, Egypt

Atlanta University, USA Alexandria University, Egypt


Dr. Pankaj Lamba

MBBS – 1997 Diploma in

Ophthalmology – 2001 DNB – 2004 FRCS - 2004

Nagpur University, India Aligarh Muslim University,

India National Board of

Examinations, India Royal College of Physicians

& Surgeons, UK



Obstetrics & Gynecology


Prof. Mawahib Abd Salman Al Biate

M.B.Ch.B - 1980 Arab Board for

Medical Specialization DGO - 1988

Basrah University, Iraq Arab Board, Syria

College of Mustansiriya, Iraq


Dr. Kasturi Anil Mummigatti

MBBS - 1981 MD - 1986

Bangalore University, India Clinical Associate

Professor

Dr. Shanti Therese Fernandes

MBBS – 1998 MD - 2002


Clinical Assistant

Professor

Dr. Prashanth Hegde

MBBS – 1992 MD – 2003

DNB - 2004

Mysore University, India All India Institute of Medical

Sciences, India National Board of

Examinations, India


Dr. Malini Vijayan MBBS – 1990 DGO – 2003 DNB - 2005

MG University, India Kerala University, India

National Board of Examinations , India

Clinical Lecturer

Dr. Wajiha Ajmal MBBS – 1997 FCPS - 2005

University of Peshawar, Pakistan

College of Physicians & Surgeons, Pakistan

Clinical Lecturer

Dr. Dipti Navanitlal Shah

MBBS – 1994 Diploma in OBG - 1997

The Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda, India

Clinical Tutor

Pediatrics


Prof. Mahmoud Elsayed Attia Shamseldeen

M.B.B.Ch - 1976 MSc - 1981 MD - 1985

Al Azhar University, Egypt Clinical Professor &


Prof. Imad Oudah Emnakher Al Sadoon

MB.Ch.B – 1976 DCH – 1983

MRCP – 1983 FRCP - 1985

University of Basrah, Iraq The Royal College of Physicians of

London, UK Clinical Professor

Prof. Ignatius Edwin D’Souza

MBBS – 1991 MD - 1996

MRCPCH - 2007

Bangalore University, India Post Graduate Institute of Medical

Education & Research, India Royal College of Pediatrics & Child

Health, U.K

Clinical Professor


Dr. Jenny Cheriathu

MBBS – 2001 DCH –

DNB - 2009

University of Mumbai, India Shivaji University, India


Clinical Lecturer

Faculty of Graduate Studies


Prof. Gita Ashok Raj

MBBS – 1970 MD - 1979

MNAMS – 1981 (Morbid Anatomy)

Shivaji University, India All India Institute of Medical

Sciences, India National Board of

Examinations, India


Pathology

Prof. Mohammed Arifulla MSc – 1973 PhD - 1984

University of Mysore, India University of Madras, India


Pharmacology

Prof. Ishtiyaq Ahmed Shaafie

MBBS – 1977 MD – 1983

Kashmir University, India Chandigarh University, India


Biochemistry

Prof. Shatha Saeed Hamed Al Sharbathi

MBChB – 1976 DCM – 1985 MSc – 1989 PhD - 1998

Baghdad University, Iraq Professor & Head of the Department of

Community Medicine

Prof. Elsheba Mathew MBBS - 1977 MD - 1986

M Phil - 1994

Madras University, India Madras University, India

Mahatma Gandhi University, India


Community Medicine

Prof. Joyce Jose MBBS – 1984

MD - 1990

Kerala University Mahatma Gandhi University,

India


Pathology

Prof. Mandar Vilas Ambike MBBS – 1989

MS - 1996 Shivaji University, India Pune University, India


Anatomy

Prof. Anoop Kumar Agarwal

Master of Veterinary Science – 1985

PhD – 1988

Haryana Agriculture University, India

Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education & Research,

India

Professor of Pharmacology

Prof. Jayadevan Sreedharan

MSc (Statistics) – 1990

PhD (Statistics) – 2000

Diploma in Cancer Prevention – 2002

PhD (Epidemiology) - 2008

Annamalai University, India Kerala University, India

National Cancer Institute, USA Tampere University, Finland

Assistant Director Statistical Support

Facility and Professor of Biostatistics

Dr. Preetha Jayasheela Shetty

MSc – 2000 BEd – 2006 PhD - 2011

Mangalore University, India Bharatiya Shiksha Parishad,

India Osmaniya University, India

Assistant Professor in Cytogenetics &

Molecular Biology


Dr. Victor Raj Mohan Chandrasekaran

MSc – 2001 Ph.D - 2006

Bharathiar University, India University of Madras, India

Assistant Professor of Toxicology

Dr. Kartik Janak Dave MBBS – 1990

MD - 1993 Gujarat University, India

Lecturer, Dept. of Pathology

Dr. Nehmat El Banna EP. Ziad El Banna

MBBS – 2000 MS CP - 2012

The Lebanese University, Lebanon

Gulf Medical University, UAE

Graduate Program Coordinator and

Demonstrator

Centre for Advanced Biomedical Research & Innovation (CABRI)


Prof. Palat Krishna Menon

MBBS – 1981 MD – 1989 PhD - 1996

University of Pune, India University of Pune, India


Director CABRI & Professor of Research

Dr. Tatjana Ille MD – 1993 MSc – 1995 PhD - 1999

University of Belgrade, Serbia

Professor of Statistics

Dr. Monalisa Panda MBBS – 2000

MD - 2008 Utkal University, India

University of Mumbai, India

Technical Scientist CABRI & Adjunct

Lecturer

General Education Faculty

English Language


Mr. Clint Freeman BA – 1991 MA - 2009

IOWA State University, USA IOWA State University, USA

Adjunct Instructor



Mr. Suraj Kochuthoppil Sebastian

MSc (Software Engineering) - 2010

Sathyabama University, India

Adjunct Lecturer

Physics


Dr. Meena Varma V K BSc – 1988 MSc – 1990 PhD - 1997


University of Kerala, India University of Kerala, India

Adjunct Lecturer


Mathematics


Ms. Rejitha Biju

BSc – 2001 MSc – 2003 BEd - 2004


Adjunct Instructor

Behavioral Science


Dr. Radhika Taroor MPhil – 2006

PhD - 2011

Bharathiar University, India Mother Teresa Women’s

University, India

Adjunct Assistant Professor

Human Behavior & Socialization


Ms. Avula Kameswari BA – 1996 MA – 1998 BEd - 2007

Nagarjuna University, India Adjunct Instructor

Islamic Studies


Dr. Ahmed Sebihi

Bachelor in Theology – 1992

MA – 2008 PhD - 2011

Amir Abd Al-Qadir University, Algeria

Universiti Sains Malaysia, Malaysia

Adjunct Instructor

Learn from the world

Growth Through Innovation

P. O. Box: 4184, Ajman, United Arab Emirates • Tel.: +971 6 7431333 • Fax: +971 6 7431222E-mail: [email protected] • Website: www.gmu.ac.ae • www.gmchospital.com

FOLLOW US ONwww.facebook.com/gulfmedicaluniversity

www.youtube.com/thumbaytv